z/VM: Migration Guide

z/VM
Migration Guide
Version 5 Release 1
GC24-6103-01
z/VM
Migration Guide
Version 5 Release 1
GC24-6103-01
Note:
Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information under “Notices” on page 199.
Second Edition (December 2004)
This edition applies to version 5, release 1, modification 0 of IBM z/VM (product number 5741-A05) and to all
subsequent releases and modifications until otherwise indicated in new editions.
This edition replaces GC24-6103-00.
© Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1992, 2004. All rights reserved.
US Government Users Restricted Rights – Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract
with IBM Corp.
Contents
About This Book . . . . . . . . . .
Who Should Read This Book . . . . . .
What You Should Know before Reading This
Where to Find More Information . . . . .
How to Send Your Comments to IBM . . .
. . .
. . .
Book .
. . .
. . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
xi
xi
xi
xi
xii
Summary of Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii
GC24-6103-01, z/VM Version 5 Release 1, Updated Edition . . . . . . . . xiii
Chapter 1. Introduction to Migration . . . .
How Migration Information Is Presented in This
Compatibility Terms Used in This Book . . .
Cross-References to Other Books . . . . .
Migrating from Older VM Products . . . . .
Considerations for Future Automated Migration
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
1
2
2
2
2
Chapter 2. System Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CMS Utilities Feature Integrated into CMS [4.1.0]. . . . . . . . . . .
TCP/IP Included in the z/VM Base [4.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Directory Maintenance Facility Feature [4.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . .
REXX/EXEC Migration Tool for VM/ESA Deleted [4.1.0] . . . . . . . .
OpenEdition Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) Feature Deleted
[4.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LANRES/VM Feature Deleted [4.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VM BookManager Library Feature Deleted [4.1.0] . . . . . . . . . .
Resource Access Control Facility Feature [4.3.0] . . . . . . . . . . .
Hardware Configuration Definition and Hardware Configuration Manager for
z/VM [4.4.0]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Language Environment Integrated as a Component [4.4.0] . . . . . . .
Performance Toolkit Feature [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Packaging Modifications [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation and Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic Delivery of Service [2.2.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Local Modification of Replacement-Maintained Parts [2.2.0] . . . . . .
S/390 Service Update Facility [2.3.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VMSES/E Enhancements [2.3.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tool for Removing PTFs [2.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$PPF Override File Name [3.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation Changes [4.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VMSES/E Enhancements [4.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation Changes [4.3.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TCP/IP Configuration Wizard [4.3.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Enhancements [4.3.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Integrated 3270 Console [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation Enhancements [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Enhancements [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Parameter File ($PPF) Changes [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation of z/VM from DVD [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CP Is Now 64-Bit Only [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation and Service Enhancements [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . .
Relocation of BFS /etc Directory [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Parameter File ($PPF) Names [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
5
5
5
6
6
6
.
.
.
.
6
6
7
7
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1992, 2004
. .
Book
. .
. .
. .
. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 7
. 7
. 8
. 9
. 9
. 9
. 10
. 10
. 10
. 11
. 12
. 12
. 12
. 12
. 13
. 13
. 13
. 13
. 14
. 15
. 15
. 15
. 15
. 16
. 16
iii
Support for Hardware Architectures and Facilities . . . . . . . . . . .
S/390 Open Systems Adapter Support Facility (OSA/SF) [2.2.0] . . . . .
Multi-Path Lock Facility (MPLF) [2.2.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Guest Coupling Simulation [2.3.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Integrated Cluster Bus Channels [2.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fibre Connection Channels [2.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
QDIO Facility and OSA-Express Gigabit Ethernet [2.4.0] . . . . . . .
Cryptographic Support [2.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IEEE Floating Point [2.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Extended-TOD-Clock [2.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enterprise Storage Server (ESS) FlashCopy [3.1.0] . . . . . . . . .
ESS Parallel Access Volumes [3.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tape Support Enhancements [3.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
z/Architecture Support [3.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Integrated Facility for Linux (IFL) [4.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cryptographic Support [4.2.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ESS Large Volumes [4.2.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FICON CTCA [4.2.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HiperSockets [4.2.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OSA-Express Token Ring [4.2.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
z/Architecture Guest Coupling Facility [4.2.0] . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) Guest Support [4.3.0] . . . . . . . . .
Performance Monitor Enhancement [4.3.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cascaded FICON Directors [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enhanced QDIO Performance [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ESS FlashCopy Version 2 [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ESS Peer-to-Peer Remote Copy (PPRC) Enhancements [4.4.0] . . . . .
Extended Channel Measurement Data Support (ECMDS) [4.4.0] . . . .
Guest Coupling Enhancement [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Logical Channel Subsystems [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Support for 30 LPARs [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3590 Model H [4.4.0]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
z/VM Operates on zSeries Only [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASN-and-LX-Reuse Facility Support [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enhanced LCSS Support [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ESS Model 750 [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ESS PPRC over FCP Connections [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O Devices Not Supported [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Improvements to Capacity Upgrade on Demand [5.1.0] . . . . . . . .
OSA-Express Integrated Console Controller [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . .
PCIX Cryptographic Coprocessor (PCIXCC) [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . .
Transparent Sharing of Additional Channel Resources Across LCSSs [5.1.0]
Up to 24 Processor Engines in a Single z/VM Image [5.1.0] . . . . . .
3592 Tape Drive [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crypto Express2 [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OSA-Express2 [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TotalStorage DS8000 [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connectivity and Networking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MQSeries Client for VM/ESA [2.3.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Guest LAN [4.2.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TCP/IP Stack Vulnerability Reduction [4.2.0] . . . . . . . . . . . .
Guest LAN Enhancements [4.3.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TCP/IP Device and Stack Performance Improvements [4.3.0] . . . . . .
TCP/IP Dynamic Stack Configuration [4.3.0] . . . . . . . . . . . .
TCP/IP Stack Vulnerability Reduction [4.3.0] . . . . . . . . . . . .
Guest LAN Support of Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6) [4.4.0] . . . . .
|
|
|
iv
z/VM: Migration Guide
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
16
17
17
17
18
18
18
19
19
19
20
20
20
20
20
21
21
21
22
22
22
23
24
24
24
25
25
25
26
26
26
27
27
27
27
28
28
28
29
29
29
30
30
30
30
31
31
31
31
32
32
33
33
34
34
35
|
|
IEEE Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) Support [4.4.0] . . . . . . .
TCP/IP Broadcast Support for HiperSockets [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . .
TCP/IP IMAP User Authentication Exit [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . .
TCP/IP SSL Server Upgrade [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TCP/IP Stack Performance Improvements [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . .
TCP/IP Stack Security Improvements [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . .
Virtual FICON CTCAs [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Virtual Switch [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enhanced IPv6 Support [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enhanced Virtual Switch Support — Failover [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . .
Enhanced Virtual Switch Support — VLAN [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . .
Virtual Switch Exploitation of Layer 2 Support [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . .
Additional Device Connections for TCP/IP for z/VM [5.1.0] . . . . . . .
System Administration and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Year 2000 Support [2.2.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CMS Productivity Aids Performance Enhancement [2.2.0] . . . . . . .
HELPINST Saved Segment Replaced by HELPSEG and INSTSEG [2.2.0]
Removable Media Services (RMS) Free Drive Support [2.2.0] . . . . .
SFS AUDIT Enhancement [2.2.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional Year 2000 Support [2.3.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ISO Date Used in Default CMS IPL Heading [2.3.0] . . . . . . . . .
Logical Device Limit Relief [2.3.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Allocation of Real Storage for Segment Tables [2.3.0] . . . . . . . .
TCP/IP Awareness [2.3.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPLing with the NODIRECT Option [2.3.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Enablement Support [2.3.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dynamic CP Exits [2.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CP Nucleus [3.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CP Exit Modifications [3.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Level Assembler V1R4.0 [3.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RIO370 [3.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
64-Bit Support [3.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graphical User Interface (GUI) Facility Changes [3.1.0] . . . . . . . .
VMLINK Improvements [3.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vector Facility [4.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
370-Mode Virtual Machines Not Supported [4.1.0] . . . . . . . . . .
Fast CCW Translation [4.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enhanced Page Fault Handling for Guests [4.1.0] . . . . . . . . . .
System Default Language Set Dynamically [4.1.0] . . . . . . . . . .
SET OBSERVER Support [4.2.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DDR Compression [4.2.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automated Shutdown Support [4.3.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enhanced Timer Management [4.3.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Improved Utilization of Large Real Storage [4.3.0] . . . . . . . . . .
Shared Tape Support [4.3.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Virtual Machine Accounting Improvements [4.3.0] . . . . . . . . . .
Virtual Machine Resource Manager (VMRM) [4.3.0] . . . . . . . . .
Automated SFS Shutdown [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CP Command Response Suppression [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . .
Guest IPL from SCSI Disks [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hardware Configuration Definition and Hardware Configuration Manager for
z/VM (HCD and HCM for z/VM) [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HELP Facility Enhancements [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Linux Guest Capacity Improvements [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . .
Performance Toolkit [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VMRM Enhancements [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
35
35
35
36
36
36
37
37
38
39
39
39
40
40
40
41
41
42
42
42
42
42
42
43
44
44
45
45
45
45
46
46
46
46
47
47
47
47
47
48
48
48
48
49
49
49
50
50
51
51
.
.
.
.
.
52
52
54
54
54
Contents
v
370 Functions Removed [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Authorization Enhanced for Guest LANs and Virtual Switches [5.1.0] . .
Contiguous Frame Management [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CP Functions Removed [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deploying Linux on zSeries with z/VM [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . .
HyperSwap Support [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Performance Toolkit Enhancements [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCSI FCP Disk Support [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPTAPE Command Removed [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Administration Facility [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FCP Logical Unit Numbers (LUN) Access Control by z/VM with Linux on
zSeries Guests [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Larger Disks Supported on DS8000 [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional Performance Toolkit Enhancement [5.1.0] . . . . . . . .
Application Development and Deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . .
REXX Sockets [2.2.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Querying the CMS Level [2.2.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pseudo Timer Extended [2.2.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calling CSL Routines That Have Dates as Output [2.2.0] . . . . . .
OS Simulation Support for Tape Library Dataserver [2.2.0] . . . . . .
GCS Pathlength Reduced [2.2.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Full MP Capability for VMCF [2.2.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Language Environment [2.3.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dynamic Link Libraries [2.3.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-Relocatable Modules Loaded between 16-20 MB [2.3.0] . . . . .
CMS Migration Utility Feature No Longer Available [2.3.0] . . . . . .
Pipelines Code Bases Merged [2.3.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OpenEdition Enhancements [2.3.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OS Simulation Enhancements [2.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OpenEdition Enhancements [2.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OpenEdition Renamed to OpenExtensions [3.1.0] . . . . . . . . .
Open Files Limit Increased [3.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BFS Root Not Case Sensitive [3.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Binder/Loader Support [3.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CMS OS Simulation Enhancement [3.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tape FICON and RAS Support [3.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C Socket Application Programming Interface [4.2.0] . . . . . . . .
Increased 64-bit Addressing Support for DIAGNOSE Codes [4.3.0] . . .
C/C++ Compiler Support [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Language Environment Upgrade [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Systems Management APIs [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Java and NetRexx Support Removed [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . .
Enhanced Systems Management APIs [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . .
Dynamic Virtual Machine Timeout [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relocation of REXX Work Area for Applications [5.1.0] . . . . . . .
Server-Requester Programming Interface [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . .
System Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FST and ADT Macro Changes to Support 4-digit Years [2.2.0] . . . .
Viewing and Printing CP and CMS Control Blocks [2.3.0] . . . . . .
Dump Viewing Facility No Longer Supports CP Dumps [3.1.0] . . . .
VM Dump Tool [3.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VM Dump Tool Enhancement [4.3.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VM Dump Tool Enhancements [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VM Dump Tool Enhancements [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other System Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Euro Support [2.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
|
|
|
|
vi
z/VM: Migration Guide
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
55
55
55
55
57
57
58
58
59
60
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
60
60
61
61
61
61
61
61
62
62
62
63
63
63
63
64
65
66
67
67
67
67
67
68
68
68
68
69
69
69
70
70
71
71
71
71
72
73
73
73
73
73
74
75
75
Product Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Messages and Codes Book Divided [4.1.0] .
Relocated Information [4.1.0] . . . . . . . . . .
Deleted Books [4.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monitor Records Provided on the Web as HTML [4.2.0]
Relocated Information [4.2.0] . . . . . . . . . .
Planning Book Divided [4.3.0] . . . . . . . . .
Relocated Information [4.3.0] . . . . . . . . . .
Retitled Books [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relocated Information [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . .
Deleted Books [4.4.0] . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retitled Books [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relocated Information [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . .
Deleted Books [5.1.0] . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces .
CP Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Configuration Statements . . . .
User Directory Control Statements . . . .
CP Commands . . . . . . . . . . .
CP Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dynamic I/O Return Codes . . . . . .
DIAGNOSE Codes . . . . . . . . .
CP Macros . . . . . . . . . . . .
CP System Services . . . . . . . .
CPXLOAD Directives . . . . . . . .
VM Dump Tool . . . . . . . . . .
CP Messages . . . . . . . . . . .
CMS Changes. . . . . . . . . . . .
General CMS Commands . . . . . .
CMS Utilities . . . . . . . . . . .
CMS File Pool Administration and Operator
OPENVM Commands . . . . . . . .
XEDIT Subcommands . . . . . . . .
CMS Pipelines . . . . . . . . . .
CMS Routines. . . . . . . . . . .
CMS Macros . . . . . . . . . . .
HELP Facility . . . . . . . . . . .
CMS Messages . . . . . . . . . .
AVS Changes . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dump Viewing Facility Changes . . . . .
GCS Changes . . . . . . . . . . .
REXX/VM Changes . . . . . . . . . .
TSAF Changes . . . . . . . . . . .
VMSES/E Changes . . . . . . . . . .
$PPF File Names . . . . . . . . .
VMSES/E Commands . . . . . . . .
Changed BLDDATA file . . . . . . .
VMSES/E Messages . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
Commands
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Chapter 4. Migration Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Converting from HCPRIO, HCPSYS, and HCPBOX to Configuration Files
Configuration Statements that Replace HCPSYS Macroinstructions . .
Configuration Statements that Replace HCPRIO Macroinstructions . .
Using the HCPTRIO and HCPTSYS Utilities . . . . . . . . . .
Using the HCPDCON Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
75
75
75
76
76
76
77
77
77
77
78
78
79
79
. 81
. 81
. 81
. 83
. 84
. 105
. 107
. 108
. 110
. 112
. 113
. 113
. 116
. 117
. 117
. 123
. 123
. 124
. 124
. 125
. 126
. 133
. 136
. 139
. 139
. 140
. 140
. 140
. 141
. 141
. 141
. 141
. 143
. 143
. . 145
145
. . 146
. . 148
. . 148
. . 149
Contents
vii
Using the HCPRDEV Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Difference with Multiple Systems Using Shared Data . . . . . . . .
Creating a Logo Configuration File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Migrating Spool Files and Saved Segments . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Same Warm Start and Checkpoint Areas to Migrate All Spool
Files at Once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using SPXTAPE to Migrate All or Some of Your Spool Files . . . . . .
Building Saved Segments Individually . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Avoiding the Loss of Spool Files and System Data Files During Migration
Sharing Data between Your Old System and Your New System . . . . .
Reserve/Release Considerations for VSE. . . . . . . . . . . . .
What to Do if Reserve/Release Cannot Be Used . . . . . . . . . .
Sharing Data among Multilevel Virtual Machines . . . . . . . . . .
Sharing Data among Virtual Machines and Other Systems . . . . . .
Sharing Data among CMS Users on Multiple Systems . . . . . . . . .
Preparing for Cross-System Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparing for Cross-System Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Migrating Your User Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Object Directory Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Getting Around Directory Differences . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User Directory Control Statement Changes . . . . . . . . . . . .
Default Volume Label Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparing to Migrate Your User Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using Two Source Directories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Considerations for Using a Directory Maintenance Program . . . . . .
Steps for Migrating Your Source User Directory . . . . . . . . . .
If You Cannot IPL Because of a Problem with the User Directory . . . .
Migrating Your SFS File Pool Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using Two System Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the 'Cut and Go' Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Directory Entry Considerations and Changes . . . . . . . . . . .
Converting an SFS File Pool Server Back to Your Old Release . . . . .
Establishing Connectivity between Your New and Old Systems . . . . . .
Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Back Out of the Migration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Backing Out Because of System Problems . . . . . . . . . . . .
Backing Out Individual Users Because of Problems with Application
Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing a Backlevel CMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Before You Install a Backlevel CMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steps for Installing a Backlevel CMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defining Various Levels of CMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Swapping Between the Backlevel CMS and z/VM V5R1 CMS . . . . .
.
.
.
.
150
150
150
150
. 151
. 152
. 153
155
. 155
. 156
. 156
. 157
. 160
. 161
. 161
. 161
. 162
. 162
. 162
. 162
. 162
. 162
. 163
. 163
. 164
. 164
. 165
. 165
. 167
. 168
. 169
. 170
. 171
. 172
. 172
.
.
.
.
.
.
172
173
173
175
179
180
Appendix A. CMS Pipelines Message Cross-Reference [2.3.0] . . . . . . 183
DMS to FPL Message Cross-Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
FPL to DMS Message Cross-Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Appendix B.
HCPDCON .
HCPRDEVS
HCPTRIO .
HCPTSYS .
Sample
. . .
. . .
. . .
. . .
Utilities for
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
Converting to Configuration Files
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
189
190
192
194
196
Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Trademarks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
viii
z/VM: Migration Guide
Glossary
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Bibliography . . . . . . . . .
Where to Get z/VM Books . . . .
z/VM Base Library . . . . . . .
System Overview . . . . . .
Installation and Service . . . .
Planning and Administration. . .
Customization . . . . . . . .
Operation . . . . . . . . .
Application Programming . . . .
End Use . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnosis . . . . . . . . .
Books for z/VM Optional Features .
Data Facility Storage Management
Directory Maintenance Facility . .
Performance Toolkit for VM . . .
Resource Access Control Facility .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
Subsystem for VM
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
205
206
206
206
206
206
207
207
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Contents
ix
x
z/VM: Migration Guide
About This Book
This book provides information to help you migrate to IBM® z/VM®, Version 5
Release 1 (z/VM V5R1), from any of the following:
v IBM z/VM Version 4
v IBM z/VM Version 3
v IBM VM/ESA® Version 2
If your current system is older than VM/ESA Version 2, see “Migrating from Older
VM Products” on page 2.
This book provides three types of information:
v Descriptions of changes to the VM system that you should be aware of before
migrating
v Identification of specific external interfaces that have changed, with an
assessment of the compatibility of each change
v Guidance for migration tasks that you might need to perform
Who Should Read This Book
This book is intended for system programmers, system analysts, and system
support personnel who are responsible for planning and completing a system
migration. Parts of this book could also be helpful to application programmers who
will be migrating applications to the new system.
What You Should Know before Reading This Book
This book assumes that you are familiar with VM. However, depending on what VM
product you are migrating from, z/VM V5R1 might be quite different from your
current system. Also, the hardware and software requirements for installing and
running z/VM might have changed since your VM release. For a general description
of z/VM V5R1, including information about the current hardware and software
requirements, see z/VM: General Information.
Where to Find More Information
For more information about z/VM functions, see the books listed in the
“Bibliography” on page 205.
Links to Other Online Books
If you are viewing the Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF) version of this
book, it may contain links to other books. A link to another book is based on
the name of the requested PDF file. The name of the PDF file for an IBM book
is unique and identifies both the book and the edition. The book links provided
in this book are for the editions (PDF names) that were current when the PDF
file for this book was generated. However, newer editions of some books (with
different PDF names) may exist. A link from this book to another book works
only when a PDF file with the requested name resides in the same directory
as this book.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1992, 2004
xi
How to Send Your Comments to IBM
IBM welcomes your comments. You can send us comments about this book or
other VM documentation using any of the following methods:
v Complete and mail the Readers’ Comments form (if one is provided at the back
of this book) or send your comments to the following address:
IBM Corporation
Department 55JA, Mail Station P384
2455 South Road
Poughkeepsie, New York 12601-5400
U.S.A.
FAX (United States and Canada): 1-845-432-9405
FAX (Other Countries): +1 845 432 9405
v Send your comments by electronic mail to one of the following addresses:
– Internet: [email protected]
– IBMLink™ (US customers only): IBMUSM10(MHVRCFS)
v Submit your comments through the VM Feedback page (“Contact z/VM”) on the
z/VM Web site at www.ibm.com/eserver/zseries/zvm/forms/.
Please provide the following information in your comment or note:
v Title and complete publication number of the book (including the suffix)
v Page number, section title, or topic you are commenting on
If you would like a reply, be sure to include your name, postal or email address, and
telephone or FAX number.
When you send information to IBM, you grant IBM a nonexclusive right to use or
distribute the information in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any
obligation to you.
xii
z/VM: Migration Guide
Summary of Changes
This book contains terminology, maintenance, and editorial changes. Technical
changes or additions to the text and illustrations are indicated by a vertical line to
the left of the change.
GC24-6103-01, z/VM Version 5 Release 1, Updated Edition
This edition includes support for products, features, or functions added or
announced after the announcement of z/VM Version 5 Release 1 (z/VM V5R1) and
programming enhancements provided after the general availability of z/VM V5R1.
These programming enhancements may be provided through z/VM service by
program temporary fixes (PTFs) for authorized program analysis reports (APARs),
as indicated. For more information, see Chapter 2, “System Changes,” on page 5.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1992, 2004
xiii
xiv
z/VM: Migration Guide
Chapter 1. Introduction to Migration
Migration is the transfer and adjustment of information required to upgrade from one
VM release to a later VM release. Rather than starting from scratch when you
upgrade from your current system, you probably want to transfer and adjust a lot of
your current information to use on the new system. Information you may want to
transfer includes:
v I/O configurations
v Saved segment definitions
v Spool files
v User directory entries
v SFS file pool servers
v Application programs
Note: This book assumes that you have already determined your hardware
requirements for the new system, including your DASD, real storage, and
performance needs.
But before you begin to transfer any information, you should determine if there are
differences between your current VM release and the new release that may affect
the migration. This book is intended to help you make that determination.
How Migration Information Is Presented in This Book
This book provides an overview of the changes to VM since VM/ESA V2R1. This
information is presented two ways:
v Chapter 2, “System Changes,” provides a brief discussion of significant changes
and enhancements to system functions. The chapter is organized according to
the general subject areas where changes have occurred, such as product
packaging, installation and service, hardware and architecture support,
application development, and so on.
v Chapter 3, “Changes to External Interfaces,” identifies changes to specific
external interfaces in the following VM components: CP, CMS, AVS, Dump
Viewing Facility, GCS, REXX/VM, TSAF, and VMSES/E. External interfaces are
commands, routines, macros, DIAGNOSE codes, directory control statements,
and so on. Each change is identified as either upwardly compatible or
incompatible. (For definitions of these terms, see “Compatibility Terms Used in
This Book” on page 2.) The chapter is organized by component and by interface
type.
For each change listed in those two chapters, the version and release in which the
change occurred is indicated numerically in brackets (for example, changes for
z/VM V5R1 are indicated like this, [5.1.0]), so you can select the items that affect
you. The identified release refers to the earliest release in which the change was
included in the base product; in some cases the change may have been available
to earlier releases through a program temporary fix (PTF). Also included are
references to other books where the changes are discussed in more detail.
Chapter 4, “Migration Tasks,” provides guidance for some migration tasks you might
have to do, such as converting from using system definition macros (HCPRIO,
HCPSYS, and HCPBOX) to using system configuration files, or migrating your user
directory and your spool files.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1992, 2004
1
Introduction
Compatibility Terms Used in This Book
In Chapter 3, “Changes to External Interfaces,” certain terms are used to convey
the degree of compatibility for each change. The compatibility terms are:
Upwardly compatible
The syntax, functions, or responses of the external interface have been
changed, but not significantly. Invocations and applications using the
external interface on the new system in the same manner as on the current
system should continue to execute unchanged.
Note: New function, if not exploited, is also upwardly compatible.
Incompatible
The syntax, functions, or responses of the external interface have been
changed significantly. Some invocations and applications using the external
interface on the new system in the same manner as on the current system
may execute incorrectly or may not execute at all.
Note: Depending on how you use the interface, a change identified as
incompatible may actually be upwardly compatible for you.
Cross-References to Other Books
Many of the descriptions of system changes in this book contain cross-references to
other books for more information about those functions. Over the course of product
releases, the titles of some VM books have changed. In most cases, the
cross-reference points to the current version (title) of the appropriate book.
Migrating from Older VM Products
If you are migrating from VM/ESA V1R1.5 370 Feature, VM/ESA V1R2, VM/ESA
V1R2.1, or VM/ESA V1R2.2, you need to obtain the following book (not included in
the z/VM V5R1 library):
v VM/ESA V2R4: Conversion Guide and Notebook, GC24-5839
Use that book to determine the differences between your current VM product and
VM/ESA V2R4. Then use this book to determine the additional differences between
VM/ESA V2R4 and z/VM V5R1.
If you are migrating from a VM product older than those listed above, you need to
obtain one of the following books (not included in the z/VM library):
v VM/ESA V2R1: Conversion Guide and Notebook for VM/SP, VM/SP HPO, and
VM/ESA (370 Feature), SC24-5754
v VM/ESA V2R1: Conversion Guide and Notebook for VM/XA SP and VM/ESA,
SC24-5753
Use the appropriate book to determine the differences between your current VM
product and VM/ESA V2R1. Then use this book to determine the additional
differences between VM/ESA V2R1 and z/VM V5R1.
Considerations for Future Automated Migration
To take advantage of any future automated migration aids supplied by IBM, you
must adhere to the following:
2
z/VM: Migration Guide
Introduction
v If you need to alter, modify, or customize any IBM supplied parts, always use the
VMSES/E local modification procedures unless it is specifically documented to do
otherwise. The LOCALMOD tool is supplied with VMSES/E to simplify the
creation of local modifications.
v If you want to use an IBM supplied shared file system (SFS) for your data, use
VMSYSU. Do not use VMSYS or VMSYSR.
v Each customizable file must reside on the disk specified for that part in the
product documentation.
v Additional minidisks should not be defined on the xxxRES, xxxW01, and xxxW02
DASD volumes for the new release.
Chapter 1. Introduction to Migration
3
Introduction
4
z/VM: Migration Guide
Chapter 2. System Changes
This chapter describes significant VM system changes since VM/ESA V2R1. The
release in which each change occurred is indicated. These changes could affect
your migration to the new z/VM system.
For information about changes to specific external interfaces (such as commands,
routines, and macros), see Chapter 3, “Changes to External Interfaces,” on page
81.
Note: Changes described in this chapter could be superseded by other
changes described in this chapter for a later release.
This chapter contains the following major sections:
v “Product Packaging”
v “Installation and Service” on page 9
v “Support for Hardware Architectures and Facilities” on page 16
v “Connectivity and Networking” on page 31
v
v
v
v
v
“System Administration and Operation” on page 40
“Application Development and Deployment” on page 61
“System Diagnosis” on page 71
“Other System Changes” on page 75
“Product Documentation” on page 75
Product Packaging
This section describes changes in what facilities are included in the VM base
product or offered as optional features.
CMS Utilities Feature Integrated into CMS [4.1.0]
Most of the functions formerly provided in the optional CMS Utilities Feature have
been integrated into CMS.
The following functions are located on the 190 disk:
v BROWSE
v CLRSCRN
v DEPRINT
v DEVTYPE
v DIRMAP
v FILESTCK
v FINDSTAK
v FLIST
v GETFMADR
v OPTIMISE
v REPRINT
v SADT
v SETKEYX
v SHRLDR
v STAG
v USERID
v VMSIZE
v WAKEUP
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1992, 2004
5
Packaging
v XRDR
v YDISK
The following functions, which may require privilege classes not given to general
users, are located on the 193 disk:
v ACCOUNT
v AUDITOR
v DCSSBKUP
v DCSSRSAV
v QSYSOWN
v SFPURGER
v SYSWATCH
All of these functions (except OPTIMISE and SETKEYX) are documented in the
z/VM: CMS Commands and Utilities Reference. The documentation for these
functions has been substantially updated and improved.
All messages issued by these functions are contained in the CMS message
repository, and documentation for the messages has been added to z/VM: System
Messages and Codes - CMS and REXX/VM.
OPTIMISE and SETKEY have been included in CMS only for compatibility and are
documented only in HELP.
The following functions have not been integrated into CMS:
v CPFMT
v SYSIDT
TCP/IP Included in the z/VM Base [4.1.0]
TCP/IP, previously offered as an optional feature of VM, is now supplied with the
z/VM base. The TCP/IP Network File System (NFS) Feature has been integrated
into the TCP/IP base. TCP/IP source, previously offered as a feature, is also
supplied with the z/VM base.
Directory Maintenance Facility Feature [4.1.0]
Directory Maintenance Facility (DirMaint™), based on the Directory Maintenance
VM/ESA licensed program, is offered as an optional feature of z/VM. For
information about DirMaint restrictions, system integrity, and security, and
requirements for using DirMaint in a CSE complex, see the z/VM: General
Information book.
REXX/EXEC Migration Tool for VM/ESA Deleted [4.1.0]
The REXX/EXEC Migration Tool for VM/ESA (ESAMIGR) is no longer supplied with
z/VM.
OpenEdition® Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) Feature
Deleted [4.1.0]
The OpenEdition Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) Feature is not
supported on z/VM V4R1 and is no longer orderable.
LANRES/VM Feature Deleted [4.1.0]
LANRES/VM is no longer offered as a feature of z/VM.
6
z/VM: Migration Guide
Packaging
VM BookManager® Library Feature Deleted [4.1.0]
The VM BookManager Library Feature, which provided BookManager versions of
VM publications on the product delivery medium, is no longer offered with z/VM.
BookManager versions of VM publications are still included on the Online Library
Omnibus Edition: VM Collection CD-ROM. The CD-ROM includes the Softcopy
Receiver Tool for transferring BookManager files to the workstation or host.
Resource Access Control Facility Feature [4.3.0]
Resource Access Control Facility (RACF®) is offered as an optional feature of z/VM.
RACF works with existing z/VM system functions to provide improved data security
for an installation.
The RACF feature is functionally equivalent to the RACF for VM V1R10.0 licensed
program (5740-XXH). However, only the RACF feature is licensed to run on z/VM in
an Integrated Facility for Linux (IFL) LPAR.
Hardware Configuration Definition and Hardware Configuration
Manager for z/VM [4.4.0]
Hardware Configuration Definition and Hardware Configuration Manager for z/VM is
a new facility included in the z/VM base and pre-installed. For more information
about this facility, see “Hardware Configuration Definition and Hardware
Configuration Manager for z/VM (HCD and HCM for z/VM) [4.4.0]” on page 52.
Language Environment® Integrated as a Component [4.4.0]
Language Environment is now a component of z/VM. The C/C++, COBOL, and PL/I
run-time libraries included in the Language Environment component have been
upgraded to the level shipped with version 1, release 4.0 of z/OS®.
The Language Environment component is installed and serviced under the MAINT
user ID and uses a set of disks that belong to MAINT. Language Environment is
included in the ZVM $PPF file. In addition, files with file types of LOCALE,
LOCALEX, CHARMAP, GENXLT, UCMAP, UCONVTBL and a few EDC$
ASSEMBLE files now will reside on the Language Environment 49B disk.
Attention: Do not migrate Language Environment 1.8 or earlier to z/VM V4R4.
The only level of Language Environment supported on z/VM V4R4 is the new
Language Environment component. The files for the z/VM Language Environment
component are installed on the MAINT 19E disk. Depending on how you plan to
migrate other files from your old 19E disk to the new system, you may need to
remove the old Language Environment files. See “Removing the Old Level of
Language Environment.”
Removing the Old Level of Language Environment
The files for the z/VM Language Environment component are installed on the
MAINT 19E disk. If you are migrating files from your old 19E to the new 19E, do not
copy any Language Environment files. If you intend to use your old 19E disk with
the new z/VM V4R4 system, and want to copy the Language Environment
component from the new 19E to the old 19E, you must first remove all Language
Environment files from your old 19E.
To remove the Language Environment files from your old 19E disk:
1. Log on as MAINT.
2. Access the 19E disk in R/W mode:
Chapter 2. System Changes
7
Packaging
access 19e y
3. Use the VMSES/E VMFERASE command to erase the Language Environment
files from Y. Enter:
vmferase prod prodid%compname from y
where prodid and compname identify the level of Language Environment on
your system. See Table 1.
Table 1. Language Environment level identifiers
Language Environment level
prodid
compname
1.5 (C run-time only), included with VM/ESA 5688198E
2.1.0
POSIX
1.5 (complete), available for VM/ESA 2.1.0
5688198E
LE370
1.6 (C run-time only), included with VM/ESA 5688198F
2.2.0
POSIX
1.6 (complete), available for VM/ESA 2.2.0
5688198F
LE370
1.8, available for VM/ESA 2.3.0 and later
5688198H
LE370
4. If the VMFERASE command returns the following message,
VMFERA2738I No files to erase from Y for product prodid%compname
then the files are not listed in the VMSES PARTCAT file and cannot be erased
with the VMFERASE command. You must use the CMS ERASE command to
manually erase all files on Y whose file names begin with the characters EDC,
CEE, IBM, IGZ, or SCEE.
5. After the Y-disk is cleaned up, you must remove the Language Environment
shared segments. Enter the following commands:
cp purge nss name scee
cp purge nss name sceex
6. Because the file status table for the Y-disk is included in the CMS saved
system, and you have changed the contents of the Y-disk, you must resave
CMS. Use the SAMPNSS command to create a new skeleton system data file,
then IPL and save the rebuilt CMS saved system:
sampnss cms
ipl 190 clear parm savesys cms
7. Now that you have removed the old Language Environment files and segments
from your system, you must decided what to do with the user ID to which the
Language Environment files were initially loaded (P688198E, P688198F, or
P688198H, depending on the level of Language Environment) You can either
delete this user ID from the CP directory and reuse all the disk space assigned
to it, or you can leave the user ID on your system as a means of returning to
the old Language Environment level if an application requires it.
Performance Toolkit Feature [4.4.0]
The Performance Toolkit for VM™ is offered as an optional feature of z/VM. It is
supplied pre-installed but disabled, and is serviced through VMSES/E. The
Performance Toolkit is intended as a replacement for the RealTime Monitor (RTM)
and Performance Reporting Facility (PRF) optional features, and provides enhanced
functions. For more information, see “Performance Toolkit [4.4.0]” on page 54.
8
z/VM: Migration Guide
Packaging
Packaging Modifications [5.1.0]
The packaging of the z/VM product and the z/VM System Delivery Offering (SDO)
have been modified as follows:
v The 3270 PC File Transfer product (5664-281), which previously could be
ordered with the z/VM V4 SDO, is now available as part of the z/VM V5R1
product. It is shipped as a sample program on the system disk, with no support
available.
v The restricted source feature, available as a no-charge feature that could be
ordered with z/VM V4, and the PL/X source, provided with the installation media
in z/VM V4, are not shipped with z/VM V5R1 and cannot be ordered with z/VM
V5R1. Both are available as no-charge downloads from IBM Resource Link™ at
www.ibm.com/servers/resourcelink/.
v
v
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
v
v
v
|
|
v
Note: If you are not registered with Resource Link, you will be required to
register for a user ID and password. You must also be licensed for z/VM
V5R1, and entitlement will be verified when you request the source code.
After approval, you will receive instructions describing how to download
the code.
DFSMS/VM®, previously provided automatically with z/VM V4, is no longer
shipped automatically. It can be ordered as a no-charge feature with the z/VM V5
SDO.
The national language features for Interactive System Productivity Facility (ISPF),
program number 5684-043, have been removed from the z/VM SDO. These
features can still be ordered using the standalone ordering process.
Tivoli Storage Manager (TSM) for VM, Version 4 (5697-TS9) Release 4.2, which
was packaged on the z/VM V4 system DDRs, is not provided with z/VM V5R1
and cannot be ordered with the z/VM V5 SDO. To protect data on z/VM, IBM
recommends TSM for z/OS and z/VM, V5.2 (5698-A13), or TSM Extended
Edition for z/OS and z/VM, V5.2 (5698-A11). If you want to run TSM in a Linux®
guest environment on z/VM V5R1, IBM recommends TSM, V5.2 (5608-ISM), or
TSM Extended Edition, V5.2 (5608-ISX).
The Java™ and NetRexx™ programs on z/VM, previously available as downloads
from the z/VM Web site, are not supported with z/VM V5R1. Refer to
www.ibm.com/eserver/zseries/zvm/java/ for additional information. Java and
NetRexx functionality can be obtained from Linux running on z/VM.
The RealTime Monitor (RTM) and Performance Reporting Facility (PRF) features
cannot be ordered with z/VM V5R1, nor can they be licensed with z/VM V5R1.
The IBM Debug Tool for z/VM, V4.1 (5654-A23), is available as a chargeable
feature of the z/VM V5 SDO.
Installation and Service
This section describes changes to the VM installation and service processes and
tools.
Note: For information about changes to the VM installation and service procedures,
see the z/VM: Guide for Automated Installation and Service and the z/VM:
Service Guide.
Electronic Delivery of Service [2.2.0]
The ITNVTSTR EXEC supports the delivery of IBM service electronically by
satellite. This electronic delivery is provided by the IBM Advanced Digital Delivery
System product (5799-XDG).
Chapter 2. System Changes
9
Installation and Service
For more information, see:
v z/VM: VMSES/E Introduction and Reference
v Advanced Digital Delivery User’s Guide, SC23-3281
Local Modification of Replacement-Maintained Parts [2.2.0]
The VMFREPL EXEC supports the local modification of replacement-maintained
parts. VMFREPL can be used to:
v Copy the highest level of a part
v
v
v
v
Copy a specified part
Update a Version Vector Table
Update a Select Data file
Display the highest level of a part
For more information, see the z/VM: VMSES/E Introduction and Reference.
S/390® Service Update Facility [2.3.0]
The S/390 Service Update Facility (SUF) is an internet-based S/390 software
service tool that makes ordering and receiving OS/390®, VM, and VSE software
service quick and easy. SUF allows systems programmers to order both corrective
and preventive service through the internet. VM service, both corrective and
preventive, can be delivered through the internet or through standard physical
media. Where available, Advanced Digital Delivery (satelite delivery) is also an
option.
A common GUI interface is provided by the SUF Customer Application Server. This
workstation server can support multiple systems programmers supporting multiple
S/390 servers. OS/390, VM, and VSE servers can be attached to a single
workstation server simulaneously.
For details regarding prerequisites, entitlement, and how to obtain SUF, refer to the
SUF web page at www.ibm.com/eserver/zseries/zos/suf/.
VMSES/E Enhancements [2.3.0]
The following execs have been added:
VMFENRPT
Creates a report of the products that are enabled, disabled, and installed on
your system.
VMFSUFIN
Installs service from RSU service envelope files, COR service envelope
files, or both.
VMFSUFTB
Builds a table, sysid SYSSUF, that contains a list of all installed products
and related data needed by the Service Update Facility to service each
product.
VMFINS DISABLE
Changes a product to a disabled state.
VMFINS ENABLE
Changes a product to an enabled state.
The following Software Inventory tables have been added:
10
z/VM: Migration Guide
Installation and Service
VM SYSSUF (System-Level Service Update Facility table)
Contains a list of all products that are installed on the system. For each
product, it contains the data needed by the Service Update Facility to
service the product.
VM SYSREST (System-level Restart table)
Contains records used to restart the VMFSUFIN EXEC, which is part of the
Service Update Facility.
The following execs have been changed:
ITNVTSTR
The PROD and KEY operands have been added. The PROD operand
identifies the products that were ordered for a RSU package. The KEY
operand indicates that the RSU package is one of two packages that are to
be installed together.
VMFINS DELETE
The DISABLE operand has been added. The DISABLE operand sets up a
product as disabled and deleted.
VMFINS MIGRATE
The DISABLE and ENABLE operands have been added. The DISABLE
operand sets up a product as disabled. The ENABLE operand sets up a
product as enabled.
VMFINS INSTALL
The DISABLE, ENABLE, NOSETUP, and SETUP operands have been
added. The DISABLE operand sets up a product as disabled. The ENABLE
operand sets up a product as enabled. The NOSETUP operand indicates
that a new minidisk or directory access order is not set up. The SETUP
operand indicates that a new minidisk or directory access order is set up. It
is set up according to entries in the :MDA section of the product parameter
file.
The following Software Inventory table has been changed:
VM SYSAPPS
The :ESTAT tags has been added. The :ESTAT tag specifies the
enablement status of a product on the system.
For more information about these changes, see the z/VM: VMSES/E Introduction
and Reference.
Tool for Removing PTFs [2.4.0]
The VMFREM EXEC removes individual PTFs by “un-applying” them from all
service levels (apply disks) and optionally “un-receiving” them. To “un-apply” a PTF
means to undo the function previously performed for that PTF by the VMFAPPLY
command. To “un-receive” a PTF means to undo the function previously performed
for that PTF by the VMFREC command.
VMFREM also removes complete service levels and optionally “un-receives” PTFs
that are applied only to the removed levels. In addition, commit support is provided
for individual PTFs that have been applied. For more information, see the z/VM:
VMSES/E Introduction and Reference.
Chapter 2. System Changes
11
Installation and Service
$PPF Override File Name [3.1.0]
The IBM-supplied override PPF, which contains overrides to the base $PPF files for
each component, has changed to ZVM $PPF. The override PPF for VM/ESA was
ESA $PPF.
Installation Changes [4.1.0]
The following changes and enhancements have been made to the installation
procedure:
v A new ″Express″ installation method using predefined defaults is available,
making it faster and easier for you to install and service z/VM. There are some
restrictions when using the Express installation method:
– Only IBM supplied PPFs are used.
– VM source code is not installed.
– Customer local modifications are not allowed.
– Products and features are installed onto minidisks only. You cannot move
them to SFS.
– Only the SMALL FILEPOOL is provided (no large VMSYS (SFS) filepool).
– Only one DASD type and model can be used for your installation.
v The new SERVICE and PUT2PROD commands automate the application of an
RSU and CORrective service. The SERVICE command installs an RSU or
applies CORrective service for z/VM components, features, or products that are
installed on the z/VM system DDR. The PUT2PROD command places
components, features, or products that were serviced using the SERVICE
command into production.
All customers can use these commands at installation time. However, after
installation is complete, they may be used only by Express cutsomers.
v DASD types 9345 and FBA are not supported.
VMSES/E Enhancements [4.1.0]
The following commands have been added:
PUT2PROD
Places a component, feature, or product that was serviced by preventive or
corrective service into production.
SERVICE
Installs an RSU or applies CORrective service for the z/VM components,
features, or products that are installed on the z/VM system DDR.
Installation Changes [4.3.0]
The following changes and enhancements have been made to the installation
procedure:
v 3590 tape drive is now supported for installation.
v Non-XF 3480 tape drive is no longer supported for installation.
v 4mm DAT tape is no longer supported for installation.
v 3380 DASD is no longer supported for installation.
v Mixed DASD are no longer supported for installation. All 3390 DASD used for
installation must be the same model.
v TSAF and AVS are no longer optionally installed; they are now part of the base
installation.
12
z/VM: Migration Guide
Installation and Service
TCP/IP Configuration Wizard [4.3.0]
A new utility automates the connection of a newly-installed z/VM system to a
TCP/IP-based network. The TCP/IP configuration wizard, IPWIZARD, requires no
knowledge of z/VM TCP/IP and is similar to the network configuration utilities used
in Linux for zSeries distributions during Linux installation. This easy-to-use
configuration wizard assists the z/VM installer in providing desired Internet Protocol
(IP) configuration information such as host and domain name, IP addresses, and
subnet mask. From that information, the wizard generates an initial TCP/IP
configuration (creating the SYSTEM DTCPARMS, TCPIP DATA, and PROFILE
TCPIP files) and verifies that connectivity to the network has been established. For
more information, see the z/VM: Guide for Automated Installation and Service.
Service Enhancements [4.3.0]
The SERVICE tool can now detect local modifications and present that information
to you. This allows you to rework your local modifications before the new service is
built into executables. The new VMFUPDAT command provides a panel interface
that displays which local modifications need to be reworked and allows updates to
the System-Level Service Update Facility table. For more information, see the z/VM:
VMSES/E Introduction and Reference.
New functions in the VMFUPDAT command allow you to:
v Change the INSTALL, BUILD, INCLUDE, INSPPF, BLDPPF, and P2PPF tags in
the System-Level Status table
v Change the local modification rework status in the System-Level Local
Modification table
Integrated 3270 Console [4.4.0]
z/VM V4R4 supports real and virtual integrated 3270 console devices. Real support
enables this device, which is provided through a Hardware Management Console,
to be used as a z/VM system operator console. This removes the requirement to
have an external 3270 device to install and service z/VM V4R4. The z/VM Stand
Alone Program Loader (SAPL) and stand-alone DASD Dump-Restore (DDR)
program support the use of the integrated 3270 console as a system operator
console. Virtual support enables testing of guest operating systems and utilities that
support the integrated 3270 console device.
Note: There may be additional hardware requirements to use this support. See the
section on server support in z/VM: General Information.
The following CP function has been updated:
v OPERATOR_CONSOLES system configuration statement
For more information, see:
v z/VM: CP Planning and Administration
v z/VM: System Operation
Installation Enhancements [4.4.0]
The following improvements have been made to z/VM installation:
v There are fewer choices during installation, making z/VM easier to install.
v Language Environment is now a component of z/VM and has been upgraded to
a new level.
Chapter 2. System Changes
13
Installation and Service
Attention: Do not migrate Language Environment 1.8 or earlier to z/VM V4R4.
The only level of Language Environment supported on z/VM V4R4 is the new
Language Environment component. The files for the z/VM Language
Environment component are installed on the MAINT 19E disk. Depending on how
you plan to migrate other files from your old 19E disk to the new system, you
may need to remove the old Language Environment files. See “Removing the
Old Level of Language Environment” on page 7.
v A direct installation into SFS is now supported. Previously, the installation
process installed all products, features, and components onto minidisks, then
copied files to SFS.
v Service disks for all z/VM components (CP, CMS, VMSES/E, Dump Viewing
Facility, REXX/VM, TSAF, AVS, GCS, and Language Environment) can now be
either on minidisks or in SFS. Previously, only service disks for TSAF, AVS, GCS,
and Language Environment could be in SFS.
v
v
v
v
v
Note: The service disks for the z/VM components must be all on minidisks or all
in SFS; you cannot have some components on minidisks and some in
SFS.
There are no longer separate source disks for the base components of z/VM;
therefore, source code will be placed on the component’s base disk.
Source code, OSA/SF, and Tivoli® Storage Manager are no longer optionally
installed; they are now part of the installation base. (Tivoli Storage Manager is
installed disabled.)
The steps to move a component or product into SFS directories are more
automated.
The new HCD and HCM for z/VM facility is pre-installed.
The new Performance Toolkit feature is pre-installed (disabled).
v A new level of OSA/SF, 440, is pre-installed.
v A new release of ICKDSF, 1.17.0, is pre-installed.
For more information, see the z/VM: Guide for Automated Installation and Service.
Service Enhancements [4.4.0]
New service enhancements are as follows:
v Service processes and EXECs now support z/VM base component service disks
either on minidisks or in SFS directories.
v TSAF and AVS now share SFS directories.
v Changes to the VMFREM command allow you to remove local modifications.
v New message log support for the SERVICE and PUT2PROD EXECs places all
console messages into VMSES/E-formatted $MSGLOG files. This allows you to
use VMFVIEW to view error and warning messages quicker and easier than in a
console log.
v New functions in the VMFUPDAT command allow you to:
– Change the manual status in the Service-Level Build Status table
– Delete restart records in the System-Level Restart table or SERVICE
$RESTART (from SERVICE EXEC) file.
v The VMFBDPMD part handler has been updated to allow building modules using
c89 and the CMS binder.
For more information, see the the z/VM: VMSES/E Introduction and Reference and
the z/VM: Service Guide.
14
z/VM: Migration Guide
Installation and Service
Product Parameter File ($PPF) Changes [4.4.0]
The shipped ZVM $PPF file now includes the Language Environment component.
The ZVM $PPF file and all base component product parameter files ($PPFs) now
have an SFS component name for each component.
TSAF and AVS now share SFS directories.
There are no longer separate source disks for the base components of z/VM;
therefore, source code will be placed on the component’s base disk.
Installation of z/VM from DVD [5.1.0]
z/VM V5R1 includes the capability to install z/VM from a DVD to an ESS SCSI disk
emulated as an FBA device or to a 3390 DASD. Installing from a DVD can
significantly reduce the required installation media and allows you to install to a
zSeries® server using only SCSI disks. This capability requires the Hardware
Management Console, Version 1.8 or later.
The following CP functions have been added for this support:
v DVDPRIME utility
v INSTDVD utility
The following CP functions have been updated:
v INSTPLAN utility
v INSTVM utility
For more information, see:
v z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference
v z/VM: Guide for Automated Installation and Service
CP Is Now 64-Bit Only [5.1.0]
z/VM V5R1 includes only a 64-bit CP module. The 32-bit and dual-mode CP
modules included with previous releases are no longer provided. VMSES/E
commands and files are affected as follows:
v The VMFHLASM and GENCPBLS commands now have NODUAL as the default.
v In the CP product parameter file, 5VMCPR10 $PPF:
– The ALTCNTRL tag has been removed from the CNTRLOP section.
– The HCPESAME, CPLOAD32, CPLOAD64, and HCPBLNUC build lists have
been removed from the BLD section.
– The CPLOAD build list has been added to the BLD section. This build list
builds one CP nucleus, which is the 64-bit version.
Note that the parts included in the build for the single 64-bit CP nucleus have
the file type TEXT, not TXTESAME. Also, there is now only one CP control
file, HCPVM CNTRL.
Installation and Service Enhancements [5.1.0]
The automated service process has been updated to include:
v A new MAINT 500 minidisk, which may be used for loading certain service
envelopes
v An easier query of RSU levels and individual PTF levels for a component
Chapter 2. System Changes
15
Installation and Service
v Cataloging service memo files online and easily displaying them using the
VMFUPDAT command
v An easier way to browse server restart records using VMFUPDAT SYSREST
v A new command, LOCALMOD, to automate the local modifications procedure
To help improve the ease-of-use for installing Linux with your z/VM system, spool
and page space has been removed from the System Residence volume, and
separate installation volumes for spooling and paging are now assigned by the user.
Installation of z/VM to 3390-1 or 3390-2 DASD is no longer supported and has
been removed from the INSTPLAN utility.
For more information, see:
v z/VM: Guide for Automated Installation and Service
v z/VM: VMSES/E Introduction and Reference
Relocation of BFS /etc Directory [5.1.0]
The BFS /etc directory, which contains the configuration files for the
OpenExtensions™ Shell and Utilities, has been moved from the VMSYS file pool to
the VMSYSU file pool. For more information, see z/VM: CMS File Pool Planning,
Administration, and Operation.
Product Parameter File ($PPF) Names [5.1.0]
The file name of the base $PPF file for each component and feature has changed:
Component/Feature
File name and file type
AVS
CMS
CP
DirMaint
Dump Viewing Facility
GCS
Performance Toolkit
REXX
TCP/IP
TSAF
VMSES/E
5VMAVS10 $PPF
5VMCMS10 $PPF
5VMCPR10 $PPF
5VMDIR10 $PPF
5VMDVF10 $PPF
5VMGCS10 $PPF
5VMPTK10 $PPF
5VMREX10 $PPF
5VMTCP10 $PPF
5VMTSA10 $PPF
5VMSES10 $PPF
Note: The product parameter file for Language Environment has not changed; it is
still 4VMVMQ40 $PPF.
Support for Hardware Architectures and Facilities
This section describes VM support for, or exploitation of, new or enhanced
hardware architectures and facilities.
Notes:
1. Some VM hardware support or exploitation may depend on hardware level or
availability. See the sections on server support and device support in z/VM:
General Information. For detailed information on hardware capabilities and
requirements, refer to the appropriate hardware announcements and other
hardware documentation.
16
z/VM: Migration Guide
Architecture and Hardware
2. This section also describes the VM simulation or emulation of certain hardware
architectures and facilities. Others may be described under “Connectivity and
Networking” on page 31.
S/390 Open Systems Adapter Support Facility (OSA/SF) [2.2.0]
The IBM S/390 Open Systems Adapter (OSA) is an integrated hardware feature
that allows the S/390 platform to provide industry-standard connectivity directly to
clients on local area networks (LANs) and wide area networks (WANs). The Open
Systems Adapter Support Facility (OSA/SF) is a host-based tool supplied with VM
that allows you to customize an OSA’s modes of operation. You can access
OSA/SF by a CMS user ID, by a REXX call to the OSA/SF application programming
interface (API), or through the OSA/SF Windows® 95, Windows NT®, or OS/2®
graphical user interface (GUI). For more information, see eServer zSeries 900:
Planning for the Open Systems Adapter-2 Feature.
Multi-Path Lock Facility (MPLF) [2.2.0]
The 3990 Model 6 Multi-Path Lock Facility (MPLF) provides function to control
processes and share data in a loosely coupled environment. VM now provides
support to allow dedicated devices and full-pack minidisks to use this real hardware
facility. The addition of this support allows Transaction Processing Facility (TPF)
systems running as guests on VM to share data with native TPF systems.
MPLF controls locking through a set of channel commands implemented by the
3990 Model 6 DASD control unit. These commands result in a setting which
indicates the requested operation is either compatible or incompatible with the
current state of the lock. The control unit maintains the names and status of the
locks in use and responds to requests to obtain or release a lock. The control unit
also notifies a host when it permits lock ownership that was previously denied. A
host can obtain a lock, release a lock, examine the status of active locks, and
check the outcome of lock-related operations using the channel commands.
For more information, see the SET LKFACR and QUERY LKFACR commands in
the z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference.
Guest Coupling Simulation [2.3.0]
VM guest coupling simulation provides for the simulation of one or more complete
parallel sysplex systems within a single VM system image. This environment allows
the testing and debugging of guest operating systems while running under VM.
Guest coupling simulation is supported on the following processors (at the
appropriate engineering-change levels):
v IBM S/390 Parallel Enterprise Server™ - Generation 3 and later
v IBM S/390 Multiprise® 2000 and later
VM guest coupling simulation support simulates a sysplex environment by using
software equivalents of the real hardware and software requirements. The hardware
is simulated by the message facility support in CP. Other virtual machines, referred
to as coupled guests, are set up to run the guest operating systems (that is, MVS™
or OS/390). A special virtual machine called a Coupling Facilities (CF) service
machine is defined and runs the coupling facility code. The coupled guest machines
and the CF service machines are coupled together by a special message facility
environment that passes information back and forth between the CF service
machines and the coupled guests. The CF service machines manage data
movement, scheduling, and locks, and maintain the status of the entire sysplex
environment.
Chapter 2. System Changes
17
Architecture and Hardware
This facility also provides a CP command set to allow you to perform operations
required to control the coupled guest environment:
v DEFINE MSGPROC
v DETACH MSGPROC
v QUERY VIRTUAL MSGDEVICES
v QUERY VIRTUAL MSGPROC
v RESTART MSGPROC
v SET MSGFACIL
These commands allow you to add and remove links to the CF service machines,
request status from the CF service machines, and control the message facility
environment. Also, a new CP SET VTOD command has been added to allow Year
2000 testing of a parallel sysplex environment on VM.
For more information, see:
v
v
v
v
z/VM:
z/VM:
z/VM:
z/VM:
CP Planning and Administration
CP Commands and Utilities Reference
Running Guest Operating Systems
Diagnosis Guide
Integrated Cluster Bus Channels [2.4.0]
VM provides support for integrated cluster bus channels for S/390 CMOS
processors that support this channel type. The existing dynamic I/O configuration
support has been updated to allow VM, when running in an LPAR controlling the
dynamic I/O configuration changes, to define integrated cluster bus channels for an
OS/390 LPAR on the same Central Electronics Complex (CEC).
Fibre Connection Channels [2.4.0]
VM provides support for fibre connection (FICON®) channels for processors that
support this channel type. FICON channel technology can improve system
performance and total aggregate system bandwidth. Each FICON channel provides
the equivalent of eight ESCON® channels. VM support includes:
v Dynamic I/O configuration support for the new FICON and FICON-converter
channel types
v Support for the fibre-channel-to-ESCON converter function on the 9032-5 switch
v Support for the FICON 9042-1 switch
v Support for the S/390 architecture changes in the SCHIB, ORB, and IRB
v A new CP monitor record, Extended Channel Path Measurement Data
QDIO Facility and OSA-Express Gigabit Ethernet [2.4.0]
VM provides guest support for the Queued Direct I/O (QDIO) facility on processors
that support this new I/O architecture. The QDIO Facility allows a program to
directly exchange data with an I/O device without performing traditional S/390 I/O
instructions. To exchange data, both the I/O device and the program reference main
storage directly through a set of data queues.
VM provides guest (dedicated device) support and dynamic I/O support for the new
OSA Express Gigabit Ethernet (OSA-Express GbE). A new channel path ID has
been defined for this device.
The following CP commands have been updated:
v DEFINE CHPID / PATH
18
z/VM: Migration Guide
Architecture and Hardware
v QUERY VIRTUAL OSA
v SET CPTRACE
For more information, see the z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference.
Cryptographic Support [2.4.0]
This support provides guest virtual machine access to the S/390 CMOS
Cryptographic Coprocessor by extending the existing VM guest cryptographic
support for Bipolar processors. The new cryptographic support is upwardly
compatible with the existing Bipolar support.
This support is intended primarily for use by OS/390 Integrated Cryptographic
Service Facility (ICSF) applications running in an OS/390 guest of VM. ISCF is
currently the only IBM application program interface to the S/390 CMOS
cryptographic hardware. The following commands and statements were updated:
v CP DEFINE CRYPTO command
v CP QUERY CRYPTO command
v CP QUERY VIRTUAL CRYPTO command
v CP SET CRYPTO command
v CPU directory control statement
v CRYPTO directory control statement
For more information, see:
v z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference
v z/VM: CP Planning and Administration
IEEE Floating Point [2.4.0]
New function has been added to support IEEE Floating Point hardware on servers
that provide this capability. CP has been updated to allow multiple levels of guest
operating systems to use basic floating point extensions, floating point support
extensions, hexadecimal floating point extensions, and binary floating point.
This support includes preservation and restoration of 16 floating point registers
(Additional Floating Point registers 1,3,5,7,8-15 plus existing floating point registers
0,2,4,6) and the Floating Point Control (FPC) register which is provided by the IEEE
Floating Point hardware. The following were updated:
v CP DISPLAY Registers command
v CP STORE (Registers) command
v CP STORE STATUS command
v CP TRACE command
v Messages HCP6153E and HCP6154E (new)
For more information, see the z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference.
Note: Applications that exploit the IEEE Floating Point hardware require the IBM
High Level Assembler Version 1 Release 3.0.
Extended-TOD-Clock [2.4.0]
The Extended-TOD-clock facility is a hardware facility available on certain
processors which provides a 128-bit Time of Day (TOD) clock. VM supports the use
of the Extended-TOD-clock facility from XA, ESA, and XC virtual machines.
Chapter 2. System Changes
19
Architecture and Hardware
Enterprise Storage Server® (ESS) FlashCopy® [3.1.0]
z/VM allows a native CP user to initiate a FlashCopy function (an instant copy of a
disk or data set) of a source device to a target device on an IBM Enterprise Storage
Server. Customers will find this feature especially beneficial for large databases,
which normally require a long time to copy. FlashCopy support includes the new CP
FLASHCOPY command. For more information, see the z/VM: CP Commands and
Utilities Reference.
ESS Parallel Access Volumes [3.1.0]
z/VM provides guest support for the ESS Parallel Access Volumes feature. This
feature allows the configuration of logical volumes (known as alias Parallel Access
Volumes), where each logical volume (alias) has a unique device address but is
actually an exposure of the existing real device (known as the base Parallel Access
Volume). This allows the host to issue concurrent I/O requests to one real device,
the base volume, through the different alias volumes.
Support for Parallel Access Volumes includes:
v The new CP QUERY PAV command, which displays information about the
Parallel Access Volume devices on the system.
v Enhancements to the CP QUERY DASD DETAILS command to display additional
information if the queried device is a Parallel Access Volume.
v A new CP Monitor Record, which has been added to Domain 6 (I/O) to record
state change interrupts that indicate a change in the Parallel Access Volumes
information:
– Record 20 – MRIODSTC – State change
Other Parallel Access Volumes information will be recorded in the existing Device
Configuration Data Record (Domain 1, Record 6) and the Vary On Device Event Data Record (Domain 6, Record 1).
Tape Support Enhancements [3.1.0]
z/VM provides additional guest support for the IBM 3494 Virtual Tape Server (VTS):
v Peer-to-Peer VTS provides flexible component placement to meet 7x24
processing requirements and provides a solution for remote backup and
recovery.
v Import/Export allows physical tapes to be removed from and inserted into the
VTS logical tape library.
z/VM supports guest use of IBM 3590 A60 tape controllers attached with FICON™
channels when such guests themselves support the 3590 A60 on native FICON
channels.
z/Architecture™ Support [3.1.0]
z/Architecture (64-bit) capabilities are supported for guest operating systems.
Integrated Facility for Linux (IFL) [4.1.0]
z/VM supports the IBM S/390 Integrated Facility for Linux (IFL), a hardware feature
available on G5, G6 and zSeries® servers which provides additional processing
capacity for Linux workloads. CMS Level 17 or later, Linux for zSeries, Linux for
S/390, z/VM V4R1 or later, and stand-alone utilities supplied with z/VM V4R1 or
later are supported on IFL.
20
z/VM: Migration Guide
Architecture and Hardware
IFL is managed by Processor Resource/Systems Manager™ (PR/SM™) as a logical
partition with dedicated CPs. Implementation of this facility requires an LPAR
definition, following normal LPAR activation procedures. As with any change in the
LPAR configuration of a processor, the introduction of additional resources to
manage may have an impact on the capacity of the existing partitions and
workloads running on the server. The size of the impact is dependent on the
quantity of added resources and the type of applications being introduced. A tool is
available to aid in assessing the impact to any server; contact your IBM
representative for details.
Cryptographic Support [4.2.0]
z/VM supports the IBM PCICA (PCI Cryptographic Accelerator) and the IBM PCICC
(PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor) for Linux guest virtual machines. This support
provides clear-key RSA support for Linux guests enabling hardware SSL
acceleration on the zSeries and S/390 servers. A z/VM system can include Linux
guests using the RSA-Assist support simultaneously with other VM guests using the
CMOS Cryptographic support.
The following commands and statements were updated:
v CP QUERY CRYPTO command
v CP QUERY VIRTUAL CRYPTO command
v CP SET CRYPTO command
v CRYPTO directory control statement
For more information, see:
v z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference
v z/VM: CP Planning and Administration
ESS Large Volumes [4.2.0]
z/VM supports 3390 volumes greater than 10,017 cylinders on the ESS, up to the
maximum supported by the DASD. This helps relieve device address constraints
and improves disk resource utilization and storage administrator productivity by
providing the ability to consolidate multiple disk volumes into a single address.
The following CP functions have been updated to reflect this new capacity:
v XLINK_DEVICE_DEFAULTS system configuration statement
v XLINK_VOLUME_INCLUDE system configuration statement
v MDISK directory control statement
For more information, see z/VM: CP Planning and Administration.
FICON CTCA [4.2.0]
z/VM supports FICON Channel-to-Channel communications between an IBM
zSeries 900 (at the appropriate service level) and another z900 or an S/390 Parallel
Enterprise Server G5 or G6. This enables more reliable and higher bandwidth
host-to-host communication than is available with ESCON channels.
The CP DEFINE CU/CNTLUNIT command was updated.
Additional explanation was added to dynamic I/O return codes for control units.
For more information, see:
v z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference
Chapter 2. System Changes
21
Architecture and Hardware
v z/VM: CP Planning and Administration
HiperSockets™ [4.2.0]
z/VM supports the z/Architecture HiperSockets function for high-speed TCP/IP
communication among virtual machines and logical partitions (LPARs) within the
same zSeries server. The HiperSockets function uses an adaptation of the Queued
Direct I/O (QDIO) high-speed I/O protocol. The HiperSockets function allows virtual
machines and logical partitions to communicate internally over the memory bus
using the internal-queued-direct (IQD) channel type in the z900.
Up to four IQD channels can be configured within a z900. Each IQD channel
provides isolated communications among the logical partitions and virtual machines
using that channel. There is no communication between different IQD channels,
thereby providing communication security among separate groups of logical
partitions and virtual machines connected to different IQD channels.
The z900 provides up to 1024 HiperSockets devices through which HiperSockets
communication can be used, divided at your discretion among the four IQD
channels.
z/VM supports HiperSockets for use by guest operating systems and by the TCP/IP
server virtual machine. VM programs using traditional TCP/IP socket connections
can communicate through HiperSockets with other VM programs, guest operating
systems, and other logical partitions that are also using TCP/IP.
Note: z/VM support for HiperSockets requires a z900 server at EC level J10607 or
J10608. For the most current information on the VM support for
HiperSockets, refer to the z/VM web site at:
www.ibm.com/eserver/zseries/zvm/
For customers who plan to run z/OS as a guest of VM, refer to the z/OS web
site for the most current information on z/OS support for HiperSockets:
http://www.ibm.com/eserver/zseries/zos/
OSA-Express Token Ring [4.2.0]
OSA-Express token ring support expands on previous OSA token ring support by
adding 100Mb/sec (megabit/second) support to the earlier 4 Mb/sec and 16 Mb/sec
support.
The OSA-Express token ring feature supports the QDIO data transfer architecture.
QDIO support requires z/VM V4R2.
The OSA-Express token ring feature continues to support non-QDIO environments,
the traditional TCP/IP (LAN Channel Station (LCS)) and SNA (Link Services
Architecture (LSA)) traffic. VM/ESA 2.3.0 or later is required.
z/VM V4R2 supports the OSA-Express token ring feature for use by guest operating
systems and by the TCP/IP server virtual machine.
z/Architecture Guest Coupling Facility [4.2.0]
VM guest coupling support has been enhanced to accommodate the z/Architecture
guest coupling facility. These enhancements include the following:
v Larger Vector Support
v Coupling Facility Duplexing
22
z/VM: Migration Guide
Architecture and Hardware
v Multiple-Buffer Capability
v Message Architecture Enhancements
v New CP Commands:
– DEFINE CFLINK
– DETACH CFLINK
– QUERY CFLINKS
– QUERY VTOD
– SET CFLINK
v Updated CP Commands and Directory Control Statements
– DEFINE MSGPROC
– SPECIAL Directory Control Statement
For more information, see:
v z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference
v z/VM: Running Guest Operating Systems
v z/VM: CP Planning and Administration
Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) Guest Support [4.3.0]
z/VM provides guest support for the new FCP hardware channel. This channel
allows an IBM zSeries server to connect to a fibre-channel fabric. The z/VM support
allows guest operating systems to access selected devices on Small Computer
System Interface (SCSI) controllers connected to the fabric.
The programs operating in guest virtual machines on z/VM are responsible for
providing the appropriate support to use and control the SCSI devices connected
through the FCP channel. Your system administrator is responsible for ensuring the
necessary level of access control and concurrent-access data integrity for the SCSI
devices. z/VM itself neither uses any SCSI devices nor controls guest access to
them. z/VM allows the dedication of zSeries subchannels on FCP channels to a
guest. Each subchannel allows the guest to access any SCSI device for which
access permission has been granted to the worldwide port name of the FCP
channel within the fibre-channel infrastructure. Typical access controls within the
infrastructure include zoning in the switches and Logical Unit Number-masking
(LUN-masking) in the controllers.
When FCP-based SCSI support is available from Linux for zSeries, guest Linux
operating systems can access data on the SCSI devices connected to the
fibre-channel fabric. Access to SCSI devices by a Linux guest is governed by open
standards for fibre-channel fabrics and controllers as well as by proprietary or
commonly-available functions provided by individual vendors. Therefore, unlike the
device isolation provided among virtual machines by z/VM and z/Architecture for
devices connected to other types of channels, neither z/VM nor the FCP channels
provide for the isolation of SCSI devices to a single virtual-machine configuration.
The following CP commands have been updated for this support:
v ATTACH
v DEFINE CHPID / PATH
v DETACH (Real Device)
v QUERY ALL
v QUERY CHPID / PATH
v QUERY (Real Device)
v QUERY VIRTUAL ALL
v QUERY (Virtual Device)
Chapter 2. System Changes
23
Architecture and Hardware
For more information, see the z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference.
Performance Monitor Enhancement [4.3.0]
To correctly extract processor configuration data and performance data from each of
the I/O processors on zSeries servers, CP has been updated to issue the new STSI
(Store System Information) hardware instruction and record the appropriate monitor
information. The Performance Reporting Facility (PRF) feature has been updated to
process this new monitor data.
Cascaded FICON Directors [4.4.0]
z/VM supports the zSeries capability to cascade two FICON directors within a
fibre-channel fabric. The z/VM support for cascaded FICON directors is embodied in
support for two-byte fibre-channel link addresses when defining and configuring
control units within the fabric. Previously, only single-byte link addresses were
needed in a single-switch fabric. Cascaded FICON directors require the use of two
bytes of the standard three-byte fibre-channel link address; the third byte, for
arbitrated-loop support, is not used in FICON fabrics. When using the new
cascaded-FICON-director function, your hardware-I/O definitions need to be
updated accordingly.
When CP is in control of the dynamic I/O, use the DEFINE CU and MODIFY CU
commands to define a cascaded FICON director topology to the system. When
HCD is in control of the dynamic I/O, use the ACTIVATE command from the HCD
virtual machine to define the cascaded FICON director topology.
The following CP functions have been updated:
v DEFINE CU / CNTLUNIT command
v MODIFY CU / CNTLUNIT command
For more information, see the z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference.
Enhanced QDIO Performance [4.4.0]
The QDIO architecture, originally introduced with the OSA-Express, was later
extended to HiperSockets and the FCP channels. The architecture itself was
extended in HiperSockets to include a new type of high-performance I/O interruption
known as an adapter interruption. The use of adapter interruptions has been
extended to the OSA-Express and FCP channels on the IBM Eserver® zSeries
990 (z990).
In addition to the use of adapter interruptions by the OSA-Express and FCP
channels, the z990 server is designed to include a performance assist for the
virtualization of adapter interruptions being given to operating systems running as
guests of z/VM. This hardware performance assist is available to V=V guests
(pageable guests) that support QDIO on z/VM V4R4.
This new IBM virtualization technology is designed to benefit all guest operating
systems in environments where they can process adapter interruptions. This
includes all users of HiperSockets, and guest operating systems that add
adapter-interruption support for OSA-Express and FCP channels. With the
enhancement of the TCP/IP stack in z/VM V4R4 to use adapter interruptions for
OSA-Express, TCP/IP can benefit from this performance assist for both
HiperSockets and OSA-Express.
The following CP functions have been added for this support:
24
z/VM: Migration Guide
Architecture and Hardware
v QUERY QIOASSIST command
v SET QIOASSIST command
The following CP functions have been updated for this support:
v QUERY VIRTUAL FCP command
v QUERY VIRTUAL OSA command
For more information, see the z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference.
ESS FlashCopy Version 2 [4.4.0]
z/VM supports the following ESS FlashCopy Version 2 enhancements:
v Data Set FlashCopy, which removes the restriction where source cylinders must
be copied to the same physical target cylinders. The removal of this restriction is
especially helpful when copying one VM minidisk to another. It allows a
non-fullpack source minidisk to be copied to a non-fullpack target minidisk when
the minidisks exist on different physical cylinder extents of the same physical
volume or different physical volumes.
v Multiple Relationship FlashCopy, which allows a source to have multiple targets.
This function allows one source volume to be copied to many target volumes.
v Elimination of Logical Storage System (LSS) constraint, which allows a source
and target relationship to span across an LSS. This removes the restriction
where both the source volume and the target volume must reside in the same
logical control unit.
ESS Peer-to-Peer Remote Copy (PPRC) Enhancements [4.4.0]
z/VM supports guest use of the ESS PPRC Extended Distance (PPRC-XD)
function. Guests who support PPRC-XD and have DATAMOVER authority in their
user directory can copy full volumes of data in non-synchronous mode, which
extends the distance between the primary and secondary ESS with a minimal effect
on performance. PPRC-XD is suitable for data migration, backup, and disaster
recovery procedures. Data can be copied at distances well beyond the 103 km
supported for PPRC synchronous transmissions. Typically, the distance for
PPRC-XD is limited only by the capabilities of the network and channel extension
technologies.
Native z/VM support for PPRC-XD is provided by Device Support Facilities
(ICKDSF), Version 1 Release 17, with ICKDSF running in a CMS virtual machine.
z/VM also provides guest support for PPRC Version 2, which is designed to offer an
Asynchronous Cascading solution, providing a complete, consistent, and coherent
copy of data at a remote site. Asynchronous Cascading provides a two-volume
synchronous PPRC implementation with a non-synchronous third volume serving as
a backup device that can provide a multi-site, long distance solution.
Extended Channel Measurement Data Support (ECMDS) [4.4.0]
z/VM supports the extended I/O-measurement facilities of the z990 server. This
function provides an extended I/O-measurement block for each subchannel and an
extended measurement word at the completion of each I/O operation. Each
extended I/O-measurement block has its own 64-bit address, allowing the
measurement blocks to be stored in noncontiguous real memory. The extended
measurement word provides channel measurement data for each I/O operation
when it completes, streamlining measurement processing in the operating system.
Chapter 2. System Changes
25
Architecture and Hardware
Guest Coupling Enhancement [4.4.0]
VM’s virtual Coupling Facility (CF) support has been enhanced to allow z/VM
systems to run as second-level (or higher) guests while simulating complete OS/390
and z/OS coupled sysplexes. This enhanced support loads the Coupling Facility
Control Code (CFCC) from the Service Element of a zSeries or S/390 server into
CF service virtual machines in a z/VM system running as a second-level (or higher)
guest of z/VM V4R4. This allows you to test an OS/390 or z/OS Parallel Sysplex®
environment at any guest level.
Note: Each additional level of guest virtualization incurs a performance penalty that
may make running a Parallel Sysplex impractical at higher guest levels.
Logical Channel Subsystems [4.4.0]
A new logical channel subsystem (LCSS) structure is introduced with the z990
server. It is designed to allow the definition of more than one channel subsystem
(CSS), providing channel-path and subchannel controls for configuring
channel-subsystem images. Each channel-subsystem image can be configured with
up to 256 channel paths, and each logical partition has access to one
channel-subsystem image.
Support for dynamic I/O configuration on z/VM V4R4 has been extended to allow
channel paths, control units, and devices to be dynamically added, changed, and
deleted in multiple logical channel subsystems when z/VM V4R4 is running on a
z990 server with the applicable hardware support. When z/VM V4R4 is running on
a z990 server that includes the hardware support, and z/VM is the controlling logical
partition for dynamic-I/O configuration, z/VM is designed to handle all of the new
elements of each CSS facility for changing your hardware I/O configuration. To
dynamically change the I/O configuration, one of two methods can be employed:
v CP’s suite of interactive dynamic-I/O-configuration commands
v HCD and HCM configuration-managment tools
The following CP functions have been changed for this support:
v DEFINE CHPID/PATH command
v DEFINE CU/CNTLUNIT command
v DEFINE DEVICE/IODEVICE command
v MODIFY CHPID/PATH command
v MODIFY CU/CNTLUNIT command
v MODIFY DEVICE/IODEVICE command
v DELETE CHPID/PATH command
v DELETE CU/CNTLUNIT command
v DELETE DEVICE/IODEVICE command
v QUERY CHPID command
v QUERY DYNAMIC_I/O command
v QUERY LPARS command
v DIAGNOSE code X'2AC' – HCD Dynamic I/O
For more information, see:
v z/VM: I/O Configuration
v z/OS and z/VM: Hardware Configuration Manager User’s Guide
Support for 30 LPARs [4.4.0]
Prior to the z990, there was an LPAR limit of 15. IBM plans to increase this limit for
the z990 server. z/VM can handle I/O-configuration definition and dynamic-I/O
26
z/VM: Migration Guide
Architecture and Hardware
configuration for up to 30 LPARs. In addition, the CP Monitor has been updated to
allow performance data to be collected and recorded for z/VM systems running on
servers with more than 15 LPARs.
3590 Model H [4.4.0]
z/VM supports the IBM TotalStorage® Enterprise Tape Drive 3590 Model H. This
384-track tape drive is faster and of higher capacity than the previous 256-track
3590 Model E. The 3590 Model H can be configured to emulate the device
characteristics of either the 3590 Model B or the 3490 Model E. z/VM supports both
emulation modes. The drive performs at 384-track speeds and capacity regardless
of how it is configured.
The following external interfaces have been updated for this support:
v CP DIAGNOSE code X'210'
v CMS message DMS2139I
z/VM Operates on zSeries Only [5.1.0]
z/VM V5R1 is designed to operate only on IBM zSeries (z990, z900, z890, and
z800) or equivalent servers that support the IBM z/Architecture (64-bit).
z/VM V5R1 supports the enhanced z990 and the new z890, including supporting
the enhanced LCSSs, spanned channels, and other server functions and features
described below.
ASN-and-LX-Reuse Facility Support [5.1.0]
z/VM adds support for guest use of the ASN-and-LX Reuse Facility when available
on the processor. For example, z/OS Version 1 Release 6 will take advantage of
this architectural extension to improve availability by reusing linkage indices in more
circumstances than can currently be done.
The following CP commands are have been updated for this support:
v DISPLAY LKS
v DUMP LKS
v TRACE mnemonic1
For more information, see z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference.
Enhanced LCSS Support [5.1.0]
The scalability of LCSSs is being further expanded — you can now define up to
four LCSSs on a single z990. The z890 can support up to two LCSSs. The channel
subsystem structure now offers the following:
v Four LCSSs (z990), two LCSSs (z890)
– Each LCSS can have up to 256 channels defined.
– Each LCSS can be configured with 1 to 15 logical partitions (LPARs).
- Cannot exceed 30 LPARs per system.
There is no change to the operating system maximums. One operating system
image continues to support up to 256 Channel Path Identifiers (CHPIDs). z/VM
V5R1 will support four LCSSs on a zSeries server with the capability to do
dynamic-I/O configuration in any LCSS.
Chapter 2. System Changes
27
Architecture and Hardware
ESS Model 750 [5.1.0]
z/VM V5R1 supports the ESS Model 750. The Model 750 supports FlashCopy® V1
and V2, as well as Peer-to-Peer Remote Copy (PPRC) V1 and V2. The Model 750
also includes support for the zSeries performance enhancers, and Parallel Access
Volumes (PAV).
ESS PPRC over FCP Connections [5.1.0]
z/VM V5R1 provides guest support for using the ESS PPRC function over FCP
connections. Native support is provided by running Device Support Facilities
(ICKDSF), Release 17, in a CMS virtual machine.
I/O Devices Not Supported [5.1.0]
In addition to devices not supported by previous releases of z/VM, the following I/O
devices are not be supported by z/VM V5R1:
v 3370 DASD
v 3375 DASD
v 3380 DASD on 3880 DASD Control Unit
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
Note: Emulated 3380 devices on 3990 Model 2 or higher controllers will
continue to be supported. This includes RAMAC® emulated 3380 models
and 3390 DASD running in 3380 track compatibility mode.
Multiprise Internal Disk
3830 DASD Control Unit
3880 DASD Control Unit
3995 Optical Library Dataserver
9332 DASD
9335 DASD
9336 DASD, except simulated VDISKs and emulated SCSI LUNs
9340 DASD Subsystem, including all associated DASD and controllers
2440 Tape Unit
3420 Tape Unit
3422 Tape Unit and Control, except OMA/2 CD devices that emulate 3422s
(supported for installation only)
3424 Tape Subsystem
3430 Tape Unit
9348 Tape Unit
3803 Tape Control Unit
9221 DASD/Tape Subsystem Control
SDLC Integrated Communication Attachment
BSC Integrated Communication Attachment
CETI (9221) Integrated Communication Attachment
Omission of a device from this list does not mean that the device is supported. For
a list of the devices that are supported by z/VM V5R1, see z/VM: General
Information.
28
z/VM: Migration Guide
Architecture and Hardware
Improvements to Capacity Upgrade on Demand [5.1.0]
z/VM V5R1 supports the On/Off Capacity on Demand (On/OffCoD) and the
Capacity Backup Upgrade (CBU) functions on IBM zSeries servers and includes
functional enhancements that can allow z/VM to:
v Recognize changed processor configuration settings on a zSeries system to:
– Report the change in configuration to the system operator
– Report the change in configuration to guests that support configuration
change notification
v Recognize changed processor capacity settings on zSeries systems to:
– Report the change in capacity to guests that support capacity measurement
for billing purposes
– Report the capacity change in z/VM monitor and accounting data
The following CP functions have been added for this support:
v QUERY CAPABILITY command determines the capability values of the
processors in the configuration. A processor’s capability value indicates its
capability relative to other CPU models.
v Type D Accounting Record records the CPU capability of the processors in the
configuration. This record is generated during system initialization and whenever
the CPU capability changes.
For more information, see:
v z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference
v z/VM: CP Planning and Administration
OSA-Express Integrated Console Controller [5.1.0]
With the new z890 and enhancements to the z990, IBM is introducing a new
function for the OSA-Express 1000BASE-T Ethernet feature and a new Channel
Path Identifier (CHPID) type, OSC. The new OSA-Express Integrated Console
Controller (OSA-ICC) function supports TN3270E and non-SNA DFT 3270
emulation. Now, 3270 emulation for console session connections is integrated in the
z990 and z890 through a port on the OSA-Express 1000BASE-T Ethernet feature.
This can help eliminate the requirement for external console controllers (2074,
3174).
OSA-ICC support is available with the OSA-Express 1000BASE-T Ethernet feature,
and can be configured on a port-by-port basis. A port on the 1000BASE-T Ethernet
feature can be configured as an OSD, OSE, or OSC CHPID type. Use of the
OSA-ICC and the OSC CHPID type is supported by z/VM V5R1.
For more information, see:
v z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference
v eServer zSeries: Open Systems Adapter-Express Integrated Console Controller
User’s Guide
PCIX Cryptographic Coprocessor (PCIXCC) [5.1.0]
z/VM V5R1 provides z/OS and Linux guest support for the PCIXCC feature
available with the IBM z990 and z890. z/VM support includes:
v Dedicated-queue support for clear-key and secure-key cryptographic functions for
z/OS guests
Chapter 2. System Changes
29
Architecture and Hardware
v Shared-queue and dedicated-queue support for clear-key cryptographic functions
for Linux guests with up to 256 dedicated queues
The following CP functions have been changed for this support:
v CRYPTO directory control statement
v QUERY CRYPTO command
v QUERY VIRTUAL CRYPTO command
For more information, see:
v z/VM: CP Planning and Administration
v z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference
Transparent Sharing of Additional Channel Resources Across LCSSs
[5.1.0]
When LCSSs were introduced, they were designed to provide transparent sharing
of Internal Coupling Channels (ICs) and HiperSockets™ between separate LCSSs.
This support has now been expanded to include the ICB-3, ICB-4, ISC-3, FICON™
Express, and OSA-Express features. They are now capable of being configured as
Multiple Image Facility (MIF) spanning channels, allowing sharing of channel
resources across LPARs.
Spanned channels can be shared among LPARs across LCSSs. ICB-3, ICB-4,
ISC-3, FICON Express, and OSA-Express can be configured to multiple channel
subsystems and are intended to be shared transparently by any or all of the
configured LPARs without regard to the LCSS to which the LPAR is configured.
z/VM V5R1 supports all of the spanned channel types identified, and also supports
internal spanned channels.
Up to 24 Processor Engines in a Single z/VM Image [5.1.0]
z/VM supports up to 64 virtual processor engines in a single guest configuration.
z/VM V5R1 allows up to 24 real processor engines in a single z/VM image on a
z990. The specific workload will influence the efficiency with which a specific z/VM
system can use larger numbers of engines. Generally, z/VM overhead is expected
to be lower with fewer, more CPU-intensive guests than with many lightly loaded
guests. Excessive overcommitment of storage could contribute to increased
overhead as well.
3592 Tape Drive [5.1.0]
z/VM supports the IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive 3592, which offers
greater capacity and improved performance over previous 3590 tape drives. The
3592 supports standard read/write media as well as Write Once Read Many
(WORM) media. z/VM provides both native and guest support for the 3592.
Message HCP2246E has been added for this support, and the following CP
interface has been updated:
v DIAGNOSE code X'210'
|
Crypto Express2 [5.1.0]
Crypto Express2 is IBM’s third-generation cryptographic hardware feature, which
replaces the PCICA and PCXCC features. Crypto Express2 combines the functions
of both PCICA and PCXCC in one feature, providing improved secure-key
operations. Coincident with the availability of this new cryptographic hardware
|
|
|
|
30
z/VM: Migration Guide
Architecture and Hardware
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
feature, IBM intends to provide z/OS and Linux on zSeries guest support on z/VM
V5R1 for Crypto Express2 as described for the PCIXCC feature (see “PCIX
Cryptographic Coprocessor (PCIXCC) [5.1.0]” on page 29). Refer to the 2084/2086
PSP buckets to identify any required service for support of these features.
OSA-Express2 [5.1.0]
OSA-Express2 is a new generation of the OSA-Express Gigabit Ethernet feature, as
well as a 10-Gigabit Ethernet feature. This technology update can help to provide a
balanced system with sufficient throughput to satisfy the bandwidth demands of
your applications. The OSA-Express2 Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) and 10 Gigabit
Ethernet (10 GbE) features support Queued Direct Input/Output (QDIO). IBM
intends to exploit these new hardware features in z/VM V5R1 when they become
available. Refer to the 2084/2086 PSP buckets to identify any required service for
support of these features.
TotalStorage DS8000 [5.1.0]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With the PTF for APAR VM63534, z/VM V5R1 will support the new IBM
TotalStorage DS8000, which is designed to provide unmatched functionality,
flexibility, and performance for enterprise disk storage. The DS8000 enables the
creation of multiple storage LPARs (logical partitions), which can be used for
completely separate production or test environments in a single physical DS8000.
This may enable the use of one storage server where more than one was needed
in the past. The DS8000 may also provide up to six times the throughput of an ESS
Model 800, which may enable workload consolidation into a single storage
subsystem.
|
|
z/VM supports the definition of very large SCSI or ECKD disks on the DS8000. See
“Larger Disks Supported on DS8000 [5.1.0]” on page 60.
|
|
|
The following CP functions have been updated for this support:
v EDEVICE system configuration statement
v SET EDEVICE command
|
|
|
For more information, see:
v z/VM: CP Planning and Administration
v z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference
Connectivity and Networking
This section describes changes that can affect how VM systems, applications, and
guest operating systems communicate with each other.
Notes:
1. For information about VM support for hardware connectivity facilities, see
“Support for Hardware Architectures and Facilities” on page 16.
2. This section does not include TCP/IP changes prior to z/VM V4R2. For that
information, see z/VM: TCP/IP Planning and Customization. For TCP/IP
migration considerations and other TCP/IP topics, also see the z/VM TCP/IP
web site at http://www.ibm.com/eserver/zseries/zvm/related/tcpip/.
MQSeries® Client for VM/ESA [2.3.0]
MQSeries Client for VM/ESA enables applications using message queuing to
communicate across different platforms using client-server technology.
Chapter 2. System Changes
31
Connectivity and Networking
MQSeries Client for VM/ESA executes in any CMS virtual machine and provides a
simple user interface to the server environment. It is not a full function queue
manager. Therefore it needs to be connected through TCP/IP or APPC to other
queue managers.
The application Language Bindings supported are:
v IBM C for VM/ESA
v IBM VS Cobol II
v IBM PL/I Compiler
v REXX/VM
v IBM Assembler
For more information, see the MQSeries: Application Programming Guide,
SC33-0807.
Guest LAN [4.2.0]
z/VM supports a network of virtual adapters connecting guests within a z/VM
system. The CP component of z/VM has been enhanced to provide:
v Virtual HiperSockets adapters
CP now offers a virtual network interface card (NIC) that emulates the
HiperSockets adapter. A guest should be able to operate the virtual adapter using
the same software that would have been used to drive the equivalent hardware.
v Connectivity for virtual adapters
CP now provides commands that enable z/VM users to connect virtual network
adapters to an emulated Local Area Network (LAN) segment, known as a Guest
LAN. Guests connected by an emulated LAN should be able to communicate
using the same software that would have been used to communicate over an
equivalent physical LAN segment.
The following CP commands have been added:
v DEFINE LAN
v DEFINE NIC
v DETACH LAN
v DETACH NIC
v QUERY LAN
v QUERY NIC
v QUERY VMLAN
v SET LAN
v UNCOUPLE
The following CP functions have been updated:
v COUPLE command
v DEFINE (Virtual Device) command
v QUERY (Virtual Device) command
v QUERY VIRTUAL OSA command
v SPECIAL directory control statement
TCP/IP Stack Vulnerability Reduction [4.2.0]
Function has been added to improve the performance and reliablity of the TCP/IP
stack by recording and reporting some Denial of Service (DOS) attacks and
preventing their propagation. These attacks include:
32
z/VM: Migration Guide
Connectivity and Networking
v Smurf — ICMP Echo Request packets sent to IP broadcast or multicast
addresses
v Fraggle — UDP Echo Request packets sent to IP broadcast or multicast
addresses
v Ping-o-Death — ICMP Echo Request packets that are too large.
Guest LAN Enhancements [4.3.0]
The Guest LAN implementation has been extended to support multicast
transmission across HiperSockets Guest LANs. Also, Guest LANs can now be
defined to function as either HiperSockets transport media or OSA-Express QDIO
transport media. The addition of QDIO simulation allows the virtualization of a QDIO
LAN environment and provides support for the broadcast capability that is part of
the QDIO architecture. As with the z/VM HiperSockets simulation, no real hardware
is required to support the OSA-Express QDIO simulation.
Serviceability aids have been added in the form of an AIF trace option to trace the
occurrence of Adapter Interruption Facility events, and external symbols are defined
to mark key points for adding TRSOURCE traps.
The following new CP commands have been added for this support:
v SET VMLAN
v TRACE AIF
The following CP functions have been updated:
v DEFINE LAN system configuration statement
v SPECIAL directory control statement
v COUPLE command
v DEFINE LAN command
v DEFINE NIC command
v QUERY LAN command
v QUERY NIC command
v QUERY VMLAN command
v SET LAN command
For more information, see:
v z/VM: CP Planning and Administration
v z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference
TCP/IP Device and Stack Performance Improvements [4.3.0]
Key sections of TCP/IP routing, device driver, and other processes have been
optimized. By primarily recoding these processes in Assembler Language,
improvements in performance of high-use code paths in the TCP/IP stack have
been achieved. In addition to recoding, some algorithms were changed to provide
equivalent functions at lower CPU costs.
When TCP/IP is configured to use the equal-cost multipath support, the routing
table will maintain up to four equal-cost paths to a particular destination, providing
load balance support and better performance. Refer to z/VM: TCP/IP Planning and
Customization for further information.
Additional support has been added to the NETSTAT command. Functions of
OBEYFILE such as starting and stopping devices and performing other simple
control tasks can be accomplished by using the OBEY function of the NETSTAT
command.
Chapter 2. System Changes
33
Connectivity and Networking
A new FTP PASSIVE subcommand has been added to control whether the client or
the server establishes connections for data transfers. Refer to TCP/IP User’s Guide
for further information.
The TCP/IP stack has been enhanced to support the following:
v Multicast for HiperSockets
v Broadcast for QDIO
TCP/IP Dynamic Stack Configuration [4.3.0]
Authorized users now can define, change or display the TCP/IP configuration
dynamically. These changes are temporary and are discarded when the TCP/IP
stack virtual machine is restarted. This support involves the following commands:
IFCONFIG
Added with z/VM V4R3; refer to z/VM: TCP/IP Planning and Customization
for more information.
NETSTAT DEVLINKS
Updated to display additional information about the devices and links
defined for the TCPIP virtual machine; refer to z/VM: TCP/IP User’s Guide
for more information.
QUERY (Real Device)
Updated with a new operand, ID, which displays the sense ID information
returned by a device and its control unit; refer to z/VM: CP Commands and
Utilities Reference for more information.
The IFCONFIG command can also be used to generate syntactically-correct
configuration statements for inclusion in the PROFILE TCPIP file in order to make
permanent changes to the network configuration.
TCP/IP Stack Vulnerability Reduction [4.3.0]
Function has been added to improve the performance and reliability of the TCP/IP
stack by recording and reporting additional Denial-of-Service (DoS) attacks and
preventing their propagation. These attacks include:
v Kiss-of-Death (KOD) — an IGMP based attack that depletes the stack’s large
envelopes
v KOX — a version of the KOD attack that also has source IP address spoofing
v Stream — an attack in which TCP packets are sent to the stack with no header
flags set
v R4P3D — an augmented version of the Stream attack
v Blat — a version of the Land attack that also has the URG flag turned on in the
TCP header and has the ability to incrementally spoof the source IP address
v SynFlood — an attack in which the initiator floods the TCP/IP stack with SYN
packets that have spoofed source IP addresses, resulting in the server never
receiving the final ACKs needed to complete the three-way handshake in the
connection process.
The Smurf DoS attack has also been updated to address three variants of the
attack. Smurf is a DoS attack in which an ICMP Echo Request is sent to a
broadcast or multicast address. The three variants are:
v Smurf-IC — where ″IC″ denotes that incoming packets are using the TCP/IP
stack to launch an attack
34
z/VM: Migration Guide
Connectivity and Networking
v Smurf-OB — where ″OB″ denotes that an outbound ICMP Echo Request
matched the description of a Smurf attack
v Smurf-RP — where ″RP″ denotes that ICMP Echo Reply packets being received
by the stack do not match any Echo Requests that were sent.
Guest LAN Support of Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6) [4.4.0]
Guest LAN support for OSA-Express simulation in QDIO mode has been updated
for IPv6. Virtual machines in the Guest LAN environment can define and use
simulated OSA-Express devices that support both the IPv4 and IPv6 protocols.
IEEE Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) Support [4.4.0]
IEEE Virtual LAN (VLAN) standard 802.1q describes a mechanism that is designed
to enable groups of hosts to be logically connected into a single Local Area Network
(LAN) even though they are connected to different switches in different physical
locations. Network hosts can be organized into LAN segments which fit an
organization’s network traffic patterns, rather than being dependent on physical
location. In addition, by connecting a router to multiple VLANs, savings can be
realized by providing router connections to new LAN segments without having to
add additional network interfaces to the routers.
To support IEEE VLANs, z/VM V4R4 provides:
v Enhancements to TCP/IP for z/VM to enable membership in a VLAN for IBM
zSeries OSA-Express (QDIO) and HiperSockets adapters that support IEEE
802.1q
v Enhancements to z/VM’s virtual QDIO and HiperSockets network interface
simulation to support VLAN frame tagging as described by IEEE 802.1q
v Management and control of the VLAN identifiers (VIDs) that can be used by
guest virtual machines
TCP/IP Broadcast Support for HiperSockets [4.4.0]
TCP/IP broadcast support is available for the HiperSockets environment when
utilizing Internet Protocol version 4 (IPv4). Applications that use the broadcast
function can propagate the broadcast frames to all TCP/IP applications when using
either HiperSockets or OSA-Express QDIO. Broadcast support is automatically
enabled for the TCP/IP stack.
TCP/IP IMAP User Authentication Exit [4.4.0]
Previously, TCP/IP Internet Message Access Protocol (IMAP) users required a VM
user ID and password to access the IMAP mail store on z/VM. Through a new
user-written IMAP authentication exit, a VM user ID and password, with the
accompanying limitation of eight characters, are no longer required. The
authentication exit runs in a separate virtual machine (IMAPAUTH), authenticates
user IDs and passwords, and maps the IMAP user’s ID to an eight-character SFS
ID by which the user accesses the mail store.
You have the flexibility of using whatever authentication program you want to use.
The authentication exit is enabled through a new TCP/IP configuration statement,
AUTHENTICATEID. If enabled, the exit is called to handle the following types of
requests:
v Validating LOGIN commands
v Mapping a long name to a short name
v Pre-authorizing connections
Chapter 2. System Changes
35
Connectivity and Networking
If the exit is not enabled, the IMAP server validates IMAP clients through CP or an
external security manager.
For more information about IMAP user authentication, see z/VM: TCP/IP Planning
and Customization.
TCP/IP SSL Server Upgrade [4.4.0]
The TCP/IP Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) server is now compatible with the Linux
2.4 kernel. The upgraded SSL server provides appropriate Red Hat Package
Manager (RPM) packages for the SuSE Linux 2.4.7 SLES 7 and 2.4.19 SLES 8
distributions. This upgrade helps avoid potential support issues with the backlevel
2.2.16 Linux kernel and allows the SSL server to exploit the many performance
improvements in the Linux 2.4 kernel.
TCP/IP Stack Performance Improvements [4.4.0]
The performance of the TCP/IP stack has been improved by optimizing additional
high-use code paths and adding virtual multiprocessing capabilities. Individual
device drivers can now be associated with particular virtual processors. A new CPU
option on the DEVICE configuration statement designates the CPU where the driver
for a particular device will be dispatched, allowing up to seven virtual processors to
be exploited. This enables the TCP/IP load to be spread across multiple real
processors and, in high-activity environments, can improve responsiveness and
throughput. If your TCP/IP load ordinarily uses a substantial portion of a single
processor, there may be benefits to creating a multiprocessor configuration. For
more information, see z/VM: TCP/IP Planning and Customization.
TCP/IP Stack Security Improvements [4.4.0]
The overall security and auditability of the TCP/IP stack and the integrity of the
z/VM system have been improved to aid self-protection by providing better controls,
monitoring, and defaults, which include:
v Logging of all TCP/IP administrative commands (including NETSTAT, OBEYFILE,
and IFCONFIG) that alter, or attempt to alter, the active IP or CP configuration.
v Changing the defaults of the ASSORTEDPARMS statement within the TCP/IP
configuration to:
– RESTRICTLOWPORTS, to prevent impersonation (“spoofing”) of well-known
z/VM TCP/IP applications by CMS users or guest operating systems
– VARSUBNETTING, to avoid creating unnecessary TCP/IP routing table
entries
The security of the TCP/IP stack has been improved by making the
RESTRICTLOWPORTS operand of the ASSORTEDPARMS statement active by
default. Thus, all TCP/IP applications that listen on “well-known” ports (ports 1
through 1023) must be given permission to do so. Such permission can be granted
by customizing the TCP/IP server configuration file (PROFILE TCPIP, or its
equivalent) in one of three ways:
1. Use the PORT statement to reserve the specific port (or ports) required by each
application (virtual machine) used on your system. This is the preferred
method. Note that with TCP/IP Level 440, ports can reserved within a specific
range, in addition to being reserved on an individual basis.
2. Modify the OBEY statement to include the affected virtual machines in the
TCP/IP obey list.
36
z/VM: Migration Guide
Connectivity and Networking
3. Include the FREELOWPORTS operand as part of an ASSORTEDPARMS
statement. Note that this method removes the default protection for all
well-known ports.
Note: When the RESTRICTLOWPORTS default is in effect and appropriate port
authorizations have not been provided, applications that rely upon
well-known ports (for example, VM-based web servers or remote printing
functions such as lpr) are likely to report “Unable to open port(s)” or
“Permission denied” conditions.
For more information, see z/VM: TCP/IP Planning and Customization.
Virtual FICON CTCAs [4.4.0]
CP’s virtual I/O subsystem supports the simulation of FICON Channel-to Channel
Adapters (CTCAs). This support enhances previous virtual-CTCA support by adding
the FICON protocol as an option for guest operating systems. Virtual CTCAs now
support the 3088, ESCON, and FICON protocols. A new CTCA device subclass,
FCTC, has been defined for the virtual FICON CTCA.
The following CP functions have been updated:
v SPECIAL directory statement
v DEFINE CTCA command
v QUERY VIRTUAL CTCA command
For more information, see:
v z/VM: CP Planning and Administration
v z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference
Virtual Switch [4.4.0]
z/VM further enhances virtualization technology by introducing a virtual IP switch
that is capable of bridging a Guest LAN to an associated real LAN connected by an
OSA-Express adapter. The Virtual Switch is designed to help eliminate the need for
virtual machines acting as routers to provide IPv4 connectivity to a physical LAN
through an OSA-Express adapter. Further, it eliminates the need to define a
separate routable subnet for the exclusive use of the members of a Guest LAN.
Using the Virtual Switch, the convenience of a Guest LAN is maintained while
allowing the guests to be assigned IP addresses in the real LAN subnet.
Virtual routers consume valuable processor cycles to process incoming and
outgoing packets, requiring additional copying of the data being transported. The
Virtual Switch helps alleviate this problem by moving the data directly between the
real network adapter and the target or originating guest data buffers.
Centralized network configuration and control of the Virtual Switch within CP allows
the Guest LAN administrator to more easily grant and revoke access to the real
network and to manage the configuration of Guest LAN VLAN segments. While the
z/VM system can be a member of multiple VLANs, the Guest LAN administrator can
control which guests belong to which real VLAN, without requiring additional
network adapters or switch port configuration. If a guest does not support IEEE
802.1q, z/VM will transparently join the virtual network interface into the desired
VLAN.
Chapter 2. System Changes
37
Connectivity and Networking
The Virtual Switch employs transparent bridging to enable the switch to dynamically
determine and maintain node connectivity so that the LAN administrator has less
network maintenance to perform.
The following new CP functions have been added for this support:
v DEFINE VSWITCH system configuration statement
v MODIFY VSWITCH system configuration statement
v MODIFY LAN system configuration statement
v NICDEF directory control statement
v DEFINE VSWITCH command
v DETACH VSWITCH command
v QUERY CONTROLLER command
v QUERY VSWITCH command
v SET VSWITCH command
The following CP functions have been updated:
v VMLAN system configuration statement
v IUCV directory statement
v SPECIAL directory statement
v COUPLE command
v DEFINE NIC command
v QUERY NIC command
v QUERY LAN command
v QUERY VMLAN command
v UNCOUPLE command
The following new Directory Maintenance Facility functions have been added:
v NICDEF command
v SPECIAL command
The following Directory Maintenance Facility functions have been updated:
v IUCV command
For more information, see:
v z/VM: Connectivity
v z/VM: CP Planning and Administration
v z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference
v z/VM: Directory Maintenance Facility Commands Reference
Enhanced IPv6 Support [5.1.0]
z/VM V5R1 enhances its IPv6 support by allowing the z/VM TCP/IP stack to be
configured for IPv6 networks connected through OSA-Express operating in QDIO
mode. The stack can be configured to provide static routing of IPv6 packets and to
send IPv6 Router Advertisements. The native z/VM TCP/IP applications that have
been enhanced to support IPv6 are TRACERTE and PING. In addition, support is
being provided to help application developers to create socket applications for IPv6
communications. This support includes updates to the C/C++ Language sockets
through Language Environment and to the OpenExtensions callable services library
(CSL) socket APIs.
For more information, see:
v z/VM: TCP/IP User’s Guide
v z/VM: OpenExtensions Callable Services Reference
v C/C++ for z/VM: Run-Time Library Reference, SC09-7624
38
z/VM: Migration Guide
Connectivity and Networking
Enhanced Virtual Switch Support — Failover [5.1.0]
The Virtual Switch has been improved in z/VM V5R1 to provide enhanced failover
support for less disruptive recovery for some common network failures.
Enhancements include the ability to:
v Recover from the failure of a Virtual Switch’s network connection by swapping
from a failing OSA-Express device to a partially initialized backup device in less
time, helping to reduce data loss
v Detect a stalled OSA-Express device associated with a Virtual Switch, with
failover to a backup device
v Detect a nonfunctioning z/VM TCP/IP controller and failover to a backup
controller
v Limit the number of SETIP requests sent to an OSA-Express to help prevent
overload of the device
For more information about the Virtual Switch, see z/VM: Connectivity.
Enhanced Virtual Switch Support — VLAN [5.1.0]
The following changes have been made for deploying VLAN technology on z/VM:
v The VLAN ANY operand has been removed from the SET VSWITCH command
and MODIFY VSWITCH statement.
v A new VLAN awareness attribute on a Virtual Switch has been defined. You can
define a Virtual Switch as VLAN AWARE or VLAN UNAWARE. The awareness
attribute can be specified on the DEFINE VSWITCH command and statement for
IP and ETHERNET Virtual Switches.
v A new PORT attribute is defined on the DEFINE VSWITCH and SET VSWITCH
commands. The supported ports are ACCESS and TRUNK.
See the following for more information:
v z/VM: Connectivity for information about the Virtual Switch
v z/VM: CP Planning and Administration for the changes to the DEFINE VSWITCH
and MODIFY VSWITCH statements
v z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference for the changes to DEFINE
VSWITCH, SET VSWITCH, QUERY VSWITCH, QUERY LAN, and QUERY NIC.
|
Virtual Switch Exploitation of Layer 2 Support [5.1.0]
|
|
|
|
With the PTFs for APARs VM63538 and PQ97436, z/VM V5R1 supports a new
transport option for the Virtual Switch that defines the Virtual Switch as operating in
Layer 2 mode. Layer 2 mode is supported for the OSA-Express and OSA-Express2
(when available).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Layer 2 mode, each port on the Virtual Switch is referenced by its Media Access
Control (MAC) address instead of by Internet Protocol (IP) address. Data is
transported and delivered in Ethernet frames, providing the ability to handle
protocol-independent traffic for both IP (IPv4 or IPv6) and non-IP, such as IPX,
NetBIOS, or SNA. Coupled with the Layer 2 support in Linux on zSeries and the
OSA-Express and OSA-Express2 support for the z890 and z990, Linux images
deployed as guests of z/VM can operate more efficiently.
|
|
|
|
Port sharing on the OSA-Express or OSA-Express2 allows many stacks to share
the same physical OSA NIC card, and provides a communication path between the
LPAR and z/VM without having to send the traffic flow over the physical wire. There
is a restriction with the Layer 2 support in that port sharing is supported only
Chapter 2. System Changes
39
Connectivity and Networking
|
|
|
between Virtual Switches that are of the same transport type, such as Layer 2 with
Layer 2 and Layer 3 with Layer 3. A Layer 2 guest cannot communicate directly
with a Layer 3 guest on the same adapter.
|
For more information about the Virtual Switch, see z/VM: Connectivity.
|
Additional Device Connections for TCP/IP for z/VM [5.1.0]
v TCP/IP stack utilization improvements for OSA-Express
For the z890 and z990 servers, the number of TCP/IP stacks that can share an
OSA-Express adapter has been increased from 84 to 160. This increase provides
additional connections to enable more virtual machines to be connected to an
external network. IBM plans that z/VM V5R1 will support this hardware
enhancement with the PTFs for APARs VM63524 and PQ91421.
v Improved virtualization supporting more TCP/IP stacks with OSA-Express2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With the new OSA-Express2 feature for the z890 and z990, the maximum
number of connections (TCP/IP stacks) allowed can be increased up to 640.
Support for 640 TCP/IP stacks is provided by the OSA-Express2 features
(Gigabit Ethernet SX, Gigabit Ethernet LX, Gigabit Ethernet LR) running in QDIO
mode only. When the OSA-Express2 is available, IBM plans that z/VM V5R1 will
support this new capability to allow additional connections to virtual machines,
particularly Linux images, with the PTFs for APARs VM63524 and PQ91421.
System Administration and Operation
This section describes changes that can affect how you manage the administration
and operation of VM and guest operating systems.
Note: Enhancements in TCP/IP administration are described under “Connectivity
and Networking” on page 31.
Year 2000 Support [2.2.0]
VM/ESA 2.2.0 provides support for the year 2000 and beyond. CP and CMS
commands that accept dates as input or display dates as output have been
enhanced to support dates with 4-digit years. In addition to commands, CMS
Pipelines and application program interfaces such as REXX and CSL routines have
been enhanced to support dates with 4-digit years. Existing dates consisting of
2-digit years are resolved with correct 4-digit year information. A new CSL routine,
DateTimeSubtract, has been added to assist users in modifying their user-written
programs to work with 4-digit date support. The TOD clock support is also
enhanced to aid in IPLing a VM system in the year 2000 or later.
The capability to set a default date format for CP and CMS commands is provided
on a system-wide basis and also on a user (virtual machine) basis. A new system
configuration statement, SYSTEM_DATEFORMAT, sets the system-wide default
date format. A new directory control statement, DATEFORMAT, sets the default date
format for a user (virtual machine). Two new CP commands, SET DATEFORMAT
and QUERY DATEFORMAT, set and query the default date formats for the system
and individual users. Default date formats for the FILELIST and RDRLIST
commands can also be set with the CMS DEFAULTS command.
Range of Dates Supported for Files
Minidisk files and SFS files support dates only in the range of 01/01/1900 to
12/31/2099.
40
z/VM: Migration Guide
Administration and Operation
Files on a Back Level File Pool Server
4-digit years are not supported on a file pool server from a VM release prior to
VM/ESA 2.2.0. The new system will interpret all dates associated with a file on a
back level server as 19yy, where yy is the 2-digit year.
Remote Systems That Are Not Year 2000 Ready
If a remote system that is not Year 2000 ready accesses minidisks on the new
system, all the 4-digit years for existing files will appear to be 19yy, even if they
have been created after 1999.
If you copy a file from a remote system to a minidisk or SFS directory on the new
system using the OLDDATE option, the 4-digit year for the file may not be correct if
the remote system is not Year 2000 ready. Therefore, an incorrect date might be
propagated onto your system.
If you use the new system to create a file on a minidisk on a remote system that is
not Year 2000 ready, the new system will see the correct 4-digit year.
Profiles for CMS Productivity Aids
If you have a pre-VM/ESA 2.2.0 XEDIT profile for FILELIST, RDRLIST, SENDFILE,
or PEEK on your A-disk or in your search order accessed ahead of the system disk,
some PF key functions may not work correctly with the new FULLDATE and
ISODATE options. To ensure that the new date functions operate correctly, you
should erase your old profiles and create new ones. The recommended method for
customizing the operation of the PF keys for these commands (as well as other
productivity aids that use profiles) is to build a user profile that first calls the profile
from the system disk, followed by your customized changes. For more information,
see Appendix A of the z/VM: CMS Commands and Utilities Reference.
CMS Productivity Aids Performance Enhancement [2.2.0]
The CMS productivity aids FILELIST, RDRLIST, and PEEK have been rewritten
from EXEC 2 to REXX and compiled. They have also been placed into the
CMSINST logical saved segment, which has been moved above the 16 MB line.
(See “HELPINST Saved Segment Replaced by HELPSEG and INSTSEG [2.2.0].”)
This will improve the performance of these commands and also aid in the servicing
of these parts.
HELPINST Saved Segment Replaced by HELPSEG and INSTSEG [2.2.0]
The default CMS installation saved segment (CMSINST) and the HELP logical
saved segment are no longer defined in a single physical saved segment called
HELPINST. CMSINST is now defined in the INSTSEG physical saved segment,
which has been moved above the 16 MB line. HELP is now defined in the
HELPSEG physical saved segment, which is still located below 16 MB. This change
provides more room for help files in the HELP saved segment.
More of the CMS productivity aids (execs and XEDIT macros that reside on the
S-disk) have been added to CMSINST. For a list of the contents of CMSINST, see
the CMSINST LSEG file.
To allow CMSINST to be moved above 16 MB, execs included in CMSINST that
were formerly written in EXEC or EXEC 2 have been rewritten in REXX. If you have
user modifications to any of these rewritten execs, you must rewrite your
modifications in REXX. You cannot add EXEC or EXEC 2 execs to CMSINST. If you
have EXEC or EXEC 2 execs you want to provide in a logical saved segment, you
must add them to a segment that is loaded below 16 MB.
Chapter 2. System Changes
41
Administration and Operation
Removable Media Services (RMS) Free Drive Support [2.2.0]
DIAGNOSE code X'254', Access Real Subsystem, allows the RMS virtual machine
to issue nondrive dependent I/O to a 3494 or 3495 tape library subsystem, without
requiring the DFSMS/VM RMS machine to have a CP-attached tape drive. For
more information, see z/VM: CP Programming Services.
SFS AUDIT Enhancement [2.2.0]
You can now specify AUDIT OFF CLOSE fn ft or AUDIT CLOSE fn ft to create a file
to capture a “snapshot” of the security audit trace file. This prevents overwriting the
security audit trace file and allows you to get audit information while auditing
remains on. For more information, see z/VM: CMS File Pool Planning,
Administration, and Operation.
Additional Year 2000 Support [2.3.0]
VM/ESA 2.3.0 provides extended support for year 2000 and beyond. A new CMS
pipelines stage called DATECONVERT allows date conversion, validation, and
windowing functions. It supports all of the REXX date formats, plus additional
formats. It is a powerful front-end to the DateTimeSubtract CSL routine. There are
two new data migration and testing aid commands: FIXCENT and FILESERV
FIXCENT. These commands can be used to set the internal century information
stored with minidisk and SFS files. Note that this is not needed as part of the
general processing. There is a new conversion command that converts dates in the
user’s NETLOG file called NETLCNVT as well as message display enhancements
to the NETDATA command. When IPLing VM, the ’SET DATE’ prompt has been
enhanced to accept 4-digit year dates.
For more information, see:
v z/VM: CMS Pipelines Reference
v z/VM: CMS Commands and Utilities Reference
v z/VM: CMS File Pool Planning, Administration, and Operation
ISO Date Used in Default CMS IPL Heading [2.3.0]
The date field in the default CMS IPL heading has been changed to ISO format
(yyyy-mm-dd). Each time you IPL CMS, a heading is displayed to identify the VM
release level and time stamp of the CMS system being IPLed. A default heading is
constructed when the CMS system is generated if the VERSION= parameter in the
DEFNUC macro is specified without a value (which is the default).
Logical Device Limit Relief [2.3.0]
Support has been added to CP to let you to change the maximum number of logical
devices allowed on the system. The old limit of 4096 devices is now the default, but
you can use the new CP SET MAXLDEV command to reset the limit up to 32768
devices. The new QUERY MAXLDEV command allows you to determine the current
setting.
Allocation of Real Storage for Segment Tables [2.3.0]
To represent the virtual storage for each primary address space (virtual machine)
larger than 32 MB and each nonprimary address space (data space), CP creates
segment tables in real storage:
v For each virtual machine larger than 32 MB but less than or equal to 1024 MB,
one real storage frame is allocated for the segment table.
42
z/VM: Migration Guide
Administration and Operation
v For each data space less than or equal to 1024 MB, one real storage frame is
allocated for the segment table.
v For each virtual machine or data space larger than 1024 MB, two consecutive
real storage frames are allocated for the segment table.
CP creates the segment table at the start of the storage frame. But in previous
releases, the entire storage frame was allocated for the segment table regardless of
the actual size of the table. This could have resulted in constraints on real storage
availability if large numbers of virtual machines had arbitrarily large storage sizes, or
were allowed to create many data spaces and/or very large data spaces, or loaded
saved segments or saved systems defined at very high addresses outside the
virtual machines.
On the new system, although real storage frames are still nominally allocated for
the segment tables as indicated above, only the actual amount of real storage
necessary to contain the segment tables is used. Any storage remaining beyond the
end of a segment table may be used for CP free storage.
TCP/IP Awareness [2.3.0]
Support has been added to the following CP functions to detect TCP/IP addresses
and include those addresses in queries and responses:
v QUERY LDEVS command
v QUERY VIRTUAL CONSOLE command
v DIAGNOSE code X'7C' (Logical Device Support Facility)
v CP accounting records
v Access control interface (ACI)
For more information, see:
v z/VM: CP Planning and Administration
v z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference
v z/VM: CP Programming Services
Changes to Accounting Records for TCP/IP
The formats of the CP accounting records for journaling (Record types 04, 05, 06,
and 08) have been changed to supply TCP/IP data, as indicated in Table 2.
Table 2. Changes to Accounting Records for TCP/IP Awareness
Record
Release
Columns
Contents
04
Old
57-70
Reserved
71-78
LUNAME for SNA terminal
57-62
Reserved
63-70
Network qualifier for SNA terminal or
host virtual machine name for TCP/IP terminal
71-78
LUNAME for SNA terminal or
IP address for TCP/IP terminal
New
Chapter 2. System Changes
43
Administration and Operation
Table 2. Changes to Accounting Records for TCP/IP Awareness (continued)
Record
Release
Columns
Contents
05
Old
58-70
Reserved
71-78
LUNAME for SNA terminal
58-62
Reserved
63-70
Network qualifier for SNA terminal or
host virtual machine name for TCP/IP terminal
71-78
LUNAME for SNA terminal or
IP address for TCP/IP terminal
61-70
Reserved
71-78
LUNAME for SNA terminal
61-62
Reserved
63-70
Network qualifier for SNA terminal or
host virtual machine name for TCP/IP terminal
71-78
LUNAME for SNA terminal or
IP address for TCP/IP terminal
Old
29-64
Reserved
New
29-48
Reserved
49-56
LUNAME for SNA terminal or
IP address for TCP/IP terminal
57-64
Network qualifier for SNA terminal or
host virtual machine name for TCP/IP terminal
New
06
Old
New
08
Changes to the ACI for TCP/IP
In the access control interface (ACI) to an external security manager (ESM), the
ACIPARMS control block has been changed. In the ACIPARMS parameter list for
authorization checking on the LOGON command, a new ACILOGIP option can be
set under ACILGOPT (if the ACILOGCL option is also set) to indicate a logical
terminal with an IP address. The IP address is specified in ACITRMID.
IPLing with the NODIRECT Option [2.3.0]
When you IPL your new system with the NODIRECT option, the OPERATOR user
ID is logged on in ESA mode with 2047 MB of virtual storage. In releases prior to
VM/ESA 2.3.0, OPERATOR was logged on in 370 mode with 32 MB of virtual
storage.
Product Enablement Support [2.3.0]
You can use the CP SET PRODUCT command and the PRODUCT configuration
statement to define products and features to your VM system and to determine
whether the product or feature can run on that system. You can then use the CP
QUERY PRODUCT command to display information about the products that are
defined to the system. You can also use DIAGNOSE code X'27C' to request
information about the enablement status of a single product or feature.
For more information, see:
v z/VM: CP Planning and Administration
v z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference
v z/VM: CP Programming Services
44
z/VM: Migration Guide
Administration and Operation
Dynamic CP Exits [2.4.0]
You can define CP exit points dynamically using the DEFINE EXIT command or
system configuration statement. A dynamic CP exit point behaves just like a
formally-defined exit point, except that its ability to influence subsequent processing
in the module containing the exit point is limited, and it does not carry over an IPL.
Dynamic exits provide a convenient way to collect diagnostic or other information or
to handle many situations in which the flow of control of a CP module does not
need to be changed extensively.
The MODIFY EXIT command or system configuration statement allows you to
change the definition of an existing dynamic CP exit point or remove it from the
system. The QUERY EXITS command has been enhanced to display additional
information about a dynamic exit: exit location, characteristics, and parameter
definitions.
For more information, see:
v z/VM: CP Exit Customization
v z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference
v z/VM: CP Planning and Administration
CP Nucleus [3.1.0]
An IPLable CP nucleus is no longer supported. Only a nucleus load module may be
used to hold CP nucleus code.
z/VM now provides two CP images:
v 32-bit
You can IPL this CP image on an ESA/390 or z/Architecture server.
v 64-bit
You can IPL this CP image only on an z/Architecture server.
A dual-image CP is also provided with z/VM. If the dual-image CP is installed, it
automatically determines at IPL if the server is z/Architecture-capable. If it is, the
64-bit CP image is loaded; otherwise, the 32-bit CP image is loaded. This can be
overridden on the IPL to load the 32-bit CP on a z/Architecture server.
CP Exit Modifications [3.1.0]
CP exits may need to be modified for correct operation. For more information, see
z/VM: CP Exit Customization.
High Level Assembler V1R4.0 [3.1.0]
The IBM High Level Assembler V1R4.0 is required for:
v Installation:
– Adding devices that cannot be sensed (updating HCPRIO ASSEMBLE)
– Local modifications
v Servicing the CP Loader (HCPLDR)
v Creating the Stand-Alone Dump Utility (HCPSADMP EXEC)
v Assembling any CP modules
v Using CP exit routines
v Installing and servicing RTM/ESA
Chapter 2. System Changes
45
Administration and Operation
RIO370 [3.1.0]
RIO370 is no longer supported.
64-Bit Support [3.1.0]
z/VM provides support for 64-bit addressing in:
v Storage configuration
v Display/dump/store of storage, registers, and PSWs
v Tracing
Storage Configuration
The CP DEFINE STORAGE command allows larger extents and discontiguous
storage definitions. The display of the configurations has been changed.
Two new Directory Control Statements, STORAGE and MAXSTORAGE, allow you
to define a default and a maximum virtual storage size for users.
The USER statement now allows a maximum storage of 16 exabytes.
Display/Dump/Store
All commands for displaying, dumping, or storing data or registers accommodate
larger registers and storage areas.
Tracing
Trace commands show new instructions, larger registers, PSWs, and storage areas.
The new TRACE GG command allows you to trace changes in general-purpose
registers for either a 64-bit or a 32-bit image of CP.
Graphical User Interface (GUI) Facility Changes [3.1.0]
The following changes have been made to the GUI Facility:
v The GUI workstation agents, along with their Help files, are not shipped with
z/VM. They are available with limited support from the VM Download Library at:
www.ibm.com/eserver/zseries/zvm/download/
v The CMSDESK application modules and message repository are also available
as part of the GUI package from the VM Download Library.
v The CMSDESK command and nucleus routines remain in CMS. Documentation
is available from the GUI download package. To use these functions, you must
download the workstation agents and GUI modules and put them on a CMS
minidisk or SFS directory.
VMLINK Improvements [3.1.0]
The VMLINK command has been overhauled with both code and documentation
changes. Many enhancements and some additions were made to increase the
usability of this command:
v Changes were made to better validate some of the values in the VMLINK
CONTROL file.
v The PUSH and POP options were changed to ensure the behaviors were
consistent and could be documented.
v File mode support was made more complete and the documentation lists all the
supported file mode definitions.
v Previously, when multiple INVOKE commands were processed and one or more
failed, it was difficult to determine which ones failed because only one message
46
z/VM: Migration Guide
Administration and Operation
v
v
v
v
v
and one return code were issued. VMLINK has been updated to return an error
message and return code for each failing INVOKE command.
Previously, the parameters passed to exits were automatically uppercased before
the exit was called. These parameters will now remain in the case entered by the
user, allowing mixed-case strings to be passed.
The .EX and .PX VMLINK variables have been added to complete support for all
possible NAMES file tags to be retrieved.
Messages displayed when disks and directories are detached and released were
changed for consistency.
Message DMS2062I has been improved to include the name of the nickname
which is being used when the QUERY option is being processed. This can be
especially useful when more than one nickname is specified.
The documentation has been completely reorganized. Guide information has
been removed from the command description in the z/VM: CMS Commands and
Utilities Reference and moved to the z/VM: CMS User’s Guide.
Vector Facility [4.1.0]
CMS support for the Vector Facility has been removed.
370-Mode Virtual Machines Not Supported [4.1.0]
z/VM no longer supports 370-mode virtual machines. However, the 370
Accommodation Facility allows many CMS applications written for 370 virtual
machines to run in XA, ESA, or XC virtual machines. For more information about
the 370 Accommodation Facility, see z/VM: CP Programming Services.
If a user attempts to define a 370-mode virtual machine, the following will occur:
v If a user issues the SET MACHINE 370 command, the command is rejected and
message HCP1016E is issued.
v If a user with a MACHINE 370 statement in their directory logs on, the logon
continues, but the virtual machine is defined as XA-mode. In addition, CP’s 370
accommodation support (370ACCOM) is set ON and message HCP1512E is
issued. Note that doing certain operations, such as resetting the system or
defining storage, will set 370ACCOM OFF.
Fast CCW Translation [4.1.0]
A new fast channel control word (CCW) translator has been provided that targets
Network Adapter channel programs. This enhancement improves performance of
I/O to network adapters, allowing any guest, such as Linux for S/390, to take
advantage of this new fast-CCW translation processes, which improves I/O
performance by reducing CP overhead.
Enhanced Page Fault Handling for Guests [4.1.0]
Page fault handling support within CP has been enhanced to allow 31-bit or 64-bit
guests to take full advantage of page fault notifications, allowing the guest to
continue processing while the page fault is handled by CP.
System Default Language Set Dynamically [4.1.0]
All of the IBM-translated languages are now included in CP. You can set the system
default language by specifying the CPLANGUAGE operand on the
USER_DEFAULTS statement in the system configuration file. You no longer have to
Chapter 2. System Changes
47
Administration and Operation
rebuild CP to change the system default language. You can dynamically change the
default language on the running system by using the SET CPLANGUAGE
command.
SET OBSERVER Support [4.2.0]
This support allows one virtual machine to observe the console activity of another
without affecting the behavior of the observed machine.The following CP functions
have been added or updated:
v SET OBSERVER command
v QUERY OBSERVER command
v SET SECUSER command
v CONSOLE directory control statement
DDR Compression [4.2.0]
The LZCOMPACT option has been added to the I/O Definition Control Statement for
the DDR command to allow users to select an alternate compression algorithm.
Automated Shutdown Support [4.3.0]
By virtualizing a hardware interface, automated shutdown enables guests to shut
themselves down when signaled to do so by a CP command. This support is
exploited by z/VM when running as a guest and can also be exploited by other
guest operating systems. The amount of elapsed time during which a guest is
allowed to process a termination signal is limited by a timeout interval. automated
shutdown can also be used to cause z/VM itself to shut down when a hardware
event (for example, deactivation of the logical partition) is initiated while z/VM is
active. In this situation, guest virtual machines may, at customer discretion, be given
an opportunity to shut themselves down before z/VM terminates.
The following new CP functions have been added for this support:
v SET SIGNAL system configuration statement
v QUERY SHUTDOWNTIME command
v QUERY SIGNAL command
v QUERY SIGNALS command
v SET SHUTDOWNTIME command
v SET SIGNAL command
v SIGNAL command
The following CP commands have been updated:
v FORCE
v SHUTDOWN
For more information, see:
v z/VM: CP Planning and Administration
v z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference
Enhanced Timer Management [4.3.0]
The performance of CP timer management has been improved for environments
where a large number of requests are scheduled, particularly for short intervals, and
where timer requests are frequently canceled before they become due. A system
with large numbers of Linux or z/OS guests with certain workloads would be an
example of such an environment. Master-processor overhead has been reduced by
48
z/VM: Migration Guide
Administration and Operation
allowing timer events to be handled on any processor. Also, clock comparator
settings are now tracked and managed across all processors to eliminate duplicate
or unnecessary timer interruptions.
Improved Utilization of Large Real Storage [4.3.0]
System performance may be improved with better utilization of large real storage
when Expanded Storage is unavailable, full, or nearly full while CP is replenishing
its available-page list. This is accomplished by moving pages to storage above the
2 GB line when:
v Pages would otherwise go to DASD
v No Expanded Storage has been made available
v Expanded Storage is not available when requested
v Excess storage is available above the 2 GB line
Shared Tape Support [4.3.0]
Shared tape support allows multiple guest operating systems to serially share the
same tape device (IBM 3424, 3480, 3490, or 3590). It removes the need to manage
the movement of a dedicated tape device from one guest to another, because the
tape device can now remain attached to several guests concurrently. This support is
intended for z/OS, z/OS.e, and OS/390 guests that use ATS Star or IEFAUTOS for
automatic tape switching. In principle, however, it will work for any guest that
manages its own assignment of tape devices. Traditionally, a tape device would be
attached to such a guest with the CP ATTACH command using the NOASSIGN
option. This support is not intended for CMS unless some external means of
managing assignments or serializing access to the tape device among the sharing
users is explicitly implemented.
The MULTIUSER option has been added to the CP ATTACH command and the
DEDICATE directory control statement to specify that a tape device is to be shared.
The QUERY ALL, QUERY (Real Device), and QUERY TAPES commands have
been enhanced to return information about which tape devices are attached
MULTIUSER. Assign and Unassign CCWs are simulated for tape devices attached
MULTIUSER so that guests running under the same VM image can serialize access
to the tape devices they share. The ALL option has been added to the CP DETACH
command to allow removal of a shared tape device from all sharing guests with one
command invocation. Third party assignment and multiple system assignment
(Control Access CCW) are not supported.
For more information, see:
v z/VM: CP Planning and Administration
v z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference
Virtual Machine Accounting Improvements [4.3.0]
CP has been enhanced with additional capability to account for the use of system
resources by virtual machines, including those running Linux. A new accounting
record is produced that tracks a virtual machine’s use of virtual network resources,
including virtual channel-to-channel adapters (CTCAs), inter-user communication
vehicle (IUCV) or advanced program-to-program (APPC) connections, and virtual
(Guest LAN) network interface cards (NICs).
The following CP functions have been updated:
v DEFINE LAN system configuration statement
v VMLAN system configuration statement
Chapter 2. System Changes
49
Administration and Operation
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
OPTION directory control statement
ACNT command
DEFINE LAN command
QUERY LAN command
QUERY VMLAN command
SET LAN command
SET VMLAN command
DIAGNOSE code X'4C' (Generate Accounting Records)
Accounting records — Accounting Records for Network Data Transmissions
(Record Type 0C) has been added.
For more information, see:
v z/VM: CP Planning and Administration
v z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference
v z/VM: CP Programming Services
Virtual Machine Resource Manager (VMRM) [4.3.0]
VMRM provides z/VM functions to:
v Manage guest performance
Capabilities have been added that allow z/VM to manage guest performance to
meet customer-defined goals. A new service virtual machine (SVM) accepts
customer-defined workload definitions, goal specifications, and associations
between them. The SVM then adjusts virtual machine CPU and I/O performance
controls based on actual performance measurements to attempt to achieve the
goals associated with each workload.
v Exploit I/O Priority Queueing
I/O management facilities have been added that enable z/VM to exploit the
hardware I/O Priority Queueing facility to prioritize guest and host I/O operations.
A virtual equivalent of the hardware facility is provided, allowing virtual machines
running guest operating systems such as z/OS that exploit I/O Priority Queueing
to determine the priority of their I/O operations within bounds defined by a new
CP command. z/VM will automatically set a priority for I/O operations initiated by
virtual machines that do not exploit this function.
The following CP functions have been added for this support:
v IOPRIORITY directory control statement
v QUERY IOPRIORITY command
v SET IOPRIORITY command
For more information, see:
v z/VM: Performance
v z/VM: CP Planning and Administration
v z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference
Automated SFS Shutdown [4.4.0]
Utilizing the automated shutdown support added in z/VM V4R3, SFS file pool
servers now shut down automatically when CP is shut down. This function helps
ease z/VM system administration and helps maintain the integrity of the SFS and its
data.
The new SHUTDOWNSIGNAL start-up parameter (the default) enables an SFS file
pool server to receive a shutdown signal from a CP SHUTDOWN, FORCE, or
50
z/VM: Migration Guide
Administration and Operation
SIGNAL command. When an enabled SFS file pool server receives this shutdown
signal from CP, the file pool operator STOP command (with no operands) is
automatically issued to shut down the server before CP shuts down. To override this
automation, the NOSHUTDOWNSIGNAL start-up parameter must be explicitly
specified in the SFS file pool server’s DMSPARMS file. For more information, see
z/VM: CMS File Pool Planning, Administration, and Operation.
Message DMS3108I is issued to indicate that the SFS server is stopping as the
result of a signal from CP. Message DMS3109I is issued at SFS initialization if the
SFS server is not enabled to receive a shutdown signal from CP. For more
information, see z/VM: System Messages and Codes - CMS and REXX/VM.
CP Command Response Suppression [4.4.0]
The CP SILENTLY command executes another CP command and suppresses its
responses, if that command is so enabled. A command is enabled for response
suppression by specifying the SILENT option on the DEFINE COMMAND / CMD or
MODIFY COMMAND / CMD command or system configuration statement.
Response suppression is supported only for the ATTACH, DETACH, and GIVE
commands.
The following CP function has been added for this support:
v SILENTLY command
The following CP functions have been updated:
v DEFINE COMMAND / CMD system configuration statement
v MODIFY COMMAND / CMD system configuration statement
v DEFINE COMMAND / CMD command
v MODIFY COMMAND / CMD command
For more information, see:
v z/VM: CP Planning and Administration
v z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference
Guest IPL from SCSI Disks [4.4.0]
z/VM allows IPLing from FCP-attached SCSI disks for Linux and other guest
operating systems that contain support for IPLing from FCP-attached SCSI disks,
when z/VM is running on a z990, z900, z800, or equivalent server equipped with
the function for IPLing from FCP-attached SCSI disks. When this hardware function
is available, Linux guests can be started and run completely from FCP-attached
SCSI disks in your hardware configuration. z/VM continues to require
ESCON-attached or FICON-attached disk or tape for its own IPL and other
functions.
The following new CP functions have been added for this support:
v LOADDEV directory statement
v QUERY LOADDEV command
v SET LOADDEV command
The following CP functions have been updated:
v IPL command
The following new Directory Maintenance Facility functions have been added:
v LOADDEV command
Chapter 2. System Changes
51
Administration and Operation
For more information, see:
v z/VM: CP Planning and Administration
v z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference
v z/VM: Directory Maintenance Facility Commands Reference
Hardware Configuration Definition and Hardware Configuration
Manager for z/VM (HCD and HCM for z/VM) [4.4.0]
HCD and HCM for z/VM provides a comprehensive I/O configuration management
environment similar to that available with the z/OS operating system. The HCD and
HCM programs work together to help you create and manage the hardware and
software aspects of your z/VM I/O configuration.
HCM runs on a Windows-based personal computer connected to the z/VM system
through TCP/IP. HCM provides a graphical user interface (GUI) as well as
commands to help you configure your system. You provide the I/O-configuration
information to HCM, which processes the information and passes it to HCD.
HCD runs in a z/VM server virtual machine and performs the work of actually
creating and changing the hardware and software aspects of your I/O configuration.
HCM provides the primary user interface to HCD, but HCD provides a backup user
interface on your z/VM host for certain I/O configuration tasks and for when HCM is
not available.
HCD and HCM for z/VM can be used to create and manage the hardware aspects
of the I/O configuration definition for all of the LPARs in your zSeries or S/390
server. For the software aspects, HCD and HCM for z/VM creates and manages the
I/O configuration definition for only the z/VM system on which it is running. The
software aspects of the I/O configuration definition for operating systems in other
LPARs are handled by those operating systems.
HCD and HCM for z/VM provides an easy-to-use alternative to z/VM’s existing
method of I/O configuration using the I/O Configuration Program (IOCP) and CP’s
dynamic-I/O configuration commands. The two methods are not intended to be
used together, so you should choose one method or the other for your installation.
The following new CP functions have been added for this support:
v QUERY HCD command
v DISABLE HCD command
v DIAGNOSE code X'2AC' – HCD Dynamic I/O
The following CP functions have been updated:
v IODF system configuration statement
v SET IPLPARMS command
For more information, see z/VM: I/O Configuration.
HELP Facility Enhancements [4.4.0]
The HELP Facility has been enhanced as follows:
v Help files are now provided for all z/VM TCP/IP commands and subcommands.
The following new HELP components have been defined for TCP/IP:
52
z/VM: Migration Guide
BOOTPD
BOOTP server administrative (BOOTPD command)
subcommands
DHCPD
DHCP server administrative (DHCPD command) subcommands
Administration and Operation
DNS
DNS server administrative commands
GDDMXD
GDDMXD/VM interface subcommands
IMAPADM
IMAP server administrative commands
LPD
LPD administrative commands
MPROUTE
MPROUTE server administrative commands
NFS
NFS server administrative commands
RTE
RouteD server administrative commands
SMTP
SMTP server administrative commands
SNMP
SNMP administrative commands
SSLADMIN
SSL server administrative commands
TCPIP
TCP/IP commands and related functions
TELNET
Telnet protocol client subcommands
TFTD
TFTP server administrative (TFTPD command) subcommands
TFTP
TFTP client (TFTP command) subcommands
UFTD
UFT server administrative (UFTD command) subcommands
X25IPI
X.25 interface administrative commands
You can access the top level of help for TCP/IP by entering one of the following
commands:
help tcpip menu
help tcpip task
Menus are also provided for each of the new HELP components listed above.
Note: For two of the new TCP/IP HELP components, the menu name is different
from the component name:
– The menu for the RouteD server administrative commands is ROUTED
HELPMENU (not RTE HELPMENU).
– The menu for the TFTP server administrative (TFTPD command)
subcommands is TFTPD HELPMENU (not TFTD HELPMENU).
v A new HELP component, LE, has been defined for the Language Environment
component. Help files are provided for the following Language Environment
commands:
C370LIB
CMOD
CPLINK
GENXLT
ICONV
LINKLOAD
An LE HELPMENU file is also provided.
v Help for privileged CP commands (formerly HELP component CPOTHER) has
been merged with the nonprivileged CP commands (HELP component CP). This
can make it easier to display the help file for a CP command, because you do
not need to know whether the command is privileged when you enter the HELP
command. For example, to display the help file for the ATTACH command
(privilege class B), previously you had to enter:
Chapter 2. System Changes
53
Administration and Operation
help cpother attach
Now, to display the help file for the ATTACH command, enter:
help cp attach
To display a menu of help for all CP commands, enter:
help cp menu
Linux Guest Capacity Improvements [4.4.0]
Improvements to the CP scheduler increase the number of Linux and other guest
virtual machines that can be managed concurrently. While this increase in capacity
can be experienced on all zSeries hardware configurations, it may be more
dramatic on larger n-way servers. The scheduler lock is used to serialize scheduler
activities, timer request block management, and processor local dispatch vector
(PLDV) management. Because contention on the lock is lowered by creating a new
lock for timer request block management, CP overhead can be decreased.
Performance Toolkit [4.4.0]
The Performance Toolkit is offered as an optional feature of z/VM. Derived from the
FCON/ESA program (5788-LGA), the Performance Toolkit is designed to assist
system operators, systems programmers, and performance analysts in the following
areas:
v Operation of the system operator console in full-screen mode
v Management of multiple z/VM systems (local or remote)
v Post-processing of Performance Toolkit history files and VM monitor data
captured by the MONWRITE utility
v Viewing of performance monitor data using either web browsers or PC-based
3270 emulator graphics
v TCP/IP performance reporting
In addition to analyzing VM performance data, the Performance Toolkit processes
Linux performance data obtained from the Resource Management Facility (RMF™)
Linux performance gatherer, rmfpms. The rmfpms application is available from the
zSeries web site at http://www.ibm.com/zseries/zos/rmf/rmfhtmls/pmweb/pmlin.htm.
The Linux performance data obtained from RMF can be viewed and printed in a
mannner similar to the presentation of VM data.
For detailed information, refer to z/VM: Performance Toolkit.
Although the RealTime Monitor (RTM) and Performance Reporting Facility (PRF)
optional features continue to be supported in z/VM V4R4, IBM plans to make future
performance management enhancements primarily to the Performance Toolkit. IBM
plans that z/VM V4R4 will be the last release in which the RTM and PRF features
will be available with z/VM, and plans to withdraw both the RTM and PRF features
from marketing in a future z/VM release.
VMRM Enhancements [4.4.0]
VMRM has been enhanced to provide the infrastructure necessary to support more
extensive workload and systems resource management features that may be
delivered in future releases of z/VM. To accomplish this objective, the following
have been added:
v Extended syntax for user ID specification in the VMRM configuration file.
54
z/VM: Migration Guide
Administration and Operation
v
v
v
v
In the WORKLOAD statement, a new wildcard character (*) allows matching up
to seven characters of a user ID. For example, WORKLOAD WORK1 USER user1 vmrm
zvm* would search for any user ID names starting with ’zvm’ as the first three
characters.
Continuation of configuration file statements. Configuration file statements can be
continued on multiple lines, using a comma as a continuation character at the
end of the line being continued.
Monitor Application Data Sample Records that now contain VMRM workload
information.
The ability to dynamically change the VMRM configuration file, in order to change
workloads, workload characteristics, and performance goals, without manually
stopping and restarting the VMRM service virtual machine.
Improvements to debug messages, log file entries, and the format of the log file
for better readability and serviceability.
v Performance improvements for searching through lists when analyzing monitor
data.
v A SYNCHECK option on the IRMSERV command allows syntax checking of the
configuration file.
For more information, see z/VM: Performance.
370 Functions Removed [5.1.0]
370 virtual machines are not supported on z/VM Version 4 or later. Obsolete
operands, responses, and messages related to 370 virtual machines have been
removed. The following CP functions have been modified:
v MACHINE directory control statement
v STORE PSW/CAW/CSW command
v CPFMTXA utility
v HCPLDR utility
Authorization Enhanced for Guest LANs and Virtual Switches [5.1.0]
z/VM V5R1 enhances the authorization capabilities for z/VM Guest LANs and
Virtual Switches by using the Resource Access Control Facility (RACF) or any
equivalent external security manager (ESM) that supports this new authorization
function. It is designed to provide ESM-centralized control of authorizations and
Virtual LAN (VLAN) assignment.
For more information, see:
v z/VM: CP Planning and Administration
v Resource Access Control Facility: Security Administrator’s Guide
Contiguous Frame Management [5.1.0]
Various algorithms in CP frame management have been adjusted to improve
system performance and reduce hang conditions.
CP Functions Removed [5.1.0]
z/VM V5R1 is designed to operate only on IBM zSeries, or equivalent servers that
support the IBM 64-bit z/Architecture. As a result, certain functions are not provided
by z/VM V5R1:
v IPL from a 31-bit image of the CP nucleus
v Preferred (V=R and V=F) virtual machines
Chapter 2. System Changes
55
Administration and Operation
v Paging of the CP nucleus
The following CP commands have been removed:
v QUERY IOASSIST
v QUERY VRFREE
v QUERY V=R
v SET CCWTRAN
v SET IOASSIST
v SET NOTRANS
The following CP functions have been modified:
v CPXLOAD configuration statement
v STORAGE configuration statement
v DEDICATE directory control statement
v OPTION directory control statement
v ATTACH command
v AUTOLOG command
v COMMIT command
v CPXLOAD command
v DEDICATE command
v DEFINE command
v DESTAGE command
v DETACH command
v DISCARD PINNED command
v DUPLEX command
v FLASHCOPY command
v INDICATE PAGING command
v INDICATE USER command
v IPL command
v LOCATE (Storage) command
v LOCATE SYMBOL command
v LOCK command
v LOGON command
v MONITOR command
v QUERY CACHE command
v QUERY CACHEFW command
v QUERY CPLEVEL command
v QUERY DASDFW command
v QUERY DUMP command
v QUERY DUPLEX command
v QUERY FENCES command
v QUERY FRAMES command
v QUERY NVS command
v QUERY PINNED command
v QUERY (Real Device) command
v QUERY RSAW command
v QUERY SET command
v QUERY VIRTUAL CTCA command
v QUERY VIRTUAL DASD command
v QUERY (Virtual Device) command
v QUERY VIRTUAL DUPLEX command
v QUERY VIRTUAL GRAF command
v QUERY VIRTUAL LINES command
v QUERY VIRTUAL OSA command
v QUERY VIRTUAL PRINTER command
v QUERY VIRTUAL PUNCH command
56
z/VM: Migration Guide
Administration and Operation
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
QUERY VIRTUAL READER command
QUERY VIRTUAL TAPES command
REDEFINE command
RESET command
SAVESEG command
SET CACHE command
SET CACHEFW command
SET DASDFW command
SET DUMP command
SET IPLPARMS command
SET NVS command
SET SCMEASURE command
SHUTDOWN command
SYNCMDRS command
TRACE command
UNDEDICATE command
UNLOCK command
XAUTOLOG command
DDR utility
HCPLDR utility
SALIPL utility
DIAGNOSE code X'84'
DIAGNOSE code X'90'
DIAGNOSE code X'98'
MDLATENT macro
SYSRES macro
SYSSTORE macro
*RPI system service
OPTIONS directive for CPXLOAD
Deploying Linux on zSeries with z/VM [5.1.0]
A new book, z/VM: Getting Started with Linux on zSeries, SC24-6096, describes
z/VM basics and how to configure and use z/VM functions and facilities to create
and manage Linux servers running on zSeries processors. This book is designed to
help systems personnel (system programmers, administrators, and operators) with
limited knowledge of z/VM to deploy Linux servers on z/VM more quickly and more
easily. The book provides some requirements and guidelines for z/VM installation,
but for the most part assumes that you have installed z/VM and are ready to deploy
Linux servers in z/VM virtual machines. Specific topics covered include:
v Configuring, administering, and servicing a z/VM system
v Configuring TCP/IP for z/VM
v Creating and cloning Linux virtual machines
v Setting up basic system automation
v Monitoring performance and capacity
HyperSwap Support [5.1.0]
z/VM is providing a new HyperSwap™ function so that the virtual devices
associated with one real disk can be swapped transparently to another. HyperSwap
can be used to switch to secondary disk storage subsystems mirrored by
Peer-to-Peer Remote Copy (PPRC). It may also be helpful in data migration
scenarios to allow applications to use new disk volumes.
Geographically Dispersed Parallel Sysplex™ (GDPS®) 3.1 plans to exploit the new
z/VM HyperSwap function to provide a disaster recovery solution for distributed
Chapter 2. System Changes
57
Administration and Operation
applications, such as WebSphere®, that span z/OS images running natively and
Linux guests running under z/VM. This disaster recovery solution requires GDPS,
IBM Tivoli System Automation for Linux, Linux for zSeries, and z/VM V5R1.
To cover planned and unplanned outages, GDPS 3.1 is planning to provide the
following recovery actions:
v In-place re-IPL of failing operating system images
v Site takeover/failover of a complete production site
v Coordinated planned and unplanned HyperSwap of storage subsystems
transparently to the operating system images and applications using the storage
The following CP commands have been added:
v HYPERSWAP
v QUERY HYPERSWAP
For more information, see:
v z/VM: CP Planning and Administration
v z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference
Performance Toolkit Enhancements [5.1.0]
The Performance Toolkit feature available with z/VM V4R4 included functional
equivalence to the RealTime Monitor (RTM) optional feature. The Performance
Toolkit has been enhanced in z/VM V5R1 by providing functional equivalence to the
Performance Reporting Facility (PRF) optional feature, thereby eliminating the need
for separate products (PRF and RTM) to help manage your performance more
efficiently. Other new function includes:
v High-level Linux reports based on Application Monitor records from Linux guests
v Report for SCSI disks
For more information, see z/VM: Performance Toolkit.
z/VM HELP files are now provided for all Performance Toolkit commands and
messages.
SCSI FCP Disk Support [5.1.0]
z/VM V5R1 supports SCSI FCP disk logical units (SCSI disks) for both system and
guest use. SCSI disks supported are those within an IBM TotalStorage Enterprise
Storage Server (ESS) when it is connected to a fibre-channel (FC) fabric by zSeries
FCP channels.
SCSI disks can be used directly by a guest operating system when an FCP
subchannel is dedicated to the guest. Such a guest must provide its own SCSI
device support. Linux for zSeries is designed to be one such guest.
SCSI disks can also be used as emulated 9336 Model 20 fixed-block-architecture
(FBA) disks. z/VM CP and CMS rely almost exclusively on this emulated-FBA
support for their SCSI use. Specifically, this use includes system paging, spooling,
directory services, minidisks, and all other system functions and programming
services that can use FBA disks. Guests that support FBA disks (such as CMS,
GCS, RSCS, and VSE) also can use SCSI disks through the emulated-FBA
support, without requiring their own SCSI support.
58
z/VM: Migration Guide
Administration and Operation
z/VM’s SCSI support allows a Linux server farm to be deployed on z/VM in a
configuration that includes only SCSI disks. Extended count key data (ECKD™)
disks are no longer required. Installation of z/VM from DVD to a SCSI disk, IPL from
a SCSI disk using Stand-Alone Program Loader (SAPL), and z/VM system dumps
to a SCSI disk are supported. DASD Dump/Restore (DDR) services using SCSI
disks are supported when DDR is running under CMS.
z/VM supports an individual emulated FBA disk up to 381 GB in size. However,
directory, paging, and spooling allocations must reside within the first 64 GB of a
CP-formatted volume. Other kinds of CP allocations (TDSK, PERM, and PARM)
may be defined beyond the first 64 GB.
The following new CP functions have been added for this support:
v EDEVICE system configuration statement
v DELETE EDEVICE command
v QUERY EDEVICE command
v SET EDEVICE command
The following CP functions have been updated:
v MDISK directory statement
v QUERY ALLOC command
v CPFMTXA utility
v DIRECTXA utility
v DISKMAP utility
Screen layouts for the following CMS functions have been adjusted to
accommodate larger file and disk sizes:
v BROWSE command
v FLIST command
v SADT command
v DIRMAP utility
v QSYSOWN utility
For more information, see:
v z/VM: CP Planning and Administration
v z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference
v z/VM: CMS Commands and Utilities Reference
The Directory Maintenance Facility (DirMaint) feature has also been updated to
support the larger disk sizes. Larger values may appear in the disk space reports
generated by commands such as DIRMAP, FREEXT, and USEDEXT.
SPTAPE Command Removed [5.1.0]
The SPTAPE command has been removed. The SPXTAPE command offers
superior function and speed for backup and recovery of spool files. Backup tapes
made with SPTAPE cannot be restored to a z/VM V5R1 or later system.
In
v
v
v
v
addition, the following CP commands have been modified:
QUERY ALL
QUERY READER/PRINTER/PUNCH
QUERY (Real Device)
QUERY TAPES
Chapter 2. System Changes
59
Administration and Operation
System Administration Facility [5.1.0]
IBM intends to withdraw the System Administration Facility from a future release of
z/VM. Customers using the System Administration Facility to create and manage
Linux server images as guests of z/VM should start using other systems
management facilities of z/VM, write a client application using the systems
management APIs introduced in z/VM V4R4, or acquire a system management
application from an IBM solution provider. (Also see “Deploying Linux on zSeries
with z/VM [5.1.0]” on page 57.) Documentation is available in the z/VM: System
Administration Facility publication, SC24-6034, but this publication is not included in
the z/VM V5R1 library.
|
|
FCP Logical Unit Numbers (LUN) Access Control by z/VM with Linux
on zSeries Guests [5.1.0]
|
|
|
With the PTF for APAR VM63328, IBM plans that z/VM V5R1 will support LUN
access control for SCSI FCP disks connected to a FICON Express at the availability
of this function on the z990 and z890.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When available, the LUN access control function of zSeries FCP channels is
expected to provide added security for SCSI devices connected to a SAN. For a
logical partition running z/VM V5R1, you can specify separate permissions for the
z/VM system itself (when z/VM is using SCSI disks for system operations) and for
each Linux on zSeries guest. In addition, if you run a second-level z/VM V5R1
system, you can specify separate permissions for that system and for each of its
Linux on zSeries guests.
|
|
|
|
The following CP functions have been updated for this support:
v DEDICATE directory control statement
v ATTACH command
v QUERY FCP command
|
|
|
For more information, see:
v z/VM: CP Planning and Administration
v z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference
|
Larger Disks Supported on DS8000 [5.1.0]
|
|
|
|
|
On the DS8000 (supported by the PTF for APAR VM63534), z/VM V5R1 will
support the definition of emulated FBA disks (SCSI disks) up to 2,147,483,640
512-byte blocks (1 terabyte minus 1 page) in size. z/VM V5R1 will also support the
definition of a 3390 Model 9 disk up to 65520 cylinders in size, with the exception of
CMS and GCS, which allow access to a 3390 Model 9 up to 32767 cylinders.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: Due to CMS file system limitations for status and control information to
reside below 16 MB in virtual storage, there is a practical limitation on the
size of CMS minidisks. As a minidisk increases in size, or more files reside
on the disk, the amount of virtual storage associated with the disk for CMS
file system status and control increases in storage below 16 MB. The current
ECKD DASD limitation is 32767 cylinders for a 3390 disk on an ESS device,
or about 22 GB of data. IBM suggests that customers defining FBA SCSI
disks for use by CMS set a practical limit of about 22 GB. If larger disks are
defined, they should be limited to contain very few files, or the CMS file
system may not be able to obtain enough virtual storage below 16 MB to
format or access those disks. For more information, see the ACCESS
60
z/VM: Migration Guide
Administration and Operation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
command in the z/VM: CMS Commands and Utilities Reference. The
maximum size for FBA SCSI disks supported for use by CMS or GCS is 381
GB.
Additional Performance Toolkit Enhancement [5.1.0]
With the PTF for APAR VM63603, the Performance Toolkit supports the collection
of data on Queued Direct I/O (QDIO) activity, such as OSA-Express and FCP. For
more information, see z/VM: Performance Toolkit.
|
Application Development and Deployment
This section describes changes that can affect how you develop and deploy
applications on z/VM.
REXX Sockets [2.2.0]
The REXX Sockets API allows you to write socket applications in REXX for the
TCP/IP environment. This allow you to use REXX to implement and test TCP/IP
applications. A new REXX/VM external function, SOCKET, is provided. The
SOCKET function uses the TCP/IP IUCV API to access the TCP/IP internet socket
interface. The REXX socket functions are similar to socket calls in the C
programming language. For more information, see the z/VM: REXX/VM Reference.
Querying the CMS Level [2.2.0]
The CMSPROG field of NUCON, returned in register 1 by the CMS command
QUERY CMSLEVEL when the command is invoked internally by a program, has
been frozen at X'0F', the value for CMS level 12 (VM/ESA 2.1.0). The CMSLEVEL
assembler macro will not map CMS levels beyond CMS level 12. To determine the
CMS level, use the DMSQEFL CSL routine or the DMSQEFL assembler macro.
Pseudo Timer Extended [2.2.0]
DIAGNOSE code X'270' (Pseudo Time Extended) can be used to replace
DIAGNOSE code X'0C' (Pseudo Timer). DIAGNOSE code X'0C' returns the time
only in SHORTDATE format. DIAGNOSE code X'270' returns the same information
as DIAGNOSE code X'0C' plus two additional fields containing the time in
FULLDATE format and ISODATE format.
Calling CSL Routines That Have Dates as Output [2.2.0]
The following CSL routines, which provide dates in their output, have been
enhanced with a new parameter for specifying the format in which the dates are to
be returned:
v DMSEXIDI
v DMSEXIFI
v DMSOPBLK
v DMSGETDA
v DMSGETDF
v DMSGETDS
v DMSGETDX
The date formats are:
Keyword
Format
SHORTDATE
yy/mm/dd
FULLDATE
yyyy/mm/dd
Chapter 2. System Changes
61
Application Development
ISODATE
yyyy-mm-dd
If no keyword is specified, the default is SHORTDATE, which is the format
compatible with prior VM releases. The output field in which the date is returned is
either 8 or 10 characters in length, depending on the format requested.
In REXX, the date field returned is always 10 characters. If SHORTDATE is
specified or allowed to default, the 8-character date is padded on the right with two
blanks. An incompatibility is that old REXX programs which now get the date
returned as an 8-character string will start getting the date returned as a
10-character string.
If you call one of these routines from a higher level language, the date field is not
padded. For SHORTDATE, an 8-character field is returned. For FULLDATE or
ISODATE, a 10-character field is returned. Therefore, if you specify FULLDATE or
ISODATE, you must be sure to also specify a 10-character output field. Otherwise,
you could get storage overlays.
OS Simulation Support for Tape Library Dataserver [2.2.0]
CMS OS simulation has been enhanced to call DFSMS/VM Removable Media
Services (RMS) CSL routines to mount and demount tapes on Tape Library
Dataserver machines. The new LIBSRV option on the CMS FILEDEF command is
used to indicate that a tape is under the control of a Tape Library Dataserver. OS
simulation can also determine that a tape is under Dataserver control if the user
has issued the DFSMS/VM MOUNT command to premount the tape before the
CMS tape processing function is invoked.
When a tape is under Dataserver control:
v OS simulation calls the RMS FSMRMDMT (Demount) and FSMRMMNT (Mount)
routines to get subsequent multivolume tapes mounted for the user through the
native DMSTVS mounting service and the CMS native rewind and unload tape
processing functions.
v The RUN (rewind and unload) function of the CMS TAPE and VMFPLC2
commands and the TAPECTL macro calls the RMS FSMRMDMT routine to
demount the tape.
See the following books for more information:
v z/VM: CMS Application Development Guide for Assembler
v z/VM: CMS Commands and Utilities Reference
v z/VM: DFSMS/VM Removable Media Services
GCS Pathlength Reduced [2.2.0]
GCS processor usage has been reduced, which improves the overall performance
of GCS. This can also improve the performance of applications and program
products that use GCS.
Full MP Capability for VMCF [2.2.0]
The Virtual Machine Communications Facility (VMCF) has been changed so that it
no longer has to run on the master processor. This can improve performance and
capacity for systems that run applications (such as TCP/IP, OV/VM, and RACF) that
use VMCF.
62
z/VM: Migration Guide
Application Development
Language Environment® [2.3.0]
Language Environment is now included with VM. Language Environment provides a
common run-time environment for programs generated with C for VM/ESA and
other high-level languages.
Dynamic Link Libraries [2.3.0]
Dynamic link library (DLL) support is available for applications running under VM
and Language Environment.
A DLL is a collection of one or more functions or variables gathered in a load
module and executable or accessible from a separate application load module. The
term derives from the fact that the connection or link between the application that
uses the DLL and the DLL functions or variables is made dynamically while the
application is executing rather than statically when the application is built.
For more information, see:
v z/VM: CMS Application Development Guide
v z/VM: OpenExtensions Callable Services Reference
v C for VM/ESA: Library Reference, SC23–3908
Non-Relocatable Modules Loaded between 16-20 MB [2.3.0]
Non-relocatable modules that are loaded in the virtual machine between 16-20 MB
must be regenerated. The CMS nucleus now spans from 15-20 MB, which will
prevent these modules from being loaded. You must either regenerate the
non-relocatable modules at a different storage location or generate the modules as
relocatable modules using the RLDSAVE option on the CMS LOAD command. See
the z/VM: CMS Commands and Utilities Reference for information on generating
modules using the LOAD and GENMOD commands.
CMS Migration Utility Feature No Longer Available [2.3.0]
Beginning with VM/ESA 2.1.0, which became generally available in December 1995,
CMS no longer runs in 370-mode virtual machines. To simplify the migration of
older applications and to facilitate the running of 370-mode-only CMS applications
in non-370-mode virtual machines (that is, in XA or XC mode) IBM provides the 370
Accommodation Facility. This function originally shipped with VM/ESA 1.2.1
(available July 1993) and has since been enhanced as the result of customer
experience and input. 370 Accommodation handles the vast majority of
inconsistencies between 370 mode and either XA or XC mode, eliminating the need
to change these applications to exploit the new architectures.
IBM also provided the 370-capable level of CMS which shipped with VM/ESA 1.2.2
(known as CMS 11) as a no-charge feature for customers with specialized
applications which 370 Accommodation could not support. Few VM customers have
needed this CMS Migration Utility Feature and IBM has not updated it. Most
importantly, the CMS Migration Utility Feature has not been made Year 2000 Ready.
IBM recommends that customers who are using the CMS Migration Utility should
modify their applications to run on a Year 2000-Ready level of CMS (VM/ESA 2.2.0
or later) and stop using the CMS Migration Utility as an application environment.
Customers should not rely upon the CMS Migration Utility as a production
environment. Also, IBM has announced the discontinuance of service for VM/ESA
1.2.2 (including CMS 11) and the CMS Migration Utility Feature as of April 30, 1999.
Chapter 2. System Changes
63
Application Development
Consistent with IBM’s policy of delivering only Year 2000-Ready products to
customers in 1998 and beyond, the CMS Migration Utility Feature will no longer be
available as part of VM. Customers who find that their applications cannot run
under the current level of CMS should modify their applications if possible, or use
the 370 Accommodation function. If problems persist, customers should call IBM
Service for assistance.
Pipelines Code Bases Merged [2.3.0]
The code bases for CMS Pipelines and CMS/TSO Pipelines have been merged:
v All pipelines that were written using previous levels of CMS Pipelines or
CMS/TSO Pipelines should operate successfully with this new code base.
v All internal EXECs, messages, and modules of CMS Pipelines have been
renamed from a DMS to an FPL prefix. Message numbers and text have
changed.
Notes:
1. User-written applications that are sensitive to these changes may require
alterations. Published externals (such as PIPGFTXT) have not been
changed.
2. For cross-references between the old (DMS) and new (FPL) Pipelines
message numbers, see Appendix A, “CMS Pipelines Message
Cross-Reference [2.3.0],” on page 183.
v All stages, commands and subcommands documented in the CMS/TSO
Pipelines Author’s Edition are now supported. Before the merge of the code
bases, only the stages and subcommands documented in the VM/ESA: CMS
Pipelines Reference were supported.
v Some new function exists as a result of the code merge. Stages that are new or
changed include:
– AHELP
– CONFIGURE
– DATECONVERT
– HOSTBYADDR
– HOSTBYNAME
– HOSTID
– HOSTNAME
– IP2SOCKA
– SOCKA2IP
– SPILL
– TCPCLIENT
– TCPDATA
– TCPLISTEN
– GETRANGE
– SCANRANGE
– SCANSTRING
Specific information about some enhancements can be found in PIPELINE
NEWS, which is accessible from the internet at the following URL:
http://pucc.princeton.edu/%7Epipeline
v Any CMS Pipelines stages, commands, and subcommands that are not
documented in the z/VM: CMS Pipelines Reference can be found in the
CMS/TSO Pipelines Author’s Edition, which is now included with the VM library.
64
z/VM: Migration Guide
Application Development
OpenEdition Enhancements [2.3.0]
Enhancements to OpenEdition include additional C library routines, new callable
services and mapping macros, new OPENVM commands for fork processing, and
new shell commands for data compression.
Additional C/VM Library Routines
Over 150 C library routines have been added to the C/VM™ run-time library. For
more information about these routines, see the C for VM/ESA: Library Reference,
SC23–3908.
New Callable Services and Macros
The following callable services have been added:
Service
Purpose
DLL_delete (BPX1DEL)
Delete a previously-loaded program from storage
DLL_load (BPX1LOD)
Load a program into storage
fork (BPX1FRK)
Create a new process
msgctl (BPX1QCT)
Control message queues
msgget (BPX1QGT)
Create or find a message queue
msgrcv (BPX1QRC)
Receive a message from a message queue
msgsnd (BPX1QSN)
Send a message to a message queue
semctl (BPX1SCT)
Control semaphores
semget (BPX1SGT)
Create or find a set of semaphores
semop (BPX1SOP)
Perform semaphore operations atomically
shmat (BPX1MAT)
Attach a shared memory segment
shmctl (BPX1MCT)
Control shared memory segments
shmdt (BPX1MDT)
Detach a shared memory segment
shmget (BPX1MGT)
Create or find a shared memory segment
wait-extension (BPX1WTE)
Obtain status information about child processes
w_getipc (BPX1GET)
Query interprocess communications
The following mapping macros have been added:
Macro
Purpose
BPXYIPCP
Map interprocess communications permissions
BPXYIPCQ
Map the data structure used by w_getipc (BPX1GET)
BPXYMSG
Map interprocess communications message queues
BPXYSEM
Map interprocess communications semaphores
BPXYSHM
Map interprocess communications shared memory segments
BPXYSINF
Map the Siginfo_t structure used by wait-extension (BPX1WTE)
For additional information about these routines and macros, see the z/VM:
OpenExtensions Callable Services Reference.
Chapter 2. System Changes
65
Application Development
OPENVM Commands for fork (BPX1FRK) Processing [2.3.0]
Because the VM implementation of the fork (BPX1FRK) service does not meet all
POSIX.1 requirements, you must explicitly turn fork (BPX1FRK) processing ON with
the CMS OPENVM SET FORK command before running your program. You can
use the OPENVM QUERY FORK command to determine the current setting.
For information about restrictions in the VM implementation of fork (BPX1FRK), see
the z/VM: OpenExtensions Callable Services Reference. For more information
about OPENVM commands, see the z/VM: OpenExtensions Commands Reference.
Shell Commands for Data Compression [2.3.0]
The following shell commands have been added to the OpenEdition Shell and
Utilities:
v compress
v uncompress
v zcat
The compress and uncompress commands use Lempel-Ziv compression
techniques to compress and uncompress data in files or from the standard input.
The zcat command calls uncompress to uncompress data from one or more files
or from the standard input and writes it to the standard output.
For more information about these commands, see the z/VM: OpenExtensions
Commands Reference.
OS Simulation Enhancements [2.4.0]
CMS OS Simulation support has been enhanced as follows:
v The CMS FILEDEF command has been changed to allow record length (LRECL)
definitions up to 65535 bytes for variable spanned OS records and non-OS CMS
files, and block size (BLOCK or BLKSIZE) definitions up to 65535 bytes for
non-OS CMS files.
v The CMS LKED command has been changed to allow larger default work area
sizes (SIZE option): 400K for value1 and 100K for value2.
v The CMS MOVEFILE command has been changed to allow the processing of
QSAM variable spanned records up to 65535 bytes in length under the Extended
Logical Record Interface (XLRI). MOVEFILE can also process non-OS CMS files
up to 65535 bytes.
v The CMS QUERY FILEDEF command has a new optional operand, ATTRIBUT,
which allows you to display the RECFM, LRECL, and block size attributes
associated with the current FILEDEF.
v OS Simulation DCB macro processing has been changed to allow it to describe
and pass both LRI and XLRI conventions for QSAM variable spanned long
records, up to 65535 bytes in length, for subsequent OPEN, CLOSE, GET, or
PUT processing. DCB can now also describe non-OS CMS files up to 65535
bytes in length.
v The OS Simulation OPEN, CLOSE, GET, and PUT macros, and the SVC 19 and
SVC 20 supervisor calls, have been changed to allow the processing of OS
formatted variable spanned QSAM records and non-OS CMS files up to 65535
bytes in length.
v The OS Simulation tape processing routines, such as DMSTVS, will issue a new
message, DMS2139I, if SENSE data from a tape mount indicates that the
mounted tape cartridge may be incorrect for the tape device in use. These tape
66
z/VM: Migration Guide
Application Development
processing routines may be invoked by MOVEFILE processing and by the
following OS Simulation macros: OPEN, CLOSE, GET, PUT, READ, WRITE, and
FEOV.
For more information, see:
v z/VM: CMS Application Development Guide for Assembler
v z/VM: CMS Commands and Utilities Reference
OpenEdition Enhancements [2.4.0]
New realpath (BPX1RPH) Callable Service
The realpath (BPX1RPH) service finds the absolute path name for a specified
relative path name. Any dot (.) or dot dot (..) components, symbolic links, or mount
external links included in the relative path name input are resolved in the absolute
path name output.
New setopen (BPX1VM6) Callable Service
The setopen (BPX1VM6) service sets certain flags specific to the OpenEdition
platform without creating a new POSIX process in the virtual machine. The function
codes used in the setopen service are mapped by the BPXYVM6 macro.
OpenEdition Renamed to OpenExtensions [3.1.0]
In z/VM, support for POSIX and XPG standards is called OpenExtensions. In
VM/ESA, this support was called OpenEdition for VM/ESA. No modifications are
necessary to run OpenEdition applications on z/VM. OpenExtensions Services and
the OpenExtensions Shell and Utilities are now included in CMS.
Open Files Limit Increased [3.1.0]
Under OpenExtensions, the limit on open files has been increased from 1024 to
64K (65536).
BFS Root Not Case Sensitive [3.1.0]
The fully qualified VM byte file system root (/../VMBFS:filepoolid:filespaceid/) is no
longer case sensitive.
Binder/Loader Support [3.1.0]
CMS hosts the OS/390 DFSMS Program Management binder and provides a native
implementation of the corresponding program object loader functions. Included with
this support is a new CMS command, BIND, to invoke the services of the binder to
bind and store an executable file containing a program object on DASD (minidisk,
SFS directory, or BFS directory). An executable file produced by the binder may be
used on a CMS system containing the program object loader in exactly the same
way as a conventional MODULE file generated by the CMS GENMOD command.
Also included in this support is an enhancement to the c89 command to use the
new BIND command in place of the combination of the Language Environment
prelinker and the old LOAD, INCLUDE, and GENMOD commands. In addition, the
complete binder API is available to application programs that need to invoke the
services of the binder dynamically.
Chapter 2. System Changes
67
Application Development
CMS support of the binder and loader allows ready transportability of executable
files between z/VM and OS/390 or z/OS systems and provides the infrastructure to
permit CMS to exploit new and emerging programming language technology being
developed for z/OS.
For more information, see z/VM: Program Management Binder for CMS.
CMS OS Simulation Enhancement [3.1.0]
The new SET TAPENEVR command allows you to control CMS OS Simulation tape
label date checking for ’Unexpired Files’. The new QUERY TAPENEVR command
allows you to display the current setting.
For more information, see:
v z/VM: CMS Application Development Guide for Assembler
v z/VM: CMS Commands and Utilities Reference
Tape FICON and RAS Support [3.1.0]
Extended function in DIAGNOSE code X'210' allows application programs to find
out the underlying real hardware that is associated with tape devices operating in
emulation mode. For more information, see z/VM: CP Programming Services.
C Socket Application Programming Interface [4.2.0]
A new z/VM C sockets library within Language Environment provides C socket
support for new or existing applications that use Language Environment services.
This support includes:
v New C socket-related function calls. These calls are documented in the z/VM:
Language Environment 1.8 C Run-Time Library Reference, SC24–6038. (This is
a new book, which replaces the C for VM/ESA: Library Reference.)
v New OpenExtensions callable services (BPX routines), which correspond to the
basic z/VM C socket calls. These services are documented in the z/VM:
OpenExtensions Callable Services Reference.
v A version of the TCP/IP Remote Procedure Call (RPC) function library, VMRPC,
to be used in conjuction with the z/VM C sockets. Information about RPC is in
the z/VM: TCP/IP Programmer’s Reference.
The z/VM C sockets are intended as replacements for the existing TCP/IP C
sockets and OpenEdition sockets. Although those socket libraries are still supported
for compatibility, the z/VM C socket API is preferred. Existing applications may need
to recompile to use the new z/VM C socket functions, but no source code changes
are required. For more information about using the z/VM C socket API, see the
z/VM: TCP/IP Programmer’s Reference.
Increased 64-bit Addressing Support for DIAGNOSE Codes [4.3.0]
The following DIAGNOSE codes now support the 64-bit addressing mode:
v DIAGNOSE code X'08' – Virtual Console Function
v DIAGNOSE code X'44' – Voluntary Time Slice End
v DIAGNOSE code X'4C' – Generate Accounting Records
v DIAGNOSE code X'DC' – Control Application Monitor Record Collection
v DIAGNOSE code X'258' – Page-Reference Services
For more information, see z/VM: CP Programming Services.
68
z/VM: Migration Guide
Application Development
C/C++ Compiler Support [4.4.0]
IBM C/C++ for z/VM, Version 1 (5654-A22) Release 1.0, is a z/VM-enabled version
of the C/C++ compiler for version 1 release 2.0 of z/OS. This new C/C++ compiler,
which runs on CMS, allows C/C++ programs to be compiled and executed on CMS
and creates portability between z/VM and z/OS C/C++ programs. The new
OpenExtensions command cxx invokes the C/C++ for z/VM compiler. C/C++ source
files can be read from a CMS minidisk, the SFS, or the byte file system (BFS), and
output can be written to any of these file systems. C/C++ for z/VM runs only on
z/VM V4R4 and can be licensed only for standard processor engines. However,
applications compiled with this C/C++ compiler will run on standard processor
engines or Integrated Facility for Linux (IFL) processor features. For more
information, see:
v z/VM: OpenExtensions Commands Reference
v C/C++ for z/VM: User’s Guide, SC09-7625
Language Environment Upgrade [4.4.0]
Language Environment for z/VM has been upgraded to provide C/C++, COBOL,
and PL/I run-time libraries at the same level shipped with version 1 release 4.0 of
z/OS. In addition, this new level of Language Environment has been integrated into
z/VM as a component.
Attention: Do not migrate Language Environment 1.8 or earlier to z/VM V4R4.
The only level of Language Environment supported on z/VM V4R4 is the new
Language Environment component. The files for the z/VM Language Environment
component are installed on the MAINT 19E disk. Depending on how you plan to
migrate other files from your old 19E disk to the new system, you may need to
remove the old Language Environment files. See “Removing the Old Level of
Language Environment” on page 7.
Some of the new and enhanced features of the new level of Language Environment
are:
XPLINK
Reduces program size and improves performance for small programs that
frequently call each other.
Large File Support
Improves the porting capabilities of C/C++ applications accessing BFS and
NFS files larger than 2 GB.
For more information, see the z/VM: Language Environment User’s Guide.
Systems Management APIs [4.4.0]
The systems management APIs provide a basic set of functions that can be called
by applications to allocate and manage resources for guests running in z/VM virtual
machines (virtual images). Although these APIs are primarily intended for managing
Linux virtual images, they can be used for managing any type of virtual image
running in a z/VM virtual machine. The APIs are designed so that applications can
be written by customers or solution providers to help administrators, especially
those who lack in-depth VM knowledge, manage large numbers of virtual images
running in a single z/VM system.
Functions supported by the systems management APIs allow you to:
v Create and delete virtual images
Chapter 2. System Changes
69
Application Development
v Add and remove resources in an image’s static (directory) or dynamic (active)
configuration
v Activate and deactivate virtual images (individual or lists)
v Manage connectivity between virtual images, including exploitation of the new
Virtual Switch support
v Query the status of “long-running” asynchronous operations initiated through the
APIs
v Create, delete, replace, and query shared storage segments
The systems management APIs require a directory manager. The IBM Directory
Maintenance Facility (DirMaint) optional feature of z/VM has been enhanced with
support for these APIs through a service upgrade. See z/VM: General Information.
Client applications invoke the systems management APIs through a set of
IBM-supplied Remote Procedure Calls (RPCs) to a z/VM server machine (either
remotely or from within the z/VM system). The server then calls a set of CMS
Callable Services Library (CSL) routines, which perform the requested functions.
The CSL routines are replaceable to allow customized solutions for the systems
management API functions. For more information, see z/VM: Systems Management
Application Programming.
Java and NetRexx™ Support Removed [5.1.0]
Java and NetRexx support has been removed from z/VM. If you want to use Java
in a z/VM environment, you should consider using Java for Linux running in a Linux
guest.
Enhanced Systems Management APIs [5.1.0]
All enhancements to the systems management APIs in z/VM V5R1 have been
implemented using Version 2 (V2) of the RPC server. Previous APIs implemented
using V1 of the RPC server can also function with the new V2 server. A new server
security identification procedure is provided for special authorized clients, which can
remove the need to log on with a password, simplifying the logon process. In
addition to some usability enhancements, new functions include:
v DASD volume management for virtual images
v Virtual Machine Resource Manager (VMRM) configuration file management
v Query VMRM measurement data
v Query status of active images
Parameter lists for some V1 APIs have been changed to create enhanced APIs for
V2. These enhancements are accessible only from a V2 client. The same RPC
program number is used, but a new version number (2) is registered with the
portmapper during server initialization. A client is required to log in as either a V1 or
V2 client. During a client-server session, the client has access only to the
functionality for the specified version.
The following V1 APIs have been enhanced:
v AUTHORIZATION_LIST_REMOVE has been enhanced to optionally remove
multiple entries for a user ID from the VSMSERVE AUTHLIST file.
v LOGIN has been enhanced to recognize certain V2 clients as trusted users that
are not required to supply a password when logging in to the server.
v SHARED_STORAGE_QUERY has been enhanced to optionally return
information on all shared segments.
70
z/VM: Migration Guide
Application Development
v VIRTUAL_NETWORK_LAN_CONNECT and
VIRTUAL_NETWORK_VSWITCH_CONNECT have been enhanced with a new
parameter to support Layer 2 LAN, which provides an alternative transport
mechanism for Guest LANs and Virtual Switches.
v VLANID parameter of VIRTUAL_NETWORK_VSWITCH_SET has been
enhanced to support changes to Virtual Switch operation.
For more information, see z/VM: Systems Management Application Programming.
The IBM z/VM Directory Maintenance Facility (DirMaint) feature, Function Level
510, has been enhanced to support the new API functions.For more information,
see the z/VM: Directory Maintenance Facility Commands Reference.
Dynamic Virtual Machine Timeout [5.1.0]
A new programming service is provided by an emulated DIAGNOSE instruction that
helps enable a guest operating system to specify an action to be taken by CP when
the guest becomes unresponsive. The DIAGNOSE instruction also allows each
guest to define what “unresponsive” means for itself. A time interval and action are
specified by the guest. If the guest fails to reissue the DIAGNOSE instruction within
the specified time interval, CP performs the action. The guest may define the action
as any set of CP commands, although it is envisioned that this function will be used
to terminate the virtual machine in which the guest is running if it becomes
unresponsive. This can help ensure that a malfunctioning guest would no longer
have access to shared system resources and would relinquish system resources to
other guests.
For more information, see z/VM: CP Programming Services.
Relocation of REXX Work Area for Applications [5.1.0]
In previous releases, the REXX work area that CMS used to pass parameters to
applications was always allocated from below the 16 MB line. Now this work area is
allocated from above 16 MB if the application has identified itself as either AMODE
31 or AMODE ANY.
Server-Requester Programming Interface [5.1.0]
IBM intends to withdraw the Server-Requester Programming Interface (SRPI) from
a future release of z/VM. SRPI was introduced in VM in 1986 to provide a
programming interface that enhances the environment of IBM workstations
communicating with IBM mainframes operated with VM systems. Customers with
applications using SRPI should start using TCP/IP for z/VM to provide similar
function. Documentation for SRPI is available in the VM/ESA: Programmer’s Guide
to the Server-Requester Programming Interface for VM, SC24-5455, but this
publication is not included in the z/VM V5R1 library. Also, documentation for
SRPI-related functions, such as the CMSSERV command, has been removed from
other z/VM V5R1 books.
System Diagnosis
This section describes changes that can affect how you diagnose problems on VM.
Chapter 2. System Changes
71
System Diagnosis
FST and ADT Macro Changes to Support 4-digit Years [2.2.0]
FST (File Status Table)
When you access a disk or SFS directory, a file directory is stored in your virtual
machine. The entries in the file directory for each CMS file are called the File Status
Table (FST). The FST describes the attributes of the file. One of the attributes of a
file is date/time of last update. This is currently stored in 6 bytes (yy mm dd hh mm
ss), where each byte holds two decimal digits. This is the date and time that the
accessed file was last updated.
In VM/ESA 2.2.0, support was added for 4-digit years by adding a century flag
FSTCNTRY (X'08') in the FST flag byte (FSTFLAGS) for both FST forms (see table
below). This is bit 4, which identifies the century in which the file was last written or
updated. If bit 4 is off, the year is in the 1900s. If bit 4 is on, the year is in the
2000s. Therefore, the range of years supported is from 1900 to 2099.
If you are interested in the existing flag settings for the FSTFLAGS field, see the
usage notes for the FSSTATE macro in the z/VM: CMS Macros and Functions
Reference.
If you are using the FST to retrieve the date and time of last update in your
application, you can add support to use an appropriate CSL routine (for example,
DMSGETDI, DMSEXIST, or DMSERP) or you can use the FSSTATE macro. For
information about CSL routines, see the z/VM: CMS Callable Services Reference.
For information about FSSTATE, see the z/VM: CMS Macros and Functions
Reference.
Table 3. Base versus Extended FST Format. Note that not all field names are shown.
Hex
Disp
Dec
Disp
Size
Base
Ext
Field Name
Field Description
0
0
16
B
E
FSTDFNFT
File name File type
8
B
E
FSTFNAME
File name
8
B
E
FSTFTYPE
File type
FSTDATEW
Date (mm yy) last written
10
16
2
B
1F
31
1
B
E
FSTFLAGS
FST flag byte
Bit 4
B
E
FSTCNTRY
X'08' Century last written (0 - 19nn, 1 - 20nn)
B
FSTYEARW
Year (yy) last written
26
38
2
36
54
6
E
FSTADATI
Alternate date/time (yy mm dd hh mm ss)
4E
78
1
E
FSTFB3
FST flag byte 3
Bit 4
E
FSTCDOLR
X'08' Century date of last reference (0 - 19nn, 1 20nn)
3
E
FSTDOLR
Date of last reference
54
84
Note: FSTFB3, FSTCDOLR, and FSTDOLR apply only to an SFS FST.
Also, for an SFS FST, a new flag FSTCDOLR (X'08') is added in the FSTFB3 flag
byte 3. This is the flag that indicates the Century for Date of Last Reference (0
indicates the year is in the 1900s, 1 indicates the year is in the 2000s) that
corresponds to FSTDOLR.
72
z/VM: Migration Guide
System Diagnosis
ADT (Active Disk Table) - Disk Label
The ADTSECT maps information in the active disk table (ADT). It also contains
information about the disk label. One of the fields contained in the disk label is
ADTDCRED, which is the creation date and time of the minidisk. Following the
ADTDCRED field is a new flag byte for the volume label called ADTFLGL, which
contains the new ADTCNTRY flag. The ADTCNTRY flag is X'01', and corresponds
to the ADTDCRED field. If the value of this flag is 0, it indicates that the creation
year is in the 1900s. If the value is 1, it indicates the creation year is in the 2000s.
Viewing and Printing CP and CMS Control Blocks [2.3.0]
CP and CMS control block documentation is now available on the VM Internet
Library at www.ibm.com/eserver/zseries/zvm/library/.
You can view or print an entire control block or select general sections.
In addition, VM provides an unsupported tool, DACBGEN EXEC, that you can use
against CP and CMS control blocks on your system to get the most current data.
You can also use DACBGEN against user blocks if they follow the prescribed
formula. You can tailor DACBGEN to your own environment.
Dump Viewing Facility No Longer Supports CP Dumps [3.1.0]
The Dump Viewing Facility no longer supports CP dumps; it supports only VM
(virtual machine) dumps. The VM Dump Tool is the dump viewing program to use
for z/VM CP dumps.
VM Dump Tool [3.1.0]
The VM Dump Tool assists in analyzing dump data from a dump file created by the
DUMPLOAD utility. The VM Dump Tool provides a variety of subcommands and
macros that allow you to display, locate, and format dump data interactively. This
tool can process CP stand-alone dumps, CP ABEND dumps, and virtual machine
dumps of a CP system. For more information, see the new z/VM: VM Dump Tool
book.
VM Dump Tool Enhancement [4.3.0]
The structure of the VM Dump Tool has been changed to use 31-bit addressing
instead of 24-bit addressing. While this did not directly affect any external
interfaces, it should reduce storage requirements in the virtual machine below the
16 MB line.
VM Dump Tool Enhancements [4.4.0]
The following support is added to the VM Dump Tool:
v A new EXTRACT function for easy access from a macro environment to selected
information in the dump
v Support for a macro file type of VMDT.
v Improved support for non-CP dumps, including new subcommands/macros for
migration from the Dump Viewing Facility environment (DVFSTACK, FINDSTRG,
INIT, and READSTRG)
v You can now halt long-running commands without losing unsaved dump session
information by using the existing HI IMMEDIATE command. This CMS command
is now supported by the following VM Dump Tool subcommands: CHAIN,
FRAMES, LOCATE, TRACE, and VMDBK.
Chapter 2. System Changes
73
System Diagnosis
v The new XEDITPRE option of the VM Dump Tool SET subcommand allows you
to disable or change the XEDIT escape value (the function that indicates when a
command should be forwarded directly to XEDIT). You can reset it to either a
single character or a string. This option replaces the XEDIT subcommand. Also,
the new XEDITPRE option of the VM Dump Tool QUERY subcommand allows
you to query the current setting for the XEDIT escape value.
v Output from the DISPLAY subcommand, when issued from a macro, is now the
same as DISPLAY subcommand output when the subcommand is issued from
the command line. Any macro which depends on the output of DISPLAY will have
to be modified to handle the new output.
For more information, see z/VM: VM Dump Tool.
VM Dump Tool Enhancements [5.1.0]
The following support is added to the VM Dump Tool:
v The VM Dump Tool can be used to look at all dumps from Version 3, Release
1.0 through Version 5, Release 1.0.
v The MAP command and related infrastructure which creates a VMDTMAP file
has been rewritten. For a CP dump the externals are not changed. The new code
obtains the information for the VMDTMAP file from the CP symbol table if
possible, which avoids the time required to scan storage. If the CP symbol table
is not available (which is the case for older dumps), then the VM Dump Tool
scans storage looking for CP module headers as it has in the past.
v New MAPA and MAPN options of the EXTRACT subcommand make it easier for
a macro to find out the name or address of a module. EXTRACT MAPA allows a
macro to find the name of a module or entry point from an address. EXTRACT
MAPN allows a macro to find the address of a module or entry point name.
v The new sample VMDTNCPM macro helps you build a VMDTMAP file for
non-CP dumps.
v The new SET DEBUG function provides new support to help you debug macros
written for the VM Dump Tool. With SET DEBUG ON, non-zero return codes
associated with a macro are reported to the virtual machine console. The new
matching QUERY DEBUG function displays your DEBUG setting (ON or OFF).
v The preferred file type for a VM Dump Tool macro is now VMDT rather than
XEDIT. In a future release all IBM-supplied VM Dump Tool macros will be
renamed from their current file type of XEDIT to a file type of VMDT. Also, the
default environment when a VM Dump Tool macro is entered is now
VMDUMPTL.
v To be consistent with the SETVAR function, the EXTRACT DFIR/DFIZ and
EXTRACT SYMPTOM functions now require a decimal length value rather than
hexadecimal. If you have any customer-written VM Dump Tool macros which use
these functions, you will have to change the macros to use a decimal length
value. Also, the maximum size for EXTRACT DFIR has been increased to 36,864
bytes.
v The new EXTRACT DISPL function allows a macro to obtain the displacement of
a specified field. Only selected fields of PFXPG and SYSCM are supported at
this time.
v The INDQ is no longer supported. It now returns only a response of ″complete.″
v The CPEBK subcommand and the CALLERS macro now both take up to 17
characters of input. Both still have the restriction of allowing up to only eight
significant digits in the address operand.
v The TRACE FROM and TRACE TO functions no longer check the frame type to
be sure it is a trace frame. Because of this these functions can now be used
74
z/VM: Migration Guide
System Diagnosis
when the frame table is not available. (However, these functions can cause
unpredictable output when the page is not really part of the trace table.)
v The output from the RDEVBK, RSCH, VDEVBK and VSCH subcommands has
been changed to produce the addresses of significant related control blocks
instead of displaying the storage of the control blocks themselves.
For more information, see z/VM: VM Dump Tool.
Other System Changes
This section describes additional changes that can affect how you run your new VM
system.
Euro Support [2.4.0]
Support has been added to the following:
v Almost 200 new translation tables have been added to VM TCP/IP.
v A new CSL routine, DTCXLATE, provides an application programming interface
(API) for programs to use the translation information contained in the TCP/IP
translation tables.
v OPENVM GETBFS and PUTBFS commands were updated, increasing the
number of code pages that could be specified.
v The FTP server and VM/ESA 2.3.0 TCP/IP FL310 NFS feature have been
updated to allow specification of particular translation tables.
v Language Environment 1.6 and 1.8
v LANRES
v LFS
v The TCP/IP LPR client and LPD server applications have been enhanced to
provide users with the ability to specify alternate translation tables.
v RSCS LPR/LPD
v SMTP
For more information, see the euro link on the VM euro web page:
http://www.ibm.com/eserver/zseries/zvm/euro/
Product Documentation
This section describes changes to the format, location, or availability of the z/VM
product documentation. For information about which z/VM books have been
updated for the new release, see z/VM: General Information.
System Messages and Codes Book Divided [4.1.0]
The z/VM: System Messages and Codes book has been divided into the following
three books:
v z/VM: System Messages and Codes - CP, GC24-6030
v z/VM: System Messages and Codes - CMS, GC24-6031
v z/VM: System Messages and Codes - Other Components, GC24-6032
Relocated Information [4.1.0]
The following table shows information that has been relocated within the z/VM
library.
Chapter 2. System Changes
75
Documentation
Table 4. Information Relocated in z/VM V4R1
Topic
Old Location (Book)
New Location (Book)
CMS utilities
VM/ESA: CMS Utilities Feature
v z/VM: CMS Commands and
Utilities Reference
v z/VM: System Messages and
Codes - CMS and REXX/VM
GCS nucleus build information
z/VM: Installation Guide
z/VM: Group Control System
CMS nucleus build information
z/VM: Installation Guide
z/VM: Planning and Administration
Deleted Books [4.1.0]
The following books are not included in the z/VM V4R1 library:
v LAN Resource Extension and Services/VM: General Information, GC24-5618
v LAN Resource Extension and Services/VM: Guide and Reference, SC24-5622
v LAN Resource Extension and Services/VM: Licensed Program Specifications,
GC24-5617
v OpenEdition DCE for VM/ESA: Administration Guide, SC24-5730
v OpenEdition DCE for VM/ESA: Administration Reference, SC24-5731
v OpenEdition DCE for VM/ESA: Application Development Guide, SC24-5732
v OpenEdition DCE for VM/ESA: Application Development Reference, SC24-5733
v OpenEdition DCE for VM/ESA: Configuring and Getting Started, SC24-5734
v OpenEdition DCE for VM/ESA: Introducing the OpenEdition Distributed
Computing Environment, SC24-5735
v OpenEdition DCE for VM/ESA: Messages and Codes, SC24-5736
v OpenEdition DCE for VM/ESA: Planning, SC24-5737
v OpenEdition DCE for VM/ESA: User’s Guide, SC24-5738
v VM/ESA: CMS Utilities Feature, SC24-5535
v VM/ESA: REXX/EXEC Migration Tool for VM/ESA, GC24-5752
Monitor Records Provided on the Web as HTML [4.2.0]
z/VM monitor records are now provided on the z/VM web site in the same HTML
format as the data areas and control blocks.
Relocated Information [4.2.0]
The following table shows information that has been relocated within the z/VM
library.
Table 5. Information Relocated in z/VM V4R2
Topic
Old Location (Book)
New Location (Book)
C sockets API (reference)
v z/VM: TCP/IP Programmer’s
Reference
z/VM: Language Environment 1.8 C
Run-Time Library Reference
v OpenEdition for VM/ESA: Sockets
Reference
Test the installation or service of the
DirMaint servers
76
z/VM: Migration Guide
Directory Maintenance Facility
Program Directory
z/VM: Directory Maintenance Facility
Tailoring and Administration Guide
Documentation
Planning Book Divided [4.3.0]
The z/VM: Planning and Administration book has been divided into the following
four books:
v z/VM: CMS Planning and Administration, SC24-6042
v z/VM: CP Planning and Administration, SC24-6043
v z/VM: Dynamic I/O Configuration Planning and Administration, SC24-6044
v z/VM: Saved Segments Planning and Administration, SC24-6056
Relocated Information [4.3.0]
The following table shows information that has been relocated within the z/VM
library.
Table 6. Information Relocated in z/VM V4R3
Topics
Old Location (Book)
New Location (Book)
v Setting up OpenExtensions
v DIRPOSIX utility
z/VM: Planning and Administration
z/VM: OpenExtensions User’s Guide
v DFSMS/VM installation
VM/ESA: DFSMS/VM Function Level
221 Installation and Customization
Note: This book has been renamed
to z/VM: DFSMS/VM Customization.
DFSMS/VM Function Level 221
Program Directory
v DirMaint control files
Directory Maintenance VM/ESA:
Diagnosis Reference (This book has
not been updated for the Directory
Maintenance Facility feature for
z/VM.)
z/VM: Directory Maintenance Facility
Tailoring and Administration Guide
v Tailorable and nontailorable
DirMaint system files
Directory Maintenance Facility
Program Directory
z/VM: Directory Maintenance Facility
Tailoring and Administration Guide
Retitled Books [4.4.0]
The following table lists z/VM books that have been retitled (and might have new
form numbers).
Table 7. Books Retitled in z/VM V4R4
Old Book Title and Number
New Book Title and Number
z/VM: Dynamic I/O Configuration Planning and
Administration, SC24-6044
z/VM: I/O Configuration, form number unchanged
z/VM: Installation Guide, GC24-5992
z/VM: Guide for Automated Installation and Service,
GC24-6064
Relocated Information [4.4.0]
The following table shows information that has been relocated within the z/VM
library.
Chapter 2. System Changes
77
Documentation
Table 8. Information Relocated in z/VM V4R4
Topics
Old Location (Book)
New Location (Book)
v Installation-related CP utilities:
INSTALL
INSTDEF
INSTIIS
INSTPLAN
INSTVM
IPWIZARD
MIGR51D
MOVE2SFS
z/VM: Installation Guide
z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities
Reference
v Messages for installation-related
CP utilities
z/VM: Installation Guide
z/VM: System Messages and Codes CP
v CP access control interface (ACI)
z/VM: CP Planning and
Administration
z/VM: CP Programming Services
Deleted Books [4.4.0]
The following table lists books that are not included in the z/VM V4R4 library.
Table 9. Books Removed from the Library in z/VM V4R4
Book Title and Number
Reason for Removal
Debug Tool User’s Guide and Reference, SC09-2137
This product does not support the new C/C++ compiler.
Language Environment for OS/390 & VM: Concepts
Guide, GC28-1945
Replaced by z/OS: Language Environment Concepts
Guide, SA22-7567-03
Language Environment for OS/390 & VM: Debugging
Guide and Run-Time Messages, SC28-1942
Replaced by z/OS: Language Environment Debugging
Guide, GA22-7560-03, and z/OS: Language Environment
Run-Time Messages, SA22-7566-03
Language Environment for OS/390 & VM: Programming
Guide, SC28-1939
Replaced by z/OS: Language Environment Programming
Guide, SA22-7561-03
Language Environment for OS/390 & VM: Programming
Reference, SC28-1940
Replaced by z/OS: Language Environment Programming
Reference, SA22-7562-03
Language Environment for OS/390 & VM: Run-Time
Migration Guide, SC28-1944
Not required for z/VM
Language Environment for OS/390 & VM: Writing
Interlanguage Communication Applications, SC28-1943
Replaced by z/OS: Language Environment Writing ILC
Applications, SA22-7563-01
z/VM: Language Environment 1.8 C Run-Time Library
Reference, SC24-6038
Retitled to C/C++ for z/VM: Run-Time Library Reference,
SC09-7625, and included in the C/C++ for z/VM
bookshelf on the z/VM Collection CD-ROM.
Retitled Books [5.1.0]
The following table lists z/VM books that have been retitled.
Table 10. Books Retitled in z/VM V5R1
Old Book Title
New Book Title
VM/ESA: Connectivity Planning, Administration, and
Operation
z/VM: Connectivity
z/VM: System Messages and Codes – CMS
z/VM: System Messages and Codes – CMS and
REXX/VM
z/VM: System Messages and Codes – Other
Components
z/VM: System Messages and Codes – AVS, Dump
Viewing Facility, GCS, TSAF, and VMSES/E
78
z/VM: Migration Guide
Documentation
Relocated Information [5.1.0]
The following table shows information that has been relocated within the z/VM
library.
Table 11. Information Relocated in z/VM V5R1
Topics
Old Location (Book)
New Location (Book)
v “Converting to System
Configuration Files”
z/VM: CP Planning and
Administration
z/VM: Migration Guide, “Converting
from HCPRIO, HCPSYS, and
HCPBOX to Configuration Files” on
page 145
v “Linux under z/VM”
z/VM: Running Guest Operating
Systems
z/VM: Getting Started with Linux on
zSeries
v “Working with Virtual Networks”
z/VM: Virtual Machine Operation
z/VM: Connectivity
Deleted Books [5.1.0]
The following table lists books that are not included in the z/VM V5R1 library.
Table 12. Books Removed from the Library in z/VM V5R1
Book Title and Number
Reason for Removal
eServer zSeries: Open Systems Adapter-Express
Customer’s Guide and Reference, SA22-7476
Replaced by eServer zSeries: Open Systems
Adapter-Express Customer’s Guide and Reference,
SA22-7935-02.
S/390: Open Systems Adapter-Express Customer’s Guide This book is for S/390 servers (G5, G6), which are not
and Reference, SA22-7403
supported by z/VM V5R1.
S/390: Planning for the S/390 Open Systems Adapter
(OSA-1, OSA-2) Feature, GC23-3870
This book is for S/390 servers (G5, G6), which are not
supported by z/VM V5R1.
VM/ESA: Open Systems Adapter Facility User’s Guide for This book is for S/390 servers (G5, G6), which are not
OSA-2, SC28-1992
supported by z/VM V5R1.
VM/ESA: Programmer’s Guide to the Server-Requester
Programming Interface for VM/ESA, SC24-5455
IBM intends to withdraw the Server-Requester
Programming Interface (SRPI) from a future release of
z/VM.
VM/ESA: REXX/VM Primer, SC24-5598
The same topics are covered in the z/VM: REXX/VM
User’s Guide, SC24-6114
z/VM: Performance Reporting Facility Function Level 410, The Performance Reporting Facility functions have been
SC24-6027
merged into the Performance Toolkit. The Performance
Reporting Facility feature is not available with or
supported by z/VM V5R1.
z/VM: RealTime Monitor Function Level 410, SC24-6027
The RealTime Monitor functions have been merged into
the Performance Toolkit. The RealTime Monitor feature is
not available with or supported by z/VM V5R1.
z/VM: System Administration Facility, SC24-6034
IBM intends to withdraw the System Administration
Facility from a future release of z/VM.
Chapter 2. System Changes
79
Documentation
80
z/VM: Migration Guide
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
This chapter identifies the specific external interfaces in VM components that have
changed since VM/ESA V2R1. The release in which each change occurred is
indicated, and each change is identified as either upwardly compatible or
incompatible. Use the information provided in this chapter to determine if you need
to make any changes in the way you use these interfaces. See “Compatibility Terms
Used in This Book” on page 2 for the meaning of the compatibility terms.
Notes:
1. For changes that occur every release, such as responses from commands that
query the level of the system, only the latest release is indicated.
2. Changes from post-GA APARs, unless specifically identified as APARs, are
listed as changes in the successive release.
3. For changes to external interfaces in other parts of VM (not components), see
the documentation for those facilities and features.
This chapter contains the following major sections:
v CP Changes
v “CMS Changes” on page 117
v “AVS Changes” on page 139
v “Dump Viewing Facility Changes” on page 140
v “GCS Changes” on page 140
v “REXX/VM Changes” on page 140
v “TSAF Changes” on page 141
v “VMSES/E Changes” on page 141
CP Changes
This section identifies the changes to CP external interfaces. It contains the
following subsections:
v System Configuration Statements
v “User Directory Control Statements” on page 83
v “CP Commands” on page 84
v “CP Utilities” on page 105
v “Dynamic I/O Return Codes” on page 107
v “DIAGNOSE Codes” on page 108
v “CP Macros” on page 110
v “CP System Services” on page 112
v “VM Dump Tool” on page 113
v “CP Messages” on page 116
System Configuration Statements
Table 13 lists the system configuration statements that have changed. For additional
information, see z/VM: CP Planning and Administration.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1992, 2004
81
CP Interfaces
Table 13. Changes to System Configuration Statements
Statement
Changes
CHARACTER_DEFAULTS
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.3.0] Letters A-Z, numbers 0-9, and bytes X'OE' (shift out) and X'0F' (shift
in) cannot be defined as the system default line edit symbols (line-delete,
character-delete, escape, line-end, and tab).
CPXLOAD
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Operands removed: &TEXT, &TXTLIB. The dual-mode CP is no
longer supported; CP runs only in 64-bit mode. The file type of all supplied
CP text files is TEXT, not TEXT64. The file type of all supplied CP text
libraries is TXTLIB, not T64LIB.
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] LOCK and NOLOCK operands no longer have any effect. All
symbols are considered resident, which means they cannot be locked or
unlocked.
DEFINE COMMAND / CMD
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.4.0] New operand: SILENT.
DEFINE LAN
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] New operands: TYPE HIPERsockets, ACCOUNTing, GRANT
userlist.
v [5.1.0] New operands: IP, ETHernet.
DEFINE VSWITCH
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] New operands: IP, ETHernet, VLAN, PORTType.
FEATURES
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New options for automatic start and restart, IPL message control,
and forced disconnect timeout.
MODIFY COMMAND / CMD
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.4.0] New operands: SILENT, NOTSILENT.
MODIFY VSWITCH
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] 'ANY' is not supported as a value for vlanid. It was formerly the
default. The default VLAN for the user is now the VLAN ID specified on the
DEFINE VSWITCH configuration statement or command.
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] New operand: PORTType.
OPERATOR_CONSOLES
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [4.4.0] New operand: SYSTEM_3270.
This operand is not valid in the OPERATOR_CONSOLES statement for
any prior VM release. If your only statement includes this operand, and you
need to back out of the new release to your prior VM release, the exposure
of a missing console could cause the initialization of the prior VM release
to fail with a 1010 wait state. As a temporary measure during the migration
to the new release, include two OPERATOR_CONSOLES statements, the
first without the SYSTEM_3270 operand and the second with it. For
example:
OPERATOR_CONSOLES
03E0 0009 001F 00078
OPERATOR_CONSOLES SYSTEM_3270 03E0 0009 001F 00078
82
z/VM: Migration Guide
CP Interfaces
Table 13. Changes to System Configuration Statements (continued)
Statement
Changes
STORAGE
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [3.1.0] RIO370 operand removed.
v [5.1.0] Options removed: V=R, V=R_FREE. The V=R area and V=R
recovery area are not supported.
SYSTEM_RESIDENCE
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New VOLID options: &SYSRES, &SYSPARM.
USER_DEFAULTS
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New operand: MESSAGE_LEVEL.
v [4.1.0] New operand: CPLANGUAGE.
v [4.1.0] Message HCP365I (new format) issued at system initialization.
VMLAN
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] New operands: ACNT, ACCOUNTing.
v [4.4.0] New operand: MACprefix macprefix
v [5.1.0] New operand: MACIDRange.
XLINK_DEVICE_DEFAULTS
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Operands removed: TYPE 3330, TYPE 3340, TYPE 3350, TYPE
3375, TYPE 9345.
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.2.0] The Class 9 description of the TYPE 3390 operand was changed.
Specifying TYPE3390 Class 9 supports the maximum number of cylinders
on the 3390 device (10017 or greater).
XLINK_VOLUME _INCLUDE
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.2.0] The description of the CYLinder operand was changed. The CSE
track can now be on a cylinder from 0 to the maximum number of cylinders
that the 3390 supports.
User Directory Control Statements
Table 14 lists the user directory control statements that have changed. For
additional information, see z/VM: CP Planning and Administration.
Table 14. Changes to User Directory Control Statements
Statement
Changes
CONSOLE
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.2.0] New operand: OBSERVER.
CRYPTO
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] New operand: MODIFY.
v [4.2.0] New operand: APVIRT.
v [5.1.0] New operand: APDED.
DEDICATE
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Operand removed: NOIOASSIST. I/O assist is not supported.
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] New operands: SINGLEUSER, MULTIUSER.
|
v [5.1.0] New operand: USERACCESSID userid.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
83
CP Interfaces
Table 14. Changes to User Directory Control Statements (continued)
Statement
Changes
DIRECTORY
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Device types 3350, 3370, 3375, 9332, 9335, and 9345 are not
supported. Only 3380, 3390, 9336, and FB-512 are supported.
MACHINE
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] 370 operand removed. If a virtual machine defined as 370 mode is
IPLed, it is logged on in XA mode with 370 Accommodation turned on.
MDISK
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New volume identification option: &SYSRES.
v [4.2.0] New maximum number of cylinders for 3390 models A98, B9C
supported.
v [5.1.0] Supports larger FBA disk size.
OPTION
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Operands removed: DEDICATE, NODEDICATE, VIRT=REAL, V=R,
VIRT=FIXED, V=F. V=R and V=F virtual machines are not supported.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] Current LKFAC operand authorizes full-pack minidisks and devices
for real MPLF use. For dedicated devices, MPLF channel commands may
now succeed where they used to fail. For full-pack minidisks, the change is
transparent until you issue the new SET LKFACR command.
v [2.3.0] Specifying the TODENABLE operand allows a user to change the
virtual machine TOD clock with the new CP SET VTOD command.
v [2.3.0] New operands: CFVM, CFUSER.
v [2.4.0] New operand: DIAG88.
v [4.3.0] New operands: NETAccounting, NETRouter.
SPECIAL
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [3.1.0] Changed message: HCP2801E.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] New operand: MSGPROC.
v [4.2.0] New operands: SCTC, BCTC, CNC, n, HIPER, devs, ownerid, and
lanname.
v [4.4.0] New operand: FCTC.
USER
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.3.0] Letters A-Z, numbers 0-9, and bytes X'OE' (shift out) and X'0F' (shift
in) cannot be defined as logical line edit symbols (line-end, line-delete,
character-delete, and escape).
CP Commands
Table 15 lists the CP commands that have changed. For additional information, see
the z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference.
Table 15. Changes to CP Commands
Command
Changes
ACNT
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] Entering ACNT creates all available types of accounting records for
each user specified.
84
z/VM: Migration Guide
CP Interfaces
Table 15. Changes to CP Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
ATTACH
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Operand removed: NOIOASSIST. I/O assist is no longer supported,
so there is no need to turn eligibility off.
v [5.1.0] Response for preferred virtual machine removed. Preferred virtual
machines are no longer supported.
v [5.1.0] Messages removed: HCP811I, HCP1508I, HCP1511I, HCP1556I.
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New messages: HCP6860E, HCP6863E, HCP6864E.
v [4.3.0] New operands: SINGLEUSER, MULTIUSER.
v [4.3.0] New message: HCP1128E.
v [4.3.0] New response for the TYPE operand of FCP to indicate a SCSI
device adapter.
v [4.4.0] New operand: VOLid.
|
|
|
v [5.1.0] New option: USERACCessid userid.
v [5.1.0] New message: HCP6275E.
v [5.1.0] Changed message: HCP2826E.
AUTOLOG
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New message: HCP093E.
BEGIN
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Supports hexadecimal storage locations up to 16 digits.
COMMIT
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Message removed: HCP2601E.
COUPLE
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New message: HCP6024E.
v [4.2.0] New operands: ownerid, lanname.
v [4.2.0] New response.
v [4.2.0] New messages: HCP2786E, HCP2787E, HCP2788E, HCP2789E,
HCP2791E.
v [4.2.0] Changed message: HCP6011E.
v [4.3.0] Changed message: HCP6024E.
v [4.4.0] New operand: SYSTEM switchnm.
v [5.1.0] New messages: HCP6525E and HCP6528E.
CPLISTFILE
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New operands to specify date format: SHORTDATE, FULLDATE,
ISODATE.
v [2.2.0] Responses include 4-digit years for FULLDATE and ISODATE
operands.
CPXLOAD
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] LOCK and NOLOCK operands no longer have any effect. All
symbols are considered resident, which means they cannot be locked or
unlocked.
DEDICATE
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Default of V=R user removed. USER operand must be specified.
V=R virtual machine is not supported.
v [5.1.0] Message removed: HCP893E.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
85
CP Interfaces
Table 15. Changes to CP Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
DEFINE (in general)
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Messages removed: HCP811I, HCP1450E.
v Also see DEFINE commands listed below.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] New operand: MSGPROC.
v [2.3.0] New messages: HCP045E, HCP260E, HCP1014E, HCP2800E,
HCP2801E, HCP2802E, HCP2803E, HCP2804I, HCP2806E, HCP2811E.
v [2.4.0] New operand: EXIT.
v [4.2.0] New operands: CFLINK, LAN, NIC, SUBSTITUTE.
v [4.2.0] New messages: HCP2781E, HCP2782E, HCP2784E, HCP2792E,
HCP2794E, HCP2795E, HCP2796E
v [4.4.0] New operand: VSWITCH.
v Also see DEFINE commands listed below.
DEFINE CHPID / PATH
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New operands: INTEGRATED_SYSTEM_DEVICE, ISD.
v [2.4.0] New operands: CLUSTER_BUS_SENDER_CHANNEL, CBS,
FICON, FC, FICON_CONVERTER, FCV, OSA_DIRECT_EXPRESS, OSD,
OSA_EXPRESS, OSE.
v [2.4.0] New return codes for message HCP6806E.
v [3.1.0] New operands: CLUSTER_BUS_PEER_CHANNEL, CBP,
CLUSTER_BUS_RECEIVER_CHANNEL, CBR,
COUPLING_FACILITY_RECEIVER_CHANNEL, CFR,
DIRECT_SYSTEM_DEVICE, DSD, EMULATED_I/O, EIO,
INTERNAL_COUPLING_PEER_CHANNEL, ICP, IOCLUSTER iocname,
MANAGED, PEERPATH nn.
v [4.3.0] New operand: FCP.
v [4.4.0] New operands: PCHID nnnn, CSS nn, PEERCSS nn.
DEFINE COMMAND / CMD
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.4.0] New operand: SILENT.
v [5.1.0] The SILENT operand can be specified as SILENTLY.
DEFINE CPOWNED
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.2.0] New operand: RESERVED.
DEFINE CRYPTO
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] New response.
v [2.4.0] New message: HCP1716E.
DEFINE CTCA
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New operands: SCTC, BCTC, CNC.
v [4.40] New operand: FCTC.
86
z/VM: Migration Guide
CP Interfaces
Table 15. Changes to CP Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
DEFINE CU / CNTLUNIT
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] CFS operand has been changed to CF because this operand now
indicates that the control unit is connected to a coupling facility sender
channel path or a cluster bus sender channel path, or both. However, the
CFS form of the operand is still supported for compatibility.
v [2.4.0] Range of permitted values for CU_LOGICAL_ADDRESS has been
increased.
v [3.1.0] New option for TYPE: *.
v [3.1.0] New operand: MANAGED_PATHS n.
v [4.2.0] New operand: FICON_CTC.
v [4.4.0] Changed operand: LINK_address.
v [4.4.0] New operand: CSS nn.
DEFINE DEVICE / IODEVICE
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] CFS operand has been changed to CF because this operand now
indicates that the control unit is connected to a coupling facility sender
channel path or a cluster bus sender channel path, or both. However, the
CFS form of the operand is still supported for compatibility.
v [4.4.0] New operand: CSS nn.
DEFINE LAN
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] New ACCOUNTING ON and ACCOUNTING OFF operands allow
Class B users to control whether accounting records are to be created for
the LAN being defined.
v [5.1.0] New operands: IP, ETHernet.
DEFINE MSGPROC
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [3.1.0] Changed message: HCP2801E.
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.2.0] New operand: DEVICES.
DEFINE NIC
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.4.0] Updated information for the HIPERsockets and QDIO operands to
include virtual switch information.
DEFINE STORAGE
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New operand: CONFIGURATION.
DEFINE (Temporary Disk)
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Operands removed: T3350, T3375, T9345, T3370, T9332, T9335.
DEFINE VSWITCH
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] New Operands: IP, ETHernet, VLAN, PORTType.
v [5.1.0] New message: HCP2846E.
DEFSYS
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Value of '370' not supported with MACHMODE option. 370 virtual
machines are not supported.
DELETE (in general)
Upwardly compatible:
v See DELETE commands listed below.
DELETE CHPID / PATH
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] New return codes for message HCP6806E.
v [4.4.0] New operand: CSS nn.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
87
CP Interfaces
Table 15. Changes to CP Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
DELETE CU / CNTLUNIT
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] CFS operand has been changed to CF because this operand now
indicates that the control unit is connected to a coupling facility sender
channel path or a cluster bus sender channel path, or both. However, the
CFS form of the operand is still supported for compatibility.
v [4.4.0] New operand: CSS nn.
v [4.4.0] New message: HCP1006E.
DELETE DEVICE / IODEVICE
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] CFS operand has been changed to CF because this operand now
indicates that the control unit is connected to a coupling facility sender
channel path or a cluster bus sender channel path, or both. However, the
CFS form of the operand is still supported for compatibility.
v [3.1.0] Additional format for message HCP6818E.
v [4.4.0] New operand: CSS nn.
v [4.4.0] New message: HCP1006E.
DELETE RDEVICE
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New message: HCP6862E.
DESTAGE
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Message removed: HCP2601E.
DETACH (in general)
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Messages removed: HCP811I, HCP893E.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] New operand: MSGPROC.
v [2.3.0] Additional messages: HCP260E, HCP2805E, HCP2807E.
v [4.2.0] New operands: CFLINK, LAN, NIC.
v [4.2.0] Additional messages: HCP006E, HCP2783E, HCP2793E,
HCP2795E.
v [4.3.0] New message: HCP1119E.
v [4.3.0] New response for the TYPE operand of FCP to indicate a SCSI
device adapter.
v [4.4.0] New operand: VSWITCH.
|
v [5.1.0] New message: HCP6324I.
v Also see DETACH commands listed below.
DETACH (Real Device)
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] New operand: ALL.
v [4.4.0]New operand: VOLid.
DIAL
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [3.1.0] The fields of an IP address included in the response no longer
contain leading zeros.
DISCARD PINNED
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Message removed: HCP2601E.
DISCONNECT
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Time the system waits between disconnect and automatic logoff can
be set on the FEATURES system configuration statement.
88
z/VM: Migration Guide
CP Interfaces
Table 15. Changes to CP Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
DISPLAY (in general)
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New operand: PSWG.
v [3.1.0] Message HCP6150E may specify z/Architecture mode.
v Also see DISPLAY commands listed below.
DISPLAY ESA/XC Storage
See DISPLAY Guest Storage (ESA/XC).
DISPLAY Guest Storage (ESA/XC)
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New operands for indirect addressing and displaying data in ASCII
format.
v [3.1.0] Supports 64-bit addressing.
DISPLAY Guest Storage (ESA/390)
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New operands for indirect addressing and displaying data in ASCII
format.
v [3.1.0] Supports 64-bit addressing.
v [3.1.0] New z/Architecture variation.
DISPLAY Host Storage
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New operands for indirect addressing and displaying data in ASCII
format.
v [3.1.0] Supports 64-bit addressing.
DISPLAY Linkage Stack
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] Response indicates the called-space identification (CSID) if the
linkage-stack entry type is a program-call state entry with a called-space
ID.
v [3.1.0] New responses for 64-bit mode.
DISPLAY PSW
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] For a z/Architecture guest, translates a z/Architecture format PSW
into an ESA/390 format PSW (if the SET PSWTRANS ALL or SET
PSWTRANS STORE command was previously issued).
DISPLAY Registers
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] New operand: FPC.
v [2.4.0] Yreg operands accept register numbers 0-15 if the IEEE Floating
Point hardware feature is installed on the processor.
v [2.4.0] New response when FPC operand is used.
v [2.4.0] New messages: HCP6153E, HCP6154E.
v [3.1.0] New operands: GGreg1, GHreg1, XGreg1, XHreg1.
DUMP (in general)
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Message HCP6150E may specify z/Architecture mode.
v [3.1.0] New operand: PSWG.
v Also see DUMP commands listed below.
DUMP ESA/XC Storage
See DUMP Guest Storage (ESA/XC)
DUMP Guest Storage (ESA/XC)
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New operands for indirect addressing and dumping data in ASCII
format.
v [3.1.0] Supports 64-bit addressing.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
89
CP Interfaces
Table 15. Changes to CP Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
DUMP Guest Storage (ESA/390)
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New operands for indirect addressing and dumping data in ASCII
format.
v [3.1.0] Supports 64-bit addressing.
v [3.1.0] New z/Architecture version of this command.
DUMP Host Storage
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New operands for indirect addressing and dumping data in ASCII
format.
v [3.1.0] Supports 64-bit addressing.
DUMP Linkage Stack
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] Response indicates the called-space identification (CSID) if the
linkage-stack entry type is a program-call state entry with a called-space
ID.
v [3.1.0] New responses for 64-bit mode.
DUMP Registers
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New operands: GG, GH, XG, XH.
DUMPLOAD
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] New message: HCP8185I.
DUPLEX
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Message removed: HCP2601E.
FLASHCOPY
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Message removed: HCP2601E.
FORCE
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [4.3.0] Message HCP6704E is now returned instead of HCP020E if
FORCE is issued with no operands.
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] New operands for LOGoff which will send a shutdown signal to the
user.
GIVE
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] New message: HCP1118E.
HALT
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] New response for the TYPE operand of FCP to indicate a SCSI
device adapter.
INDICATE (in general)
INCOMPATIBLE:
v See INDICATE commands listed below.
INDICATE PAGING
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Response no longer includes page residency data for the CP
nucleus. All modules in the CP nucleus are now resident.
INDICATE QUEUES
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Responses changed to support 64-bit architecture.
INDICATE SPACES
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Responses changed to support 64-bit architecture.
90
z/VM: Migration Guide
CP Interfaces
Table 15. Changes to CP Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
INDICATE USER
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] IO field in the response no longer includes a plus sign (+) to
indicate operation with SIE assist. SIE assist is not supported.
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Responses changed to support 64-bit architecture.
IPL
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.2.0] New response is issued if tracing is active when a preferred guest
is IPLed. Tracing must be turned off and the guest reIPLed.
v [2.3.0] Previously, when you IPLed CMS with the PARM operand, CMS
initialization attached a fence of 8 bytes of X'FF's to the end of the PARM
data before passing it to the SYSPROF EXEC. Now, no fence is attached,
and only the actual PARM data (up to 64 characters) is passed. If you have
tailored your SYSPROF EXEC to use the fence to determine the end of the
PARM data, you must modify your SYSPROF EXEC to use a different
method.
v [5.1.0] Text for message HCP6770E has changed.
v [5.1.0] Messages removed: HCP203E, HCP811I.
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.4.0] New operand: fcp-dev, with STOP and ATTN options..
v [5.1.0] New messages: HCP260E and HCP838E.
LOCATE (in general)
Upwardly compatible:
v See LOCATE commands listed below.
LOCATE CMDBK
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New message: HCP026E.
LOCATE DGNBK
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New message: HCP009E.
LOCATE FILID
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New message: HCP026E.
LOCATE FRAMETBL
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New message: HCP026E.
v [3.1.0] New response formats for 64-bit addresses.
LOCATE LDEV
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New message: HCP026E.
LOCATE (Storage)
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New operand: ASCII.
v [3.1.0] New messages: HCP002E, HCP003E, HCP004E, HCP009E,
HCP6704E.
LOCATE SYMBOL
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] Response specifies only one address for each symbol, as all
symbols are now resident.
LOCATE VDEV
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New messages: HCP020E, HCP026E.
LOCATE VSMBK
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New message: HCP026E.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
91
CP Interfaces
Table 15. Changes to CP Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
LOCATEVM
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New operand: ASCII.
v [3.1.0] New messages: HCP002E, HCP003E, HCP004E, HCP009E,
HCP6704E.
LOCK
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] SYSTEM operand removed. The CP nucleus is no longer pageable.
Modules in the nucleus cannot be locked or unlocked.
v [5.1.0] Text for message HCP295E has changed.
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New response variations to support 64-bit architecture.
v [5.1.0] SYMBOL and symbol operands have no effect. All symbols are now
considered resident (locked) and cannot be individually locked.
LOGON / LOGIN
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [3.1.0] The fields of an IP address included in the response no longer
contain leading zeros.
v [4.1.0] 370 operand no longer supported.
v [5.1.0] Messages removed: HCP200E, HCP811I, HCP893E, HCP1106I,
HCP1508I, HCP1511I, HCP1556I.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] New message: HCP2808E.
v [3.1.0] Can specify larger amount of storage on the STORAGE operand.
v [3.1.0] The response contains a new field after the service level to identify
the CP image that is running: '[32-bit]' or '[64-bit]'.
v [3.1.0] New message: HCP093E.
v [4.3.0] New message: HCP2094I.
v [5.1.0] The image field in the response always contains '[64-bit]'.
v [5.1.0] In the response, the product level has changed.
|
v [5.1.0] New message: HCP1128E.
MODIFY (in general)
Upwardly compatible:
v See MODIFY commands listed below.
MODIFY CHPID / PATH
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] New return codes for message HCP6806E.
v [4.4.0] New operands: CSS nn, ADD_CSS_access, RCSS nn,
INITial_access pname, DELETE_CSS_access.
v [4.4.0] New messages: HCP864E, HCP1006E.
MODIFY COMMAND / CMD
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.4.0] New operands: SILENT, NOTSILENT.
v [5.1.0] The SILENT and NOTSILENT operands can be specified as
SILENTLY and NOTSILENTLY. Also, they cannot be used when modifying
a specific version of a command with the IBMCLASS version operands.
92
z/VM: Migration Guide
CP Interfaces
Table 15. Changes to CP Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
MODIFY CU / CNTLUNIT
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] New operands: TYPE CF.
v [2.4.0] Range of permitted values for CU_LOGICAL_ADDRESS has been
increased.
v [3.1.0] New operand: MANAGED_PATHS n.
v [4.4.0] Changed operand: LINK_address.
v [4.4.0] New message for the LINK_address: HCP6536E.
v [4.4.0] New operands: CSS nn, ADD_CSS_access, RCSS nn,
DELETE_CSS_access.
v [4.4.0] New message: HCP1006E.
MODIFY DEVICE / IODEVICE
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New format for message HCP6818E.
v [4.4.0] New operand: CSS nn.
v [4.4.0] New messages: HCP864E, HCP1006E.
MONITOR (in general)
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Message removed: HCP6232E.
QUERY (in general)
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Operands removed: IOASSIST, VRFREE, V=R.
v Also see QUERY commands listed below.
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New operands: PAV, PSWTRANS, UNDERSCORE.
v [4.2.0] New operands: CFLINKS, LAN, NIC, SUBSTITUTE, VMLAN, VTOD
v [4.3.0] New operand: IOPRIORITY
v [4.4.0] New operands: CONTROLLER, LOADDEV, VSWITCH.
v [5.1.0] New operands: EDEVICE, HYPERSWAP.
v Also see QUERY commands listed below.
QUERY ALL
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Response indicating a tape drive is being used by SPTAPE has
been removed. SPTAPE is no longer supported.
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] New responses to indicate tapes attached MULTIUSER, also to
indicate a SCSI device adapter with a TYPE of FCP.
QUERY ALLOC
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Response has been changed to support large SCSI LUNs. The
fields containing allocation values are expanded and reformatted to support
the larger values.
QUERY CACHE
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Message removed: HCP2601E.
QUERY CACHEFW
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Message removed: HCP2601E.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] Response indicates if the cache fast write function is suspended for
the subsystem.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
93
CP Interfaces
Table 15. Changes to CP Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
QUERY CHPID
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] New operand: TYPE.
v [2.3.0] New responses if TYPE is specified.
v [2.4.0] New responses for the TYPE operand to indicate OSA Express,
OSA Direct-Express, cluster-bus-sender, and FICON channels.
v [3.1.0] New responses for the TYPE operand to indicate
coupling-facility-sender, cluster-bus-receiver, internal-coupling-sender,
internal-coupling-receiver, direct-system-device, emulated-I/O,
cluster-bus-peer, coupling-facility-peer, and internal-coupling-peer channels.
v [4.3.0] New response for the TYPE operand of FCP to indicate a SCSI
device adapter.
v [4.4.0] New operand: PCHID nnnn.
v [4.4.0] New message: HCP1006E.
QUERY CONTROLLER
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Format of the response has changed.
QUERY CPLANGLIST
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.1.0] Responses may have new meanings.
QUERY CPLEVEL
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New operands to specify date format: SHORTDATE, FULLDATE,
ISODATE.
v [2.2.0] Response includes 4-digit years for FULLDATE and ISODATE
operands.
v [2.2.0] If the user’s default date format is changed from SHORTDATE to
FULLDATE or ISODATE, and a date format option is not specified on the
QUERY CPLEVEL command, the output from QUERY CPLEVEL uses the
new default date format. This causes the date to be expanded to include
the 4-digit year and also causes fields to the right of the date to be shifted.
v [3.1.0] The response contains a new field after the service level to identify
the CP image that is running: '[32-bit]' or '[64-bit]'.
v [5.1.0] The image field in the response always contains '[64-bit]'.
v [5.1.0] In the response, the product level has changed.
QUERY CPLOAD
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Responses have changed because you can no longer load CP from
a nucleus, only from a module.
QUERY CRYPTO
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [4.2.0] Revised responses. The keyentry information is no longer issued.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] New operand: CAMQS.
v [2.4.0] Two new responses.
v [4.2.0] Added APqs parameter.
v [5.1.0] Responses revised to indicate installation of Crypto Adjunct
Processor.
QUERY DASD
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New operand: QUIESCED.
v [3.1.0] Response for QUERY DASD DETAILS may contain a new line
containing Parallel Access Volumes information.
v [5.1.0] Response for QUERY DASD DETAILS changed for devices
attached to a caching storage controller.
94
z/VM: Migration Guide
CP Interfaces
Table 15. Changes to CP Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
QUERY DASDFW
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Message removed: HCP2601E.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] Response indicates if the DASD fast write function is suspended for
the subsystem.
QUERY DUPLEX
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Message removed: HCP2601E.
QUERY EXITS
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] Additional response information provided for a dynamic CP exit.
QUERY FCP
|
|
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] New operand: AGEnt.
v [5.1.0] New response for AGEnt operand.
QUERY FENCES
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Message removed: HCP2601E.
QUERY FRAMES
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Responses changed to support 64-bit architecture.
v [5.1.0] The V=R field of the response will always be zero. The V=R area is
not supported.
v [5.1.0] The PGNUC field of the response indicates additional frames being
used by the CP nucleus. However, the CP nucleus is no longer pageable.
QUERY GRAF
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [3.1.0] The fields of an IP address included in the response no longer
contain leading zeros.
QUERY IMG
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New operands to specify date format: SHORTDATE, FULLDATE,
ISODATE.
v [2.2.0] Response includes 4-digit years for FULLDATE and ISODATE
operands.
v [2.2.0] If the user’s default date format is changed from SHORTDATE to
FULLDATE or ISODATE, and a date format option is not specified on the
QUERY IMG command, the output from QUERY IMG uses the new default
date format. This causes the date to be expanded to include the 4-digit
year and also causes fields to the right of the date to be shifted.
QUERY IOASSIST
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Command has been removed. I/O assist is not supported.
QUERY LAN
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [4.4.0] In the response, the ipaddr (n) address can contain an IPv6
address.
v [5.1.0] Format of the response has changed.
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] New ACCOUNTING ON and ACCOUNTING OFF responses
indicate whether accounting records will be generated for this LAN.
v [4.4.0] New operand: VLAN vlanid.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
95
CP Interfaces
Table 15. Changes to CP Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
QUERY LDEVS
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [3.1.0] The fields of an IP address included in the response no longer
contain leading zeros.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] The response may include the IP address for TCP/IP.
QUERY LPARS
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.4.0] New operand: CSS nn.
v [4.4.0] New responses.
QUERY NAMES
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [3.1.0] The fields of an IP address included in the response no longer
contain leading zeros.
QUERY NIC
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] The format of the response has changed.
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.4.0] In the response, the ipaddr (n) address can contain an IPv6
address.
v [4.4.0] Updated example to include VLAN information.
QUERY NLS
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New operands to specify date format: SHORTDATE, FULLDATE,
ISODATE.
v [2.2.0] Response includes 4-digit years for FULLDATE and ISODATE
operands.
v [2.2.0] If the user’s default date format is changed from SHORTDATE to
FULLDATE or ISODATE, and a date format option is not specified on the
QUERY NLS command, the output from QUERY NLS uses the new default
date format. This causes the date to be expanded to include the 4-digit
year and also causes fields to the right of the date to be shifted.
QUERY NSS
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Message removed: HCP1375I.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New operands to specify date format: SHORTDATE, FULLDATE,
ISODATE.
v [2.2.0] Response includes 4-digit years for FULLDATE and ISODATE
operands.
v [2.2.0] If the user’s default date format is changed from SHORTDATE to
FULLDATE or ISODATE, and a date format option is not specified on the
QUERY NSS command, the output from QUERY NSS uses the new
default date format. This causes the date to be expanded to include the
4-digit year and also causes fields to the right of the date to be shifted.
QUERY NVS
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Message removed: HCP2601E.
QUERY PINNED
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Message removed: HCP2601E.
QUERY PROMPT
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Operand removed: AFTER_POWEROFF
96
z/VM: Migration Guide
CP Interfaces
Table 15. Changes to CP Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
QUERY READER / PRINTER /
PUNCH
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Response for file being used by SPTAPE has been removed.
SPTAPE is no longer supported.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New operands to specify date format: SHORTDATE, FULLDATE,
ISODATE.
v [2.2.0] Responses include 4-digit years for FULLDATE and ISODATE
operands.
v [2.2.0] New operands DIST and NODIST, available only with operands
FULLDATE and ISODATE, specify whether the distribution code is to be
included in the response. The default is NODIST, so the output record fits
within an 80-character buffer.
v [2.2.0] If the user’s default date format is changed from SHORTDATE to
FULLDATE or ISODATE, and a date format option is not specified on the
QUERY RDR|PRT|PUN command, the output from QUERY RDR|PRT|PUN
uses the new default date format. This causes the date to be expanded to
include the 4-digit year, the NAME and TYPE fields to the right of the date
to be shifted, and the distribution code to be omitted (by default).
QUERY (Real Device)
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Response for tape device being used by SPTAPE has been
removed. SPTAPE is no longer supported.
v [5.1.0] Message removed: HCP2601E.
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] New ID operand to display the device and control unit identifiers for
a specified device address, if they are known.
v [4.3.0] New response to indicate tapes attached MULTIUSER.
QUERY RSAW
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Message removed: HCP2601E.
QUERY SET
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] Because NOTRAN, IOASSIST, and CCWTRAN can no longer be
set, these fields in the response are retained only for compatibility and will
always indicate NOTRAN OFF, IOASSIST OFF, and CCWTRAN ON.
QUERY SPACES
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Response may contain new values to indicate larger address space.
QUERY STORAGE
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Response may contain new values to indicate greater storage.
QUERY TAPES
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Response for tape drive being used by SPTAPE has been removed.
SPTAPE is no longer supported.
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] New response to indicate tapes attached MULTIUSER.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
97
CP Interfaces
Table 15. Changes to CP Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
QUERY TIME
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New operands to specify date format: SHORTDATE, FULLDATE,
ISODATE.
v [2.2.0] Response includes 4-digit years for FULLDATE and ISODATE
operands.
v [2.2.0] If the user’s default date format is changed from SHORTDATE to
FULLDATE or ISODATE, and a date format option is not specified on the
QUERY TIME command, the output from QUERY TIME uses the new
default date format. This causes the date to be expanded to include the
4-digit year.
QUERY TOKEN
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New message: HCP6815E.
QUERY TRACE
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Responses may contain new values and expanded address field for
64-bit.
QUERY TRFILES
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New operands to specify date format: SHORTDATE, FULLDATE,
ISODATE.
v [2.2.0] Response includes 4-digit years for FULLDATE and ISODATE
operands.
v [2.2.0] If the user’s default date format is changed from SHORTDATE to
FULLDATE or ISODATE, and a date format option is not specified on the
QUERY TRFILES command, the output from QUERY TRFILES uses the
new default date format. This causes the date to be expanded to include
the 4-digit year and also causes fields to the right of the date to be shifted.
QUERY UCR
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New operands to specify date format: SHORTDATE, FULLDATE,
ISODATE.
v [2.2.0] Response includes 4-digit years for FULLDATE and ISODATE
operands.
v [2.2.0] If the user’s default date format is changed from SHORTDATE to
FULLDATE or ISODATE, and a date format option is not specified on the
QUERY UCR command, the output from QUERY UCR uses the new
default date format. This causes the date to be expanded to include the
4-digit year and also causes fields to the right of the date to be shifted.
QUERY USERID
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Response may contain additional fields to indicate IP address.
QUERY USERS
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [3.1.0] The fields of an IP address included in the response no longer
contain leading zeros.
QUERY VIRTUAL ALL
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] Supports virtual message processors.
v [4.3.0] New response for the TYPE operand of FCP to indicate a SCSI
device adapter.
QUERY VIRTUAL CONSOLE
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.3.0] Response may include a new line containing TCP/IP information.
98
z/VM: Migration Guide
CP Interfaces
Table 15. Changes to CP Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
QUERY VIRTUAL CRYPTO
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [4.2.0] One response was deleted. Other responses were revised to
include Direct Attached Crypto information.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] New response.
QUERY VIRTUAL CTCA
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [3.1.0] Response contains new subclass field.
v [5.1.0] Response no longer indicates eligibility for I/O assist. I/O assist is
not supported.
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.4.0] Response contains new subclass field: FCTC.
QUERY VIRTUAL DASD
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Response no longer indicates eligibility for I/O assist. I/O assist is
not supported.
QUERY (Virtual Device)
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Response no longer indicates eligibility for I/O assist. I/O assist is
not supported.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] Response indicates REAL-MPLF or SIMULATED-MPLF if enabled
for the device.
v [2.3.0] Supports virtual message devices. The device type MSGD appears
in the response.
v [4.2.0] Changed response.
v [4.3.0] New response for the TYPE operand of FCP to indicate a SCSI
device adapter.
QUERY VIRTUAL DUPLEX
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Message removed: HCP2601E.
QUERY VIRTUAL GRAF
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [3.1.0] The fields of an IP address included in the response no longer
contain leading zeros.
v [5.1.0] Response no longer indicates eligibility for I/O assist. I/O assist is
not supported.
QUERY VIRTUAL FCP
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] Response may include new BYTES information for QDIO devices.
QUERY VIRTUAL LINES
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Response no longer indicates eligibility for I/O assist. I/O assist is
not supported.
QUERY VIRTUAL OSA
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Response no longer indicates eligibility for I/O assist. I/O assist is
not supported.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] New lines in the response for OSA devices that use the
Queued-Direct-I/O (QDIO) Facility.
v [4.2.0] Supports virtual OSA devices.
v [5.1.0] Response may include new BYTES information for QDIO devices.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
99
CP Interfaces
Table 15. Changes to CP Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
QUERY VIRTUAL PRINTER
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Response no longer indicates eligibility for I/O assist. I/O assist is
not supported.
QUERY VIRTUAL PUNCH
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Response no longer indicates eligibility for I/O assist. I/O assist is
not supported.
QUERY VIRTUAL READER
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Response no longer indicates eligibility for I/O assist. I/O assist is
not supported.
QUERY VIRTUAL STORAGE
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New response to support the new CONFIGURATION operand on
the DEFINE STORAGE command.
QUERY VIRTUAL TAPES
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Response no longer indicates eligibility for I/O assist. I/O assist is
not supported.
QUERY VMLAN
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Format of the response has changed.
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] New System Accounting and User Accounting responses indicate
the current default setting for account record generation for VMLANs.
v [4.4.0] Updated purpose to include virtual switch information.
QUERY VRFREE
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Command has been removed. The V=R recovery area is not
supported.
QUERY VSWITCH
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Format of the response has changed.
QUERY V=R
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Command has been removed. The V=R area is not supported.
REDEFINE
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Message removed: HCP811I.
RESET
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Message removed: HCP811I.
SAVESEG
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Message removed: HCP1350E.
SAVESYS
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Text of message HCP1368E has been changed.
SEND
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Class C user can send input to any virtual machine.
100
z/VM: Migration Guide
CP Interfaces
Table 15. Changes to CP Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
SET (in general)
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Operands removed: CCWTRAN, IOASSIST, NOTRANS.
v Also see SET commands listed below.
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New operands: PSWTRANS, UNDERSCORE.
v [4.2.0] New operands: CFLINK, LAN.
v [4.3.0] New operands: IOPRIORITY, VMLAN.
v [4.4.0] New operands: LOADDEV, VSWITCH.
v [5.1.0] New operand: EDEVICE.
v Also see SET commands listed below.
SET CACHE
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Message removed: HCP2601E.
SET CACHEFW
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Message removed: HCP2601E.
SET CCWTRAN
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Command has been removed. V=R virtual machine is no longer
supported.
SET CPLANGUAGE
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.1.0] Added new parameters to allow the user to specify whether the
language is to be changed for the user or for the whole system.
SET CPTRACE
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] New trace category and trace codes for QDIO instructions.
v [3.1.0] New trace codes.
SET CRYPTO
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [4.2.0] Removed KEYENTRY operand.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] New operands: MODIFY, ON, OFF.
v [2.4.0] Changed responses.
v [2.4.0] Changed messages: HCP1706I, HCP1709E, HCP1710E,
HCP1711I.
v [2.4.0] New messages: HCP1714E, HCP1715E.
SET DASDFW
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Message removed: HCP2601E.
SET DUMP
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] V=R operand and corresponding value in response removed. The
V=R area is not supported.
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New operand: XF.
v [3.1.0] New message: HCP1851E.
v [4.3.0] New message: HCP1917E.
SET IOASSIST
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Command has been removed. I/O assist is not supported.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
101
CP Interfaces
Table 15. Changes to CP Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
SET IPLPARMS
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] IPL parameter ARCH390 is ignored when IPLing a z/VM V5R1 or
later CP module because there is no 32-bit version.
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.4.0] New operand: NOHCD.
SET LAN
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] New ACCOUNTING ON and ACCOUNTING OFF operands allow
Class B users to control whether accounting records are to be created for
the LAN being defined.
SET LOADDEV
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] New operand allows Class G users to specify the SCPDATA to be
passed to the program to be loaded during a guest IPL.
SET MACHINE
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [4.1.0] 370 operand no longer supported.
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New message: HCP1016E.
SET MDCACHE
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Supports defining a minidisk cache larger than 2 GB for
z/Architecture virtual machines.
SET NOTRANS
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Command has been removed. V=R virtual machine is no longer
supported.
SET NVS
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Message removed: HCP2601E. I/O assist is not supported.
SET PROMPT
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Operand removed: AFTER_POWEROFF.
SET RDEVICE
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New messages: HCP6580E, HCP6862E, HCP6870E.
SET RDEVICE Integrated
Communication Adapters
INCOMPATIBLE:
SET RDEVICE Tape Units
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Operands removed: TYPE ICA_BSC and TYPE ICA_SDLC
v [5.1.0] Operands removed: 3420 and the associated MODEL and
DUAL_DENSITY
SET SECUSER
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.2.0] New message: HCP017E.
SET VSWITCH
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] 'ANY' is not supported as a value for vlanid. It was formerly the
default. The default VLAN for the user is now the VLAN ID specified on the
DEFINE VSWITCH command or configuration statement.
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] New operand: PORTType.
102
z/VM: Migration Guide
CP Interfaces
Table 15. Changes to CP Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
SHUTDOWN
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] ORIGIN operand is accepted when loading z/VM V5R1 or later CP,
but CP will relocate itself to location X'2000'.
v [5.1.0] Messages removed: HCP6880E, HCP9403E, HCP9405E,
HCP9415I, HCP9417I, HCP9418E.
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New operand: WAIT.
v [3.1.0] If REIPL is specified, an automatic warmstart is done from a CP
module, not a nucleus.
v [4.3.0] New operands to cancel a scheduled shutdown or send a shutdown
signal to users.
SPTAPE
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Command has been removed. SPTAPE is not supported. Tapes
created with SPTAPE on an earlier VM system cannot be restored to a
z/VM V5R1 or later system.
SPXTAPE (in general)
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] New message: HCP1917E.
STORE (in general)
INCOMPATIBLE:
v See STORE commands listed below.
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Message HCP6150E may specify z/Architecture mode.
v [3.1.0] New operands: PSWA, PSWG.
v Also see STORE commands listed below.
STORE ESA/XC Storage
See STORE Guest Storage (ESA/XC).
STORE Guest Storage (ESA/XC)
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New operands for indirect addressing and storing data in ASCII
format.
v [3.1.0] Supports 64-bit addressing.
STORE Guest Storage (ESA/390)
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New operands for indirect addressing and storing data in ASCII
format.
v [3.1.0] Supports 64-bit addressing.
v [3.1.0] New z/Architecture version of this command.
STORE Host Storage
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New operands for indirect addressing and storing data in ASCII
format.
v [3.1.0] Supports 64-bit addressing.
STORE PSW
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [4.1.0] Operands removed: CAW, CSW. 370 virtual machines are not
supported.
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] For a z/Architecture guest, translates an ESA/390 format PSW into
a z/Architecture format PSW (if the SET PSWTRANS ALL or SET
PSWTRANS STORE command was previously issued).
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
103
CP Interfaces
Table 15. Changes to CP Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
STORE (Registers)
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Text of message HCP6150E has changed.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] New operands: FPC hexword.
v [2.4.0] Yreg operands accept register numbers 0-15 if the IEEE Floating
Point hardware feature is installed on the processor.
v [2.4.0] New messages: HCP6153E, HCP6154E.
v [3.1.0] New operands: GGreg1, GHreg1, XGreg1, XHreg1.
v [3.1.0] Message HCP6150E may specify z/Architecture mode.
STORE STATUS
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] Stores the address of the extended save area at address 212
(X'D4'). This save area contains floating-point registers 0-15 and the
floating-point control register.
v [3.1.0] Stores virtual machine data for a z/Architecture virtual machine.
SYNCMDRS
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Message removed: HCP2601E. I/O assist is not supported.
SYSTEM
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Stores virtual machine data for a z/Architecture virtual machine.
TERMINAL (in general)
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.4.0] New operands: SYS3270, SYSGRAF
TRACE (in general)
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.2.0] New message: HCP1038E.
v [5.1.0] Messages removed: HCP1038E, HCP1039E.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] New command responses.
v [2.4.0] New response for floating-point register information.
v [3.1.0] Message HCP6150E may specify z/Architecture mode.
v [3.1.0] New operand: GG.
v [3.1.0] New option: ASCE.
v [3.1.0] New response formats for 64-bit.
v [4.3.0] New operand: AIF.
v Also see TRACE commands listed below.
TRACE mnemonic1
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] New mnemonic: BSA.
v [3.1.0] New mnemonics: EPSW, LCTLG, LPSWE, STCTG, STFL, STSI.
TRACE TABLE
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New response formats for 64-bit.
TRSAVE
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] New message: HCP1917E.
TRSOURCE ID
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New values can be specified on the DL operand for 64-bit registers
or indirect addressing.
104
z/VM: Migration Guide
CP Interfaces
Table 15. Changes to CP Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
UNCOUPLE
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.4.0] Updated purpose to include virtual switch information and added a
new response.
UNDEDICATE
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Default of V=R user removed. USER operand must be specified.
V=R virtual machine is no longer supported.
v [5.1.0] Message removed: HCP893E.
UNLOCK
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [3.1.0] RIO370 operand no longer supported.
v [5.1.0] SYSTEM operand removed. The CP nucleus is no longer pageable.
Modules in the nucleus cannot be locked or unlocked.
v [5.1.0] SYMBOL and symbol operands have no effect. All symbols are now
considered resident (locked) and cannot be unlocked.
v [5.1.0] VIRT=REAL and V=R operands removed. The V=R area is not
supported.
v [5.1.0] Text of message HCP295E has changed.
v [5.1.0] Messages removed: HCP200E, HCP204E, HCP205I, HCP1556I.
VARY (Real Device)
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New message: HCP6861I.
v [4.3.0] New message: HCP1917E.
VMDUMP
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Can dump larger storage areas and discontiguous storage areas.
XAUTOLOG
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [4.1.0] 370 operand no longer supported.
v [5.1.0] Messages removed: HCP811I, HCP1508I, HCP1511I, HCP1556I.
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Can specify larger amount of storage on the STORAGE operand.
CP Utilities
Table 16 lists the CP utilities that have changed. Unless otherwise indicated, for
additional information see the z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference.
Table 16. Changes to CP Utilities
Utility
Changes
CPFMTXA
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Message removed: HCP6203E.
v [5.1.0] Fields in the FBA allocation map have been expanded to
accommodate larger disk sizes.
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] Allocation specifications for FBA devices, formerly limited to 6 digits,
now accept up to 9 digits.
v [5.1.0] TDSK, PERM, and PARM allocations may reside above page
16,777,215. DRCT, PAGE, and SPOL allocations may not reside above
page 16,777,215.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
105
CP Interfaces
Table 16. Changes to CP Utilities (continued)
Utility
Changes
DDR
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] NUCLEUS function statement removed. The CP nucleus cannot be
dumped to or restored from tape.
v [5.1.0] Messages removed: HCP722E, HCP723E, HCP724E.
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.2.0] New operand to compress DDR data: LZCOMPACT.
DIRECTXA
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.3.0] If a USER statement within the directory specifies a logical line edit
symbol that is not valid (a letter A-Z, number 0-9, or bytes X'OE' (shift out)
or X'0F' (shift in)), DIRECTXA issues message HCP786I, uses the system
default line edit symbol, and continues processing. If no error prevents the
directory from being written, DIRECTXA returns to CMS with RC=9.
v [5.1.0] A request for a V=R or V=F virtual machine in the directory file
being processed will result in the user being logged on as a V=V virtual
machine. V=R and V=F virtual machines are no longer supported.
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New operands: &SYSRES volid.
v [3.1.0] New message: HCP493E.
v [5.1.0] Supports larger FBA disk size in directory MDISK statements.
v [5.1.0] In the response, the release level value has changed.
HCPLDR
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Operands removed: 370, ESA, XA, XC. All modules created with
HCPLDR will run in ESA, XA, and XC virtual machines. 370 virtual
machines are not supported.
v [5.1.0] RLDSAVE operand is accepted when generating the CP module but
has no effect. The CP nucleus is no longer relocatable. CP will always
relocate itself to location X'2000'.
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New operands: &SYSRES volid.
v [3.1.0] New message: HCP493E.
v [5.1.0] Output report “CSECT’S WITH SIZE GREATER THAN
CONDITIONAL PAGE BOUNDARY” is generated when the MAP option is
specified but the PAGEB option is not specified. For CP, only
@MAPSTART should be listed. Any other modules listed are in error.
v [5.1.0] In the response, the release level value has changed.
INSTVM
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] New operand: DVD.
106
z/VM: Migration Guide
CP Interfaces
Table 16. Changes to CP Utilities (continued)
Utility
Changes
SALIPL
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.2.0] Message HCP039E has been deleted and replaced by new
message HCP394E with the same text.
v [2.2.0] Date field on the file list panel displays the year with 4 digits.
v [5.1.0] ORIGIN option is accepted when loading CP for z/VM V5R1 or later,
and the default address of X'1000' still applies, but CP will relocate itself to
location X'2000'.
v [5.1.0] IPLPARMS value ARCH390 is ignored when IPLing a z/VM V5R1 or
later CP module because there is no 32-bit version.
v [5.1.0] The number of blocks on FBA DASD (SCSI or not) that SALIPL
uses for SAPL has increased. SALIPL now writes to blocks 5-207 on
CP-formatted FBA DASD. In previous releases, SALIPL wrote to blocks
5-31. You must ensure that no other functions (such as CP directory,
warmstart, checkpoint, paging, spooling, user minidisks, or CP parm disks)
are using the area to which SALIPL writes. Use ICKDSF or CPFMTXA to
allocate pages 4 through 25 as PERM.
v [5.1.0] On a CMS minidisk on FBA DASD, SALIPL now writes to blocks
5-207 of the RECOMP area. In previous releases, SALIPL used blocks
5-31. To accommodate the larger size of SAPL, you may need to increase
the size of the RECOMP area on the CMS minidisk.
Dynamic I/O Return Codes
Table 17 lists the dynamic I/O return codes that have changed. For additional
information, see z/VM: I/O Configuration.
Table 17. Changes to Dynamic I/O Return Codes
Return Code
Changes
0103
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] Issued if you tried to modify or delete an I/O control unit, but the
control unit number specified is associated with a coupling-facility control
unit.
v [5.1.0] Issued if you tried to modify or delete a coupling-facility control unit
but the control unit number specified is associated with an I/O control unit.
0105
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.2.0] Issued if the specified channel path for a FICON_CTC control unit is
not a FICON channel.
v [4.4.0] Issued if you tried to define or modify the I/O or coupling-facility
control unit with a mixture of shared and unshared channel paths (including
channel path that might be defined in other channel-subsystem images).
0107
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.2.0] Issued if more than one channel path is specified for a FICON_CTC
control unit.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
107
CP Interfaces
Table 17. Changes to Dynamic I/O Return Codes (continued)
Return Code
Changes
010D
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.4.0] Issued if you tried to add, delete, or change a control unit, but one
of the following occurred:
– For a channel path to which the specified I/O control unit is attached,
you exceeded the limit on the number of unit addresses supported for
that type of channel path.
– One or more of the specified channel paths for the specified I/O control
unit is a coupling-facility channel path.
– One or more of the specified channel paths for the specified
coupling-facility control unit is one of several types of
coupling-facility-receiver channel paths that is not dynamically
changeable on your machine model.
– Your machine model does not support the dynamic-I/O configuration
change that you requested.
– One or more of the specified channel paths for the specified
coupling-facility control unit is an I/O channel path.
– The combination of coupling-facility channel-path types that would result
from the requested change for the specified coupling-facility control unit
(including channel-path types defined in other channel-subsystem
images for the control unit) is not supported on your machine model.
0113
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.4.0] Issued if you tried to delete a coupling-facility control unit from your
configuration, but the the control unit is defined in more than one
channel-subsystem image.
DIAGNOSE Codes
Table 18 lists the DIAGNOSE codes that have changed. For additional information,
see z/VM: CP Programming Services.
Table 18. Changes to DIAGNOSE Codes
Code
Changes
X'00'
Storage Extended Identification
Code
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] In the program product bit map, bit 13 (X'0004000000000000')
indicates whether Year 2000 support is present in CP.
v [3.1.0] In the execution environment field of the extended-identification
code bit map, bit 1 (formerly reserved) indicates the CP image that is
running: 0=32-bit, 1=64-bit.
v [5.1.0] Licensed program bit map field of the extended-identification code
bit map contains a new value to indicate the new product level.
v [5.1.0] Release information field of the extended-identification code bit map
contains the new release level.
X'04'
Examine Real Storage
Upwardly compatible:
X'08'
Virtual Console Function
Upwardly compatible:
X'14'
Input Spool File Manipulation
Upwardly compatible:
108
z/VM: Migration Guide
v [3.1.0] Supports 64-bit addressing.
v [4.3.0] Supports 64-bit addressing.
v [2.2.0] For subcodes X'0004', X'0008', X'0FFE', and X'0FFF', a one-byte
century indicator was added to the SFBLOK data area.
CP Interfaces
Table 18. Changes to DIAGNOSE Codes (continued)
Code
Changes
X'44'
Voluntary Time Slice End
Upwardly compatible:
X'4C'
Generate Accounting Records
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] Supports 64-bit addressing.
v [4.3.0] Supports 64-bit addressing.
v [4.3.0] New accounting record identification code: C’CC’ — the virtual
machine network data transmission records.
X'64'
Upwardly compatible:
Named Saved Segment Manipulation v [4.1.0] For exit with error, return code X'54D' is reserved (not used).
X'7C'
Logical Device Support Facility
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] For the INITIATE function, bit 3 of the first byte of Rx+1 indicates
that Ry+1 contains the IP address associated with the logical device.
v [4.4.0] Bit 4 of Ry+1 points to a 16-byte field containing an IPv6 address. If
bit 3 is on, bit 4 is ignored.
X'84'
Directory Update-in-Place
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.3.0] For EDITCHAR operation, letters A-Z, numbers 0-9, and bytes
X'OE' (shift out) and X'0F' (shift in) cannot be specified as logical line edit
symbols (line-end, line-delete, character-delete, and escape).
v [5.1.0] For MACHINE operation, 370 option is not valid. 370 virtual
machines are not supported.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] Can now replace the user’s default date format setting.
v [2.2.0] New operation: DATEFMT.
v [2.2.0] New return codes due to new function (in hex): 122, 123, 124.
v [5.1.0] For OPTIONS operation, Virt=real option is ignored. V=R virtual
machine is not supported.
v [5.1.0] Return code X'108' is reserved (not used). V=R and V=F virtual
machines are not supported.
X'90'
Read Symbol Table
Upwardly compatible:
X'98'
Real I/O
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Condition code 1 no longer returned. All symbols are now resident.
v [5.1.0] Cannot be used in 24-bit addressing mode.
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New subfunctions: BLOCK DIAGNOSE, MULTIPLE REQUEST
BLOCK.
v [5.1.0] For the LOCK and UNLOCK subfunctions, return code 1 is reserved
(not used). V=R and V=F virtual machines are not supported.
v [5.1.0] For the LOCK subfunction, return code 3 is reserved (not used).
24-bit addressing mode guests cannot use this DIAGNOSE code, and 370
virtual machines are not supported.
v [5.1.0] For the Block Diagnose X'98' subfunction, global return code 2 is
reserved (not used). V=R and V=F virtual machines are not supported.
v [5.1.0] For the Block Diagnose X'98' subfunction, global return codes 3 and
4 are reserved (not used). 24-bit addressing mode guests cannot use this
DIAGNOSE code, and 370 virtual machines are not supported.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
109
CP Interfaces
Table 18. Changes to DIAGNOSE Codes (continued)
Code
Changes
X'BC'
Open and Query Spool File
Characteristics
Upwardly compatible:
X'D8'
Read Spool File Blocks
Upwardly compatible:
X'DC'
Control Application Monitor
Record Collection
Upwardly compatible:
X'210'
Retrieve Device Information
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] A byte code X'0C' of the VRDCBLOK control block has been added
so that application programs can find out the underlying real hardware
associated with tape devices operating in emulation mode.
v [3.1.0] New messages: HCP2327I, HCP2328I, HCP2340I, HCP2341I,
HCP2342I, HCP2343I, HCP2344I, HCP2345I, HCP2346I, HCP2347I,
HCP2348I, HCP2349I, HCP2350I, HCP2351I, HCP2352I, HCP2353I,
HCP2354I, HCP2355I, HCP2356I, HCP2357I, HCP2358I, HCP2359I,
HCP2360I, HCP2361I, HCP2362I, HCP6365I.
v [4.4.0] New VRDCUNDV values for the 3590 Model H.
v [5.1.0] New VRDCUNDV values for the 3592 Model J.
X'254'
Access Real Subsystem
INCOMPATIBLE:
X'258'
Page-Reference Services
Upwardly compatible:
X'270'
Pseudo Timer Extended
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] Depending on the specified buffer length, following the SECLABEL
field the user’s buffer will include the full (4-digit-year) date and the ISO
date.
v [2.2.0] For subcode X'0000', a one-byte century indicator was added to the
SFBLOK data area.
v [4.3.0] Supports 64-bit addressing.
v [4.3.0] This DIAGNOSE code is no longer supported as a Programming
Interface for customers.
v [4.3.0] Supports 64-bit addressing.
v [2.4.0] Output has been expanded to include the version of DIAGNOSE
code X'270', the user’s default date format, and the system default date
format.
CP Macros
This section identifies the CP macros that have changed. It contains the following
subsections:
v System Definition Macros
v “IUCV Functions” on page 111
v “APPCVM Macro Functions” on page 111
v “VM Data Space Macros” on page 111
v “Other CP Macros” on page 112
System Definition Macros
Table 19 lists the System Definition macros that have changed.
110
z/VM: Migration Guide
CP Interfaces
Table 19. Changes to System Definition Macros
Macro
Changes
SYSRES
INCOMPATIBLE
v [5.1.0] SYSVOL, SYSRES, SYSTYPE, and SYSNUC parameters are
ignored. CP cannot be IPLed from a nucleus, only from a module on the
parms disk.
SYSSTORE
INCOMPATIBLE
v [3.1.0] RIO370 parameter removed.
v [5.1.0] Parameters removed: VRSIZE, VRFREE. The V=R area and V=R
recovery area are not supported.
IUCV Functions
There are no changes to IUCV functions.
APPCVM Macro Functions
There are no changes to APPCVM macro functions.
VM Data Space Macros
Table 20 lists the VM data space macros that have changed. For additional
information, see z/VM: CP Programming Services.
Table 20. Changes to VM Data Space Macros
Macro
Changes
ADRSPACE
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] Operation exception cannot occur. 370 virtual machines are not
supported.
ADRSPACE ISOLATE
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] MACHINE=370 parameter has no supported function. 370 virtual
machines are not supported.
ADRSPACE PERMIT
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] MACHINE=370 parameter has no supported function. 370 virtual
machines are not supported.
ADRSPACE QUERY
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] MACHINE=370 parameter has no supported function. 370 virtual
machines are not supported.
ALSERV
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] Operation exception cannot occur. 370 virtual machines are not
supported.
ALSERV ADD
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] MACHINE=370 parameter has no supported function. 370 virtual
machines are not supported.
ALSERV REMOVE
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] MACHINE=370 parameter has no supported function. 370 virtual
machines are not supported.
MAPMDISK
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] Operation exception cannot occur. 370 virtual machines are not
supported.
REFPAGE
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] Operation exception cannot occur. 370 virtual machines are not
supported.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
111
CP Interfaces
Table 20. Changes to VM Data Space Macros (continued)
Macro
Changes
VMUDQ
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] MACHINE=370 parameter has no supported function. 370 virtual
machines are not supported.
Other CP Macros
Table 21 lists the other CP macros that have changed. For additional information,
see z/VM: CP Exit Customization.
Table 21. Changes to Other CP Macros
Macro
Changes
HCPCALL
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] HCPCALL now ensures that no extra positional parameters are
specified. If any are found, the following message is displayed:
MNOTE 8, 'Extra positional parameter: pppppppp'
If pppppppp is blank, this message could indicate that incorrect
continuation was used on the HCPCALL invocation.
HCPPROLG
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] PAGEABLE attribute is not supported. All CP modules must be
resident. If PAGEABLE is specified, CP changes the attribute to
RESIDENT.
HCPTKDEF
Parser Token Definition
Upwardly compatible:
MDLATENT
Exit Entry Definition
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.4.0] New conversion type: INSTRUCT.
v [5.1.0] PAGEABLE parameter is not supported and has been removed. All
modules included in the CP nucleus are resident.
v [5.1.0] NUCLEUS=ESA390 parameter is not supported and has been
removed. The CP nucleus is 64-bit only.
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] RESIDENT parameter is now the default.
v [5.1.0] FULLREG parameter is retained for compatibility and is equivalent
to LONGREG.
v [5.1.0] NUCLEUS=BOTH parameter is retained for compatibility and is still
the default, but it is now equivalent to NUCLEUS=ESAME.
CP System Services
Table 22 lists the CP system services that have changed. For additional information
see z/VM: CP Programming Services.
Table 22. Changes to CP System Services
System Service
Changes
*LOGREC
Error Logging System Service
Upwardly compatible:
*RPI
Access Verification System Service
INCOMPATIBLE:
112
z/VM: Migration Guide
v [5.1.0] New record added: Special VM Record (SVMR).
v [5.1.0] ACI entry points HCPRPDEP, HCPDA0RL, HCPDA0UL, and
HCPDA0MC are no longer pageable.
CP Interfaces
CPXLOAD Directives
Table 23 lists the CPXLOAD directives that have changed. For additional
information see z/VM: CP Programming Services.
Table 23. Changes to CPXLOAD Directives
Directive
Changes
OPTIONS
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] LOCK and NOLOCK operands no longer have any effect. The CP
nucleus, including dynamically loaded CP routines, is now completely
resident.
VM Dump Tool
This section identifies the VM Dump Tool functions that have changed. It contains
the following subsections:
v VM Dump Tool Command, Subcommands, and Macros
v “VM Dump Tool Messages” on page 115
VM Dump Tool Command, Subcommands, and Macros
Table 24 lists changes to the VM Dump Tool command, subcommands, and
macros. For additional information, see z/VM: VM Dump Tool.
Table 24. Changes to VM Dump Tool Command, Subcommands, and Macros
Function
Changes
VMDUMPTL command
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [4.4.0] Message HCQ031W changed to HCQ031E.
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] New messages: HCQ001W, HCQ006W, HCQ011W, HCQ012W,
HCQ040E, HCQ049E.
v [4.4.0] New messages: HCQ106E, HCQ107E, HCQ108E, HCQ109E,
HCQ112E, HCQ113E, HCQ114E.
v [5.1.0] New message: HCQ007E
BLOCK macro
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] New options for the FIELDS operand.
v [4.4.0] New messages: HCQ090I, HCQ111E.
CPEBK subcommand
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] Now accepts up to 17 characters of input.
CALLERS macro
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] Now accepts up to 17 characters of input.
DISPLAY subcommand
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [4.4.0] Output from the DISPLAY subcommand, when issued from a macro,
is now the same as DISPLAY subcommand output when the subcommand
is issued from the command line.
EXTRACT subcommand
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] The DFIR/DFIZ and SYMPTOM operands require a decimal value.
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] New options: MAPA, MAPN, and DISPL.
v [5.1.0] New message: HCQ121E.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
113
CP Interfaces
Table 24. Changes to VM Dump Tool Command, Subcommands, and Macros (continued)
Function
Changes
FRAMES subcommand
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] New message: HCQ127I.
GREGS subcommand
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] New operands: MAP, NOMAP, LONG, SHORT.
INDQ subcommand
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] This subcommand is no longer supported.
LOCATE subcommand
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] New message: HCQ004W.
MAP subcommand
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] New messages: HCQ086E, HCQ087E, HCP088E, HCQ100I,
HCQ101E, HCP102E, HCP103E, HCP104I, HCP105E.
v [5.1.0] New messages: HCQ116W, HCQ117E, HCQ118E, HCQ123E,
HCQ124E, HCQ126I.
QUERY subcommand
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.4.0] New operands: DVFMACRO, IMPDVF.
v [5.1.0] New operand: DEBUG.
RDEVBK subcommand
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] The output now displays the addresses of significant related control
blocks rather than the storage of the control blocks.
RSCH subcommand
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] The output now displays the addresses of significant related control
blocks rather than the storage of the control blocks.
SET subcommand
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.4.0] New operands: DVFMACRO, IMPDVF, XEDITPRE.
v [4.4.0] New message: HCQ110E.
v [5.1.0] New operand: DEBUG.
SETVAR subcommand
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] New operand: WORD.
TRACE subcommand
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] New messages: HCP047W, HCQ074E.
v [5.1.0] The FROM and TO operands no longer check the frame type.
These operands can now be used when the frame table is not available.
VDEVBK subcommand
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] The output now displays the addresses of significant related control
blocks rather than the storage of the control blocks.
VIRTUAL macro
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.4.0] New operand: DETAILS.
VMDBK subcommand
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [4.4.0] Message HCQ018E changed to HCQ018I.
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] New message: HCQ018E.
VMDSCAN macro
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.4.0] New operand: userid.
114
z/VM: Migration Guide
CP Interfaces
Table 24. Changes to VM Dump Tool Command, Subcommands, and Macros (continued)
Function
Changes
VSCH subcommand
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] The output now displays the addresses of significant related control
blocks rather than the storage of the control blocks.
VM Dump Tool Messages
The following VM Dump Tool messages have changed text. For additional
information, see z/VM: System Messages and Codes - CP.
[4.3.0]
[4.3.0]
[4.3.0]
[4.3.0]
[4.3.0]
[4.3.0]
[4.3.0]
[4.3.0]
[5.1.0]
HCQ001E
HCQ006E
HCQ009E
HCQ011E
HCQ012E
HCQ018E
HCQ021E
HCQ027E
HCQ031E
[4.3.0]
[4.3.0]
[4.3.0]
[4.3.0]
[4.4.0]
[4.3.0]
[4.3.0]
[4.3.0]
[4.4.0]
HCQ034E
HCQ039E
HCQ041E
HCQ045W
HCQ055E
HCQ059E
HCQ061E
HCQ071E
HCQ073E
[4.3.0]
[4.3.0]
[4.3.0]
[4.3.0]
[5.1.0]
[4.4.0]
[4.4.0]
[4.3.0]
HCQ074E
HCQ077W
HCQ085E
HCQ092E
HCQ088E
HCQ093E
HCQ094E
HCQ099E
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
115
CP Interfaces
CP Messages
The following CP messages do not exist in z/VM V5R1:
HCP198I
HCP200E
HCP202I
HCP203E
HCP204E
HCP352W
HCP353W
HCP354W
HCP407I
HCP408E
HCP412E
HCP416I
HCP543A
HCP648E
HCP722E
HCP723E
HCP724E
HCP811I
HCP813I
HCP820E
HCP825E
HCP828W
HCP893E
HCP972W
HCP1038E
HCP1039E
HCP1106I
HCP1161I
HCP1357E
HCP1365E
HCP1375I
HCP1450E
HCP1508I
HCP1511I
HCP1555E
HCP1556I
HCP1557E
HCP1602W
HCP1605W
HCP1606W
HCP1607W
HCP1609W
HCP2161I
HCP2578E
HCP2601E
HCP6055E
HCP6203E
HCP6232E
HCP6541E
HCP6748E
HCP6749E
HCP6752I
HCP6766E
HCP6767E
HCP6775E
HCP6788E
HCP6880E
HCP8039S
HCP8167E
HCP8306E
HCP8307E
HCP8308E
HCP8309E
HCP8310E
HCP8319E
HCP8320E
HCP8321E
HCP8322R
HCP8323R
HCP8346I
HCP8348I
HCP8359W
HCP8360A
HCP8363E
HCP8391I
HCP8396E
HCP8397E
HCP8406E
HCP8408E
HCP8409I
HCP8410E
HCP8413I
HCP8415W
HCP8418I
HCP8420R
HCP8444E
HCP8448E
HCP8485I
HCP8486I
HCP8487I
HCP8489I
HCP8501E
HCP8611T
HCP9010W
HCP9016W
HCP9026W
HCP9027W
HCP9028W
HCP9029W
HCP9400I
HCP9401I
HCP9402E
HCP9403E
HCP9404I
HCP9405E
HCP9406I
HCP9407I
HCP9408E
HCP9409E
HCP9410I
HCP9411I
HCP9412E
HCP9413I
HCP9414I
HCP9415I
HCP9417I
HCP9418E
HCP9419E
HCP9420E
HCP9421E
HCP9422E
The following CP messages have changed text. For additional information, see
z/VM: System Messages and Codes - CP.
Note: If a message has changed in more than one release, only the latest release
is indicated.
116
z/VM: Migration Guide
CP Interfaces
[4.2.0]
[4.2.0]
[5.1.0]
[5.1.0]
[4.2.0]
[4.2.0]
[4.2.0]
[3.1.0]
[2.3.0]
[4.2.0]
[5.1.0]
[2.4.0]
[5.1.0]
[5.1.0]
[5.1.0]
[5.1.0]
[2.4.0]
[2.4.0]
[2.4.0]
[2.4.0]
[4.2.0]
[4.3.0]
HCP006E
HCP047E
HCP260E
HCP295E
HCP296E
HCP319E
HCP332E
HCP513I
HCP580I
HCP728E
HCP824E
HCP1003E
HCP1016E
HCP1350E
HCP1368E
HCP1512E
HCP1706I
HCP1709E
HCP1710E
HCP1711I
HCP1914E
HCP2090I
[4.3.0]
[4.3.0]
[2.4.0]
[2.2.0]
[4.2.0]
[4.2.0]
[4.2.0]
[4.3.0]
[4.4.0]
[4.4.0]
[4.4.0]
[4.4.0]
[4.4.0]
[5.1.0]
[4.2.0]
[4.2.0]
[4.2.0]
[4.2.0]
[5.1.0]
[5.1.0]
[3.1.0]
HCP2091I
HCP2092E
HCP2234E
HCP2252E
HCP2511A
HCP2515E
HCP2601E
HCP2768E
HCP2782E
HCP2783E
HCP2784E
HCP2788E
HCP2793E
HCP2797E
HCP2800E
HCP2801E
HCP2805E
HCP2806E
HCP2815I
HCP2817I
HCP2819E
[5.1.0]
[5.1.0]
[5.1.0]
[3.1.0]
[5.1.0]
[4.3.0]
[2.4.0]
[5.1.0]
[4.4.0]
[5.1.0]
[4.2.0]
[4.2.0]
[5.1.0]
[2.4.0]
[5.1.0]
[4.2.0]
[5.1.0]
[5.1.0]
[5.1.0]
[5.1.0]
[5.1.0]
HCP2830I
HCP2832E
HCP2838W
HCP5769E
HCP6011E
HCP6024E
HCP6111I
HCP6150E
HCP6706E
HCP6751E
HCP6768I
HCP6769I
HCP6770E
HCP6789E
HCP6844E
HCP6850E
HCP6855E
HCP6870E
HCP9037W
HCP9039W
HCP9254E
CMS Changes
This section identifies the changes to CMS external interfaces. It contains the
following subsections:
v General CMS Commands
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
“CMS Utilities” on page 123
“CMS File Pool Administration and Operator Commands” on page 123
“OPENVM Commands” on page 124
“XEDIT Subcommands” on page 124
“CMS Pipelines” on page 125
“CMS Routines” on page 126
“CMS Macros” on page 133
“HELP Facility” on page 136
“CMS Messages” on page 139
General CMS Commands
Table 25 lists the general CMS commands that have changed. For additional
information, see the z/VM: CMS Commands and Utilities Reference.
Table 25. Changes to General CMS Commands
Command
Changes
BROWSE
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Screen layout has been adjusted to accommodate larger file and
disk sizes.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
117
CMS Interfaces
Table 25. Changes to General CMS Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
CMSDESK
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.2.0] Message DMS2302E replaced by new format of DMS622E, same
return code.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] Supports three date formats: short date, full date, ISO date.
v [2.2.0] Display of the contents of the File Manager application has been
changed.
v [2.2.0] Displays a toolbar on the applications.
v [2.2.0] New and changed menu items for some applications.
v [3.1.0] See “Graphical User Interface (GUI) Facility Changes [3.1.0]” on
page 46.
CONV2WD
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Command has been removed.
COPYFILE
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.2.0] New message: DMS516E.
CREATE DIRECTORY
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New message for authorization failure from ESM: DMS1331E.
CSLLIST
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] When an = or ? is typed as the first character in the “Cmd” area of
a line in the CSLLIST display screen, all characters following the = or ? are
ignored.
CSLMAP
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] When an = or ? is typed as the first character in the “Cmd” area of
a line in the CSLMAP display screen, all characters following the = or ? are
ignored.
DEFAULTS
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New options supported as parameters for FILELIST and RDRLIST:
VMDATE, SHORTDATE, FULLDATE, ISODATE.
v [2.3.0] New options supported as parameters for NETDATA: VMDATE,
SHORTDATE, FULLDATE, ISODATE.
DIRLIST
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] When an = or ? is typed as the first character in the “Cmd” area of
a line in the DIRLIST display screen, all characters following the = or ? are
ignored.
ERASE
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New message for authorization failure from ESM: DMS1332E.
FILEDEF
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New option: LIBSRV.
v [2.4.0] Allows LRECL definitions up to 65535 bytes for OS variable
spanned records (under XLRI processing) and non-OS CMS files.
v [2.4.0] Allows BLKSIZE definitions up to 65535 bytes for non-OS CMS
files.
118
z/VM: Migration Guide
CMS Interfaces
Table 25. Changes to General CMS Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
FILELIST
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.2.0] When FILELIST is specified with the SHARE option, if a
pre-VM/ESA 2.2.0 profile (PROFFSHR XEDIT) resides on a disk accessed
ahead of the S-disk, sorts by date or size will not work. IBM recommends
that you recreate all non-system FILELIST profiles. See Appendix A of the
z/VM: CMS Commands and Utilities Reference.
v [2.2.0] If you file the file created by FILELIST, that file might contain new
and changed fields (on the far right).
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New options to specify date format: VMDATE, SHORTDATE,
FULLDATE, ISODATE.
v [2.2.0] BEFORE date and AFTER date options support 4-digit years.
v [2.2.0] Screens and responses support 4-digit years.
v [2.2.0] If a date format option is not specified on the FILELIST command,
the CMS DEFAULTS date format setting for FILELIST will be used.
v [2.3.0] When an = or ? is typed as the first character in the “Cmd” area of
a line in the FILELIST display screen, all characters following the = or ?
are ignored.
FLIST
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Screen layout has been adjusted to accommodate larger file and
disk sizes.
GENMOD
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] 370 option removed. 370 virtual machines are not supported.
GLOBAL
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New message for duplicate library name in input list: DMS045W.
The duplicates are ignored.
HELP
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [4.4.0] HELP components removed: CMSUTIL, CPOTHER, CPUTIL,
SOCKETS. CPOTHER (HELPCPOT) files renamed to HELPCP.
v [5.1.0] HELP components removed: SPTAPE, SRPI, VMADMIN.
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.4.0] HELP components added: BOOTPD, DHCPD, DNS, FTP,
GDDMXD, HELP, IMAPADM, LE, LPD, MPROUTE, MROUTINE, NFS,
RTE, SMTP, SNMP, SSLADMIN, TCPIP, TELNET, TFTD, TFTP, UFTD,
X25IPI.
v [5.1.0] HELP component added: FCX.
IDENTIFY
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New options to specify date format: SHORTDATE, FULLDATE,
ISODATE.
v [2.2.0] Responses support 4-digit years.
v [2.2.0] If the user’s default date format is changed from SHORTDATE to
FULLDATE or ISODATE, and a date format option is not specified on the
IDENTIFY command, the output from IDENTIFY uses the new default date
format. This causes the date to be expanded to include the 4-digit year and
also causes fields to the right of the date to be shifted.
v [2.3.0] New option for TCP/IP mail integration: TCPIP.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
119
CMS Interfaces
Table 25. Changes to General CMS Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
LISTDS
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] New options to specify date format: VMDATE, SHORTDATE,
FULLDATE, ISODATE.
v [2.3.0] Responses support 4-digit years.
v [2.3.0] If the user’s default date format is changed to FULLDATE or
ISODATE, and the SHORTDATE option is not specified on the LISTDS
command, any output from LISTDS with dates uses the new default date
format. This causes the dates to be expanded to include the 4-digit year
and also causes fields to be shifted.
LISTFILE
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.4.0] Message DMS550E changed to DMS765E.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New options to specify date format: SHORTDATE, FULLDATE,
ISODATE.
v [2.2.0] BEFORE date and AFTER date options support 4-digit years.
v [2.2.0] Responses support 4-digit years.
v [2.2.0] If the user’s default date format is changed from SHORTDATE to
FULLDATE or ISODATE, and a date format option is not specified on the
LISTFILE command, any output from LISTFILE with dates uses the new
default date format. This causes the dates to be expanded to include the
4-digit year and also causes fields to be shifted.
LKED
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] Defaults for value1 and value2 on the SIZE option have been
increased to 400K and 100K, respectively.
LOAD
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New message for insufficient storage above 16 MB: DMS891W.
LOADMOD
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.2.0] Changed message (new text possible): DMS639E.
MACLIST
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] When an = or ? is typed as the first character in the “Cmd” area of
a line in the MACLIST display screen, all characters following the = or ?
are ignored.
MACLMIG
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Command has been removed.
MOVEFILE
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] Can process OS variable spanned records (under XLRI processing)
and non-OS CMS files with record lengths up to 65535 bytes.
v [2.4.0] Adjusts output file sizes for compatibility between CMS and OS.
v [2.4.0] Allows greater FILEDEF default flexibility for file attributes (RECFM,
LRECL, BLKSIZE).
v [2.4.0] If default size values are used, fixes record truncation problems
when moving data files from fixed to variable format.
v [2.4.0] New message: DMS1116E.
v [4.4.0] Message DMS2139I has additional text.
120
z/VM: Migration Guide
CMS Interfaces
Table 25. Changes to General CMS Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
NETDATA
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] New options to specify date format: VMDATE, SHORTDATE,
FULLDATE, ISODATE.
v [2.3.0] Supports 4-digit-year date formats for entries in the userid NETLOG
file.
v [2.3.0] Responses support 4-digit years.
v [2.3.0] If the user’s default date format is changed to FULLDATE or
ISODATE, and the SHORTDATE option is not specified on the NETDATA
command, any output from NETDATA with dates uses the new default date
format. This causes the dates to be expanded to include the 4-digit year
and also causes fields to be shifted.
NOTE
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [4.4.0] In the Date field of the note header, the name of the time zone has
been replaced with the offset from Coordinated Universal Time (UTC),
zzzzz. The first character is a plus (+) or minus (−), indicating whether the
local time is ahead of (east of) or behind (west of) UTC. The next two
characters (digits) indicate the number of hours difference from UTC. The
last two characters (digits) indicate the number of additional minutes
difference from UTC.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] In the Date field of the note header, the year is now displayed with
four digits.
v [2.3.0] TCP/IP domain names accepted as user IDs or as the resolution of
nicknames.
v [2.3.0] Supports 4-digit-year date formats for entries in the userid NETLOG
file.
NUCXLOAD
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.2.0] Changed message (new text possible): DMS639E.
PEEK
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] TCP/IP origin domain name address used when available and
shown on PEEK message line for origin within current space and
formatting limitations.
PIPE
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.3.0] All CMS Pipelines messages have a new prefix, and many
messages have new numbers and text. See Appendix A, “CMS Pipelines
Message Cross-Reference [2.3.0],” on page 183.
Upwardly compatible:
v See “CMS Pipelines Stages, Subcommands, and Macros” on page 125.
QUERY (in general)
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New operand: TAPENEVR.
v [4.3.0] New operand: TAPECSL.
v [5.1.0] New operands: EDEVICE, HYPERSWAP.
v See QUERY commands below.
QUERY CMSLEVEL
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] In the response, the CMS level value has changed.
QUERY CMSREL
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] In the response, the release level value has changed.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
121
CMS Interfaces
Table 25. Changes to General CMS Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
QUERY FILEDEF
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] New operand, ATTRIBUT, and its response.
RDRLIST
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.2.0] If you file the file created by RDRLIST, that file might contain new
and changed fields (on the far right).
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New options to specify date format: VMDATE, SHORTDATE,
FULLDATE, ISODATE.
v [2.2.0] Screen supports 4-digit years.
v [2.2.0] If a date format option is not specified on the RDRLIST command,
the CMS DEFAULTS date format setting for RDRLIST will be used.
v [2.3.0] When an = or ? is typed as the first character in the “Cmd” area of
a line in the RDRLIST display screen, all characters following the = or ?
are ignored.
v [2.3.0] TCP/IP origin domain name address used when available and
shown on the RDRLIST panel origin area within current space and
formatting limitations.
RECEIVE
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] Supports 4-digit-year date formats for entries in the userid NETLOG
file.
SADT
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Screen layout has been adjusted to accommodate larger file and
disk sizes.
SENDFILE
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] TCP/IP domain names accepted as user IDs or as the resolution of
nicknames.
v [2.3.0] New options to specify the transmission method: SMTP, MIME,
UFTSYNC, UFTASYNC.
v [2.3.0] Supports 4-digit-year date formats for entries in the userid NETLOG
file.
SET (in general)
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New operand: TAPENEVR.
v [4.3.0] New operand: TAPECSL.
TAPE
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] If the tape is under the control of a Tape Library Dataserver
machine, and the DFSMS/VM Removable Media Services (RMS)
FSMPPSI CSLLIB is available to CMS, the RUN (rewind and unload)
function of TAPE calls the RMS FSMRMDMT (Demount) CSL routine to
have the Dataserver unmount the tape.
v [2.2.0] Added message for Tape Library Dataserver support: DMS2147W.
v [4.4.0] Message DMS2139I has additional text.
TELL
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] Accepts a TCP/IP domain name as part of the destination
information.
122
z/VM: Migration Guide
CMS Interfaces
Table 25. Changes to General CMS Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
VMFPLC2
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] If the tape is under the control of a Tape Library Dataserver
machine, and the DFSMS/VM Removable Media Services (RMS)
FSMPPSI CSLLIB is available to CMS, the RUN (rewind and unload)
function of VMFPLC2 calls the RMS FSMRMDMT (Demount) CSL routine
to have the Dataserver unmount the tape.
v [2.2.0] Added message for Tape Library Dataserver support: DMS2147W.
v [4.4.0] Message DMS2139I has additional text.
VMLINK
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [3.1.0] Previously, parameters passed to exits were automatically
uppercased before the exit was called. Now they remain in the case
entered by the user.
v [4.4.0] A file mode extension specified in the *MODES record in the control
file is no longer ignored. It is used unless overridden by the command line
or by the :product tag in the NAMES file.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] When an = or ? is typed as the first character in the “Cmd” area of
a line in the VMLINK display screen, all characters following the = or ? are
ignored.
v [3.1.0] New variables: .EX, .PX.
v [3.1.0] Error message returned for each failing INVOKE command.
v [3.1.0] Message DMS2062I includes the name of the nickname being used
when the QUERY option is processed.
v [3.1.0] Additional changes to operation and documentation. See “VMLINK
Improvements [3.1.0]” on page 46.
v [4.4.0] An asterisk (*) or equals sign (=) can be specified in the *MODES
record in the control file to indicate that the default search order, Z-A,
should be used.
CMS Utilities
Table 26 lists the CMS utilities that have changed. For additional information, see
the z/VM: CMS Commands and Utilities Reference.
Table 26. Changes to CMS Utilities
Utility
Changes
DIRMAP
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Screen layout has been adjusted to accommodate larger file and
disk sizes.
QSYSOWN
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Screen layout has been adjusted to accommodate larger file and
disk sizes.
CMS File Pool Administration and Operator Commands
Table 27 lists the CMS file pool administration and operator commands that have
changed. For additional information, see z/VM: CMS File Pool Planning,
Administration, and Operation.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
123
CMS Interfaces
Table 27. Changes to CMS File Pool Administration and Operator Commands
Command
Changes
AUDIT
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New operands: fn ft, REPLACE.
v [2.2.0] Added messages: DMS024E, DMS1258E, DMS3253I, DMS3254E,
DMS3255E.
v [2.2.0] Changed message: DMS3470W (new text possible).
DELETE USER
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New options: DELAUTH | KEEPAUTH.
v [2.2.0] Added message: DMS2023E.
FILEPOOL RELOAD
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New message: DMS3455I.
FILEPOOL UNLOAD
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New message: DMS3455I.
OPENVM Commands
Table 28 lists the OPENVM commands that have changed. For additional
information, see the z/VM: OpenExtensions Commands Reference.
Table 28. Changes to OPENVM Commands
Command
Changes
OPENVM DEBUG
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New operands: ALL, NOALL, DUMP, NODUMP, FILEIO, NOFILEIO,
FLOW, NOFLOW, MOUNT, NOMOUNT, NFSREQUEST,
NONFSREQUEST, OTHER, NOOTHER, RPCBUFFERS,
NORPCBUFFERS, RPCLIBRARY, NORPCLIBRARY, WRAPSIZE 500,
WRAPSIZE n, FORMAT.
v [3.1.0] Supports tracing NFS and BFS Client events.
OPENVM MOUNT
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Supports new local NFS options.
OPENVM OWNER
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New operands: gid, uid.
OPENVM QUERY MOUNT
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New options: NODETAILS, DETAILS.
v [3.1.0] Supports mounted NFS file systems.
OPENVM RUN
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.2.0] Changed message (new text possible): DMS639E.
XEDIT Subcommands
Table 29 lists the XEDIT subcommands that have changed. For additional
information, see the z/VM: XEDIT Commands and Macros Reference.
124
z/VM: Migration Guide
CMS Interfaces
Table 29. Changes to XEDIT Subcommands
Subcommand
Changes
FILE
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Updated return codes: 32, 55.
v [3.1.0] New messages: 1019, 1020.
v [3.1.0] Supports mounted NFS file systems.
GET
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Added message 1019 and 1020; updated return code 32 and 55.
v [3.1.0] Supports mounted NFS file systems.
LOAD
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Added message 1019 and 1020; updated return code 32 and 55.
v [3.1.0] Supports mounted NFS file systems.
PUT
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Added message 1019 and 1020; updated return code 32 and 55.
v [3.1.0] Supports mounted NFS file systems.
PUTD
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Added message 1019 and 1020; updated return code 32 and 55.
v [3.1.0] Supports mounted NFS file systems.
SAVE
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Added message 1019 and 1020; updated return code 32 and 55.
v [3.1.0] Supports mounted NFS file systems.
XEDIT
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Added message 1019 and 1020; updated return code 32 and 55.
v [3.1.0] Supports mounted NFS file systems.
CMS Pipelines
This section identifies the CMS Pipelines functions that have changed. It contains
the following subsections:
v CMS Pipelines Stages, Subcommands, and Macros
v “CMS Pipelines Messages” on page 126
CMS Pipelines Stages, Subcommands, and Macros
Table 30 lists the CMS Pipelines stages, subcommands, and macros that have
changed. For additional information, see the z/VM: CMS Pipelines Reference.
[2.3.0]
The code bases for CMS Pipelines and CMS/TSO Pipelines have been
merged. Some new function exists as a result of the code merge. See
“Pipelines Code Bases Merged [2.3.0]” on page 64.
Table 30. Changes to CMS Pipelines Stages, Subcommands, and Macros
Function
Changes
BFSQUERY stage
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] Output record contains the new levels of CP and CMS.
DATECONVERT stage
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] Provides timestamp output.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
125
CMS Interfaces
Table 30. Changes to CMS Pipelines Stages, Subcommands, and Macros (continued)
Function
Changes
PIPEPVR macro
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] New option: label.
QUERY stage
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Information returned for QUERY VERSION indicates the new
version level.
v [5.1.0] Information returned for QUERY LEVEL may indicate a new service
level.
READER stage
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] New options: HOLD, NOHOLD, KEEP, NOKEEP, PURGE.
CMS Pipelines Messages
The following CMS Pipelines messages have changed text. For additional
information, see z/VM: System Messages and Codes - CMS and REXX/VM.
[2.3.0]
All CMS Pipelines messages have been renamed and renumbered from a
DMS prefix to an FPL prefix. All of the FPL message numbers are consistent
with those from CMS/TSO Pipelines. For a cross-reference between DMS and
FPL messages, see Appendix A, “CMS Pipelines Message Cross-Reference
[2.3.0],” on page 183.
Note: If a message has changed in more than one release, only the latest release
is indicated.
[4.1.0] FPL1016E
[2.4.0] FPL1170E
[2.4.0] FPL1171W
[2.4.0] FPL1182E
[2.4.0] FPL1183E
[2.4.0] FPL1184E
[2.4.0] FPL1185E
[2.4.0] FPL1186W
CMS Routines
This section identifies the CMS routines that have changed. It contains the following
subsections:
v General CMS Callable Services
v “CMS Multitasking Routines” on page 132
v “OpenExtensions Callable Services” on page 132
v “Systems Management Routines” on page 133
v “CMS Compatibility-Interface Routines” on page 133
General CMS Callable Services
Table 31 lists the general CMS callable services that have changed. For additional
information, see the z/VM: CMS Callable Services Reference.
126
z/VM: Migration Guide
CMS Interfaces
Table 31. Changes to General CMS Callable Services
Routine
Changes
DMSCLBLK
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New parameters to specify date format: SHORTDATE, FULLDATE,
ISODATE.
v [2.2.0] date parameter supports 4-digit years (10-character dates) when
used with the FULLDATE and ISODATE parameters.
v [2.2.0] New reason codes: 90310, 90320, 90330, 90492, 90495.
DMSCLDBK
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New parameters to specify date format: SHORTDATE, FULLDATE,
ISODATE.
v [2.2.0] date parameter supports 4-digit years (10-character dates) when
used with the FULLDATE and ISODATE parameters.
v [2.2.0] New reason codes: 90320, 90330, 90495.
DMSCLOSE
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New parameters to specify date format: SHORTDATE, FULLDATE,
ISODATE.
v [2.2.0] date parameter supports 4-digit years (10-character dates) when
used with the FULLDATE and ISODATE parameters.
v [2.2.0] New reason codes: 90320, 90330, 90495.
DMSCRDIR
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New parameters to specify date format: SHORTDATE, FULLDATE,
ISODATE.
v [2.2.0] date parameter supports 4-digit years (10-character dates) when
used with the FULLDATE and ISODATE parameters.
v [2.2.0] New reason code: 90495.
DMSCRFIL
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New parameters to specify date format: SHORTDATE, FULLDATE,
ISODATE.
v [2.2.0] date and create_date parameters support 4-digit years
(10-character dates) when used with the FULLDATE and ISODATE
parameters.
v [2.2.0] New reason code: 90495.
DMSCROB
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New parameters to specify date format: SHORTDATE, FULLDATE,
ISODATE.
v [2.2.0] date and create_date parameters support 4-digit years
(10-character dates) when used with the FULLDATE and ISODATE
parameters.
v [2.2.0] New reason code: 90495.
DMSDEUSR
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New parameters: DELAUTH, KEEPAUTH, and length4.
v [2.2.0] New reason code: 98700.
DMSENUSR
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New parameters to specify date format: SHORTDATE, FULLDATE,
ISODATE, length7.
v [2.2.0] date parameter supports 4-digit years (10-character dates) when
used with the FULLDATE and ISODATE parameters.
v [2.2.0] New reason codes: 90310, 90330, 90495.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
127
CMS Interfaces
Table 31. Changes to General CMS Callable Services (continued)
Routine
Changes
DMSERP
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New information names for Year 2000 support
(FILE_DATE_CENTURY, ACT_FILE_DATE_CENTRY (note that U is
omitted), and YEAR2000_SUPPORT).
DMSEXIDI
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.2.0] When this routine is called from a REXX program, the date field is
returned as 10 characters. Previously, it was returned as 8 characters.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New parameters to specify date format: SHORTDATE, FULLDATE,
ISODATE.
v [2.2.0] last_change_date and create_date parameters support 4-digit years
(10-character dates) when used with the FULLDATE and ISODATE
parameters.
v [2.2.0] New reason codes: 90320, 90330.
DMSEXIFI
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.2.0] When this routine is called from a REXX program, the date field is
returned as 10 characters. Previously, it was returned as 8 characters.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New parameters to specify date format: SHORTDATE, FULLDATE,
ISODATE.
v [2.2.0] date, dateref, create_date, and last_change_date parameters
support 4-digit years (10-character dates) when used with the FULLDATE
and ISODATE parameters.
v [2.2.0] New reason codes: 90320, 90330.
128
z/VM: Migration Guide
CMS Interfaces
Table 31. Changes to General CMS Callable Services (continued)
Routine
Changes
DMSEXIST
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] Offsets have changed in the FILE data record (and the record
length has increased to 436 bytes):
OFFSET
Field Name — Change Description
339 (X'153')
dec_date_ext — Previously reserved
343 (X'157')
date_ext — Added
353 (X'161')
iso_date_ext — Added
363 (X'16B')
dec_dateref_ext — Added
367 (X'16F')
dateref_ext — Added
377 (X'179')
iso_dateref_ext — Added
387 (X'183')
dec_cr_date_ext — Added
391 (X'187')
cr_date_ext — Added
401 (X'191')
iso_cr_date_ext — Added
411 (X'19B')
dec_last_change_date_ext — Added
415 (X'19F')
last_change_date_ext — Added
425 (X'1A9')
iso_last_change_date_ext — Added
435 (X'1B3')
Reserved — Added
v [2.2.0] Offsets have changed in the DIRECTORY data record (and the
record length has increased to 308 bytes):
DMSGETDA
OFFSET
Field Name — Change Description
254 (X'FE')
dec_last_change_date_ext — Previously reserved
258 (X'102')
last_change_date_ext — Added
268 (X'10C')
iso_last_change_date_ext — Added
278 (X'116')
dec_cr_date_ext — Added
282 (X'11A')
cr_date_ext — Added
292 (X'124')
iso_cr_date_ext — Added
302 (X'12E')
Reserved — Added
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.2.0] When this routine is called from a REXX program, the date field is
returned as 10 characters. Previously, it was returned as 8 characters.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New parameters to specify date format: SHORTDATE, FULLDATE,
ISODATE and length2.
v [2.2.0] date parameter supports 4-digit years (10-character dates) when
used with the FULLDATE and ISODATE parameters.
v [2.2.0] New reason codes: 90310, 90320, 90330.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
129
CMS Interfaces
Table 31. Changes to General CMS Callable Services (continued)
Routine
Changes
DMSGETDF
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.2.0] When this routine is called from a REXX program, the date field is
returned as 10 characters. Previously, it was returned as 8 characters.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New parameters to specify date format: SHORTDATE, FULLDATE,
ISODATE and length2.
v [2.2.0] date parameter supports 4-digit years (10-character dates) when
used with the FULLDATE and ISODATE parameters.
v [2.2.0] New reason codes: 90310, 90320, 90330.
DMSGETDI
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] Offsets have changed in the FILE data record (and the record
length has increased to 112 bytes):
OFFSET
Field Name — Change Description
88 (X'58')
dec_date_ext — Added
92 (X'5C')
date_ext — Added
102 (X'66')
iso_date_ext — Added
v [2.2.0] Offsets have changed in the FILEEXT data record (and the record
length has increased to 284 bytes):
OFFSET
Field Name — Change Description
185 (X'B9')
dec_date_ext — Previously reserved
189 (X'BD')
date_ext — Added
199 (X'C7')
iso_date_ext — Added
209 (X'D1')
dec_dateref_ext — Added
213 (X'D5')
dateref_ext — Added
223 (X'DF')
iso_dateref_ext — Added
233 (X'E9')
dec_cr_date_ext — Added
237 (X'ED')
cr_date_ext — Added
247 (X'F7')
iso_cr_date_ext — Added
257 (X'101')
dec_last_change_date_ext — Added
261 (X'105')
last_change_date_ext — Added
271 (X'10F')
iso_last_change_date_ext — Added
281 (X'119')
Reserved — Added
v [2.2.0] Offsets have changed in the SEARCHALL and SEARCHAUTH data
records (and the record length has increased to 252 bytes):
130
z/VM: Migration Guide
OFFSET
Field Name/Change Description
226 (X'E2')
Reserved — Added
228 (X'E4')
dec_date_ext — Added
232 (X'E8')
date_ext — Added
242 (X'F2')
iso_date_ext — Added
CMS Interfaces
Table 31. Changes to General CMS Callable Services (continued)
Routine
Changes
DMSGETDS
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.2.0] When this routine is called from a REXX program, the date field is
returned as 10 characters. Previously, it was returned as 8 characters.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New parameters to specify date format: SHORTDATE, FULLDATE,
ISODATE and length2.
v [2.2.0] date parameter supports 4-digit years (10-character dates) when
used with the FULLDATE and ISODATE parameters.
v [2.2.0] New reason codes: 90310, 90320, 90330.
DMSGETDX
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.2.0] When this routine is called from a REXX program, the date field is
returned as 10 characters. Previously, it was returned as 8 characters.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New parameters to specify date format: SHORTDATE, FULLDATE,
ISODATE and length2.
v [2.2.0] date, dateref, create_date, and update_date parameters support
4-digit years (10-character dates) when used with the FULLDATE and
ISODATE parameters.
v [2.2.0] New reason codes: 90310, 90320, 90330.
DMSOPBLK
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.2.0] When this routine is called from a REXX program, the date field is
returned as 10 characters. Previously, it was returned as 8 characters.
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New parameters to specify date format: SHORTDATE, FULLDATE,
ISODATE.
v [2.2.0] date, create_date, and dateref parameters support 4-digit years
(10-character dates) when used with the FULLDATE and ISODATE
parameters.
v [2.2.0] New reason code: 90495.
DMSOPDBK
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New parameters to specify date format: SHORTDATE, FULLDATE,
ISODATE.
v [2.2.0] create_date parameter supports 4-digit years (10-character dates)
when used with the FULLDATE and ISODATE parameters.
v [2.2.0] New reason code: 90495.
DMSOPEN
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New parameters to specify date format: SHORTDATE, FULLDATE,
ISODATE.
v [2.2.0] create_date parameter supports 4-digit years (10-character dates)
when used with the FULLDATE and ISODATE parameters.
v [2.2.0] New reason code: 90495.
DMSQEFL
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] New values returned for the cp_level and cms_level parameters.
DMSQSFSL
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] New value returned for the server_level parameter.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
131
CMS Interfaces
Table 31. Changes to General CMS Callable Services (continued)
Routine
Changes
DMSRDCAT
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] In the OBJECTCAT record for SFS:
– New bit settings in FILEFLAGS field to support 4-digit years (century
setting for DATE and DATEREF fields).
– Reserved CHAR(1) field preceding the LAST_CHANGE_DATE field has
changed to:
Field Name
Field Type/Description
CHGDATE_CENTURY
CHAR(1) Century byte for
LAST_CHANGE_DATE
– Reserved CHAR(1) field preceding the CREATIONDATE field has
changed to:
DMSTRUNC
Field Name
Field Type/Description
CREATIONDATE_CENTURY
CHAR(1) Century byte for
CREATIONDATE
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New parameters to specify date format: SHORTDATE, FULLDATE,
ISODATE.
v [2.2.0] date parameter supports 4-digit years (10-character dates) when
used with the FULLDATE and ISODATE parameters.
v [2.2.0] New reason code: 90495.
CMS Multitasking Routines
Table 32 lists the CMS multitasking routines that have changed. For additional
information, see z/VM: CMS Application Multitasking.
Table 32. Changes to CMS Multitasking Routines
Routine
Changes
DateTimeSubtract
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] Supports new date and time formats.
OpenExtensions Callable Services
Table 33 lists the OpenExtensions callable services that have changed. For
additional information, see the z/VM: OpenExtensions Callable Services Reference.
Table 33. Changes to OpenExtensions Callable Services
Routine
Changes
close (BPX1CLO)
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Supports sockets.
fcntl (BPX1FCT)
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Supports sockets.
mount (BPX1MNT)
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Mounts a local or remote file system.
openvmf (BPX1VM5)
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] New function code: VM5_RESOLVE_PATH.
132
z/VM: Migration Guide
CMS Interfaces
Table 33. Changes to OpenExtensions Callable Services (continued)
Routine
Changes
read (BPX1RED)
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Supports sockets.
wrote (BPX1WRT)
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Supports sockets.
Systems Management Routines
Table 34 lists the systems management routines that have changed. For additional
information, see z/VM: Systems Management Application Programming.
Table 34. Changes to Systems Management Routines
Routine
Changes
VIRTUAL_NETWORK_VSWITCH_SET INCOMPATIBLE:
(RPC)
v [5.1.0] For the VLANID parameter, the value 'ANY' is no longer supported.
It was formerly the default.
Virtual_Network_Vswitch_Set
(CSL)
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] For the vlan_id parameter, the value 'ANY' is no longer supported. It
was formerly the default.
CMS Compatibility-Interface Routines
Table 35 lists the CMS compatibility-interface routines that have changed. For
additional information, see the z/VM: CMS Application Development Guide for
Assembler.
Table 35. Changes to CMS Compatibility-Interface Routines
Routine
Changes
DMSTVS
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New LIBSRV plist parameter.
v [2.4.0] New message DMS2139I is issued if SENSE data from the tape
mount indicates that the mounted tape cartridge may be incorrect for the
tape device in use.
CMS Macros
This section identifies the CMS macros that have changed. It contains the following
subsections:
v General CMS Macros and Subcommands
v “OpenExtensions Macros” on page 134
v “CMS Compatibility-Interface Macros” on page 135
v “CMS OS Simulation Macros and Supervisor Calls” on page 135
General CMS Macros and Subcommands
Table 36 lists the general CMS macros and subcommands that have changed. For
additional information, see the z/VM: CMS Macros and Functions Reference.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
133
CMS Interfaces
Table 36. Changes to General CMS Macros and Subcommands
Macro or Subcommand
Changes
CMSLEVEL macro
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.2.0] Returned CMS level has been frozen at X'0F' (Level 12) for
VM/ESA 2.1.0 and later. Use the new DMSQEFL macro or the DMSQEFL
CSL routine instead.
DIRBUFF macro
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] FILE record contains the following new fields: DIRFDAXD,
DIRFDAXC, DIRFDAXI, DIRFLV13.
v [2.2.0] FILEEXT record contains the following new fields: DIREDAXD,
DIREDAXC, DIREDAXI, DIREDRXD, DIREDRXC, DIREDRXI, DIRECDXD,
DIRECDXC, DIRECDXI, DIREDCXD, DIREDCXC, DIREDCXI, DIRELV13.
v [2.2.0] SEARCHALL and SEARCHAUTH records contain the following new
fields: DIRSDAXD, DIRSDAXC, DIRSDAXI, DIRSCEND, DIRSLV13.
DMSQEFL macro
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] Returns a new value for the CMS level.
EXSBUFF macro
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] FILE record contains the following new fields: EXSFDAXD,
EXSFDAXC, EXSFDAXI, EXSFDRXD, EXSFDRXC, EXSFDRXI,
EXSFCDXD, EXSFCDXC, EXSFCDXI, EXSFDCXD, EXSFDCXC,
EXSFDCXI, EXSF2000, EXSFLV13.
v [2.2.0] In the FILE record, the following field has changed: EXSFRES.
v [2.2.0] DIR record contains the following new fields: EXSDDCXD,
EXSDDCXC, EXSDDCXI, EXSDCDXD, EXSDCDXC, EXSDCDXI,
EXSD2000, EXSDLV13.
v In the DIR record, the following field has changed: EXSDRES.
FSSTATE macro
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] In the FST flag byte, bit 4 indicates the century (first two digits of
the year) the file was last written or updated (0=19nn, 1=20nn, where nn is
the 2-digit year). Previously, this bit was not used.
FSTD macro
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] FSTFLAGS section contains the new FSTCNTRY field, which is a
bit that indicates the century (first two digits of the year) the file was last
written or updated (0=19nn, 1=20nn, where nn is the 2-digit year).
TAPECTL macro
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] If the tape is under the control of a Tape Library Dataserver
machine, and the DFSMS/VM Removable Media Services (RMS)
FSMPPSI CSLLIB is available to CMS, the RUN (rewind and unload)
function of TAPECTL calls the RMS FSMRMDMT (Demount) CSL routine
to have the Dataserver unmount the tape.
OpenExtensions Macros
Table 37 lists the OpenExtensions macros that have changed. For additional
information, see the z/VM: OpenExtensions Callable Services Reference.
Table 37. Changes to OpenExtensions Macros
Macro
Changes
BPXYERNO
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] Contains equates for new return codes and reason codes.
BPXYOPNF
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New equates for new flag values for fcntl (BPX1FCT).
134
z/VM: Migration Guide
CMS Interfaces
Table 37. Changes to OpenExtensions Macros (continued)
Macro
Changes
BPXYVM5
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] New equate for new VM5_RESOLVE_PATH function code for
openvmf (BPX1VM5).
CMS Compatibility-Interface Macros
Table 38 lists the CMS compatibility-interface macros that have changed.
Table 38. Changes to CMS Compatibility-Interface Macros
Macro
Changes
DEFNUC
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.3.0] In the default CMS IPL heading (used when the VERSION=
parameter is specified without a value in DEFNUC) the date is presented in
ISO format (yyyy-mm-dd).
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] Default IPL heading entry has been updated with the new release
level.
For additional information, see z/VM: CMS Planning and Administration.
CMS OS Simulation Macros and Supervisor Calls
Table 39 lists the CMS OS Simulation macros that have changed. Table 40 lists the
CMS OS simulation supervisor calls that have changed. For additional information,
see the z/VM: CMS Application Development Guide for Assembler.
Table 39. Changes to CMS OS Simulation Macros
Macro
Changes
CLOSE
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] Can process OS formatted variable spanned QSAM records (under
XLRI) or non-OS CMS files up to 65535 bytes in length.
DCB
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] Can describe and pass both LRI and XLRI conventions for QSAM
variable spanned long records (up to 65535 bytes) for subsequent OPEN,
CLOSE, GET, or PUT processing. Can also describe non-OS CMS files up
to 65535 bytes in length.
GET
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] Can process QSAM I/O to variable spanned QSAM records or
non-OS CMS files up to 65535 bytes in length.
OPEN
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] Can process OS formatted variable spanned QSAM records (under
XLRI) or non-OS CMS files up to 65535 bytes in length.
PUT
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] Can process QSAM I/O to variable spanned QSAM records or
non-OS CMS files up to 65535 bytes in length.
TIME
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] Second half-byte of the date format is a century indicator, where 0
indicates the 1900’s, 1 indicates the 2000’s, and 2 indicates the 2100’s.
This corresponds to the MVS implementation of the TIME macro.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
135
CMS Interfaces
Table 40. Changes to CMS OS Simulation Supervisor Calls
SVC
Changes
SVC 19 (OPEN)
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] Can process OS formatted variable spanned QSAM records (under
XLRI) or non-OS CMS files up to 65535 bytes in length.
SVC 20 (CLOSE)
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] Can process OS formatted variable spanned QSAM records (under
XLRI) or non-OS CMS files up to 65535 bytes in length.
HELP Facility
Note: This section does not include HELP changes prior to z/VM V4R4.
Table 41 lists HELP components (file types) that have been added or deleted.
Table 42 lists HELP files that have been deleted or renamed (except HELP files for
deleted messages). If a specific file name is not identified, the change applies to all
files with the specified file type.
If you install HELP for the new VM release over HELP for your current release, both
groups of changes are considered to be INCOMPATIBLE, because:
v HELP files with new file types may overlay local HELP files that use those same
file types.
v HELP files identified as deleted or renamed are not overlaid and should be
manually removed from your system because they may contain backlevel
information.
New help files added to existing HELP components are not listed because they are
all upwardly compatible.
Table 41. Changes to HELP Components
HELP Component (File Type)
Change
BOOTPD (HELPBOOT)
[4.4.0] Added for TCP/IP BOOTP server administrative (BOOTPD command)
subcommands.
CPOTHER (HELPCPOT)
[4.4.0] Deleted and all files renamed to HELPCP.
DHCPD (HELPDHCP)
[4.4.0] Added for TCP/IP DHCP server administrative (DHCPD command)
subcommands.
DNS (HELPDNS)
[4.4.0] Added for TCP/IP DNS server administrative commands.
FCX (HELPFCX)
[4.4.0] Added for Performance Toolkit subcommands and field descriptions.
GDDMXD (HELPGDDM)
[4.4.0] Added for TCP/IP GDDMXD/VM interface subcommands.
IMAPADM (HELPIMAP)
[4.4.0] Added for TCP/IP IMAP server administrative commands.
LPD (HELPLPD)
[4.4.0] Added for TCP/IP LPD administrative commands.
MPROUTE (HELPMPRO)
[4.4.0] Added for TCP/IP MPROUTE server administrative commands.
MROUTINE (HELPMROU)
[4.4.0] Added for CMS virtual systems management CSL routines.
NFS (HELPNFS)
[4.4.0] Added for TCP/IP NFS server administrative commands.
RTE (HELPRTE)
[4.4.0] Added for TCP/IP RouteD server administrative commands.
Note: The menu file for this component is ROUTED HELPMENU.
SMTP (HELPSMTP)
[4.4.0] Added for TCP/IP SMTP server administrative commands.
SNMP (HELPSNMP)
[4.4.0] Added for TCP/IP SNMP administrative commands.
136
z/VM: Migration Guide
CMS Interfaces
Table 41. Changes to HELP Components (continued)
HELP Component (File Type)
Change
SOCKETS (HELPSOCK)
[4.4.0] Deleted (functions now in C/C++ for z/VM).
SPTAPE (HELPSPTA)
[5.1.0] Deleted (no longer supported).
SRPI (HELPSRPI)
[5.1.0] Deleted (function to be withdrawn in a future release).
SSLADMIN (HELPSSLA)
[4.4.0] Added for TCP/IP SSL server administrative commands.
TCP (HELPTCP)
[4.4.0] Deleted and replaced by TCPIP.
TCPIP (HELPTCPI)
[4.4.0] Added for TCP/IP commands and related functions.
TELNET (HELPTELN)
[4.4.0] Added for TCP/IP Telnet protocol client subcommands.
TFTD (HELPTFTD)
[4.4.0] Added for TCP/IP TFTP server administrative (TFTPD command)
subcommands.
Note: The menu file for this component is TFTPD HELPMENU.
TFTP (HELPTFTP)
[4.4.0] Changed to be used only for TCP/IP TFTP client (TFTP command)
subcommands.
UFTD (HELPUFTD)
[4.4.0] Added for TCP/IP UFT server administrative (UFTD command)
subcommands.
VMADMIN (HELPVMAD)
[5.1.0] Deleted (function to be withdrawn in a future release).
X25IPI (HELPX25I)
[4.4.0] Added for TCP/IP X.25 interface administrative commands.
Table 42. Deleted or Renamed HELP Files (Arranged by File Type)
HELP File
Change
CPOTHER HELPABBR
[4.4.0] Deleted (data merged into CP HELPABBR).
MACRO HELPABBR
[4.4.0] Renamed to MACROS HELPABBR.
ROUTINE HELPABBR
[4.4.0] Deleted (duplicate of ROUTINES HELPABBR).
SPTAPE HELPABBR
[5.1.0] Deleted (no longer supported).
SRPI HELPABBR
[5.1.0] Deleted (function to be withdrawn in a future release).
VMADMIN HELPABBR
[5.1.0] Deleted (function to be withdrawn in a future release).
CMSSERV HELPCMS
[5.1.0] Deleted (function to be withdrawn in a future release).
CONV2WD HELPCMS
[5.1.0] Deleted (no longer supported).
FTP HELPCMS
[4.4.0] Deleted and replaced by FTP HELPTCPI.
LPQ HELPCMS
[4.4.0] Deleted and replaced by LPQ HELPTCPI.
LPR HELPCMS
[4.4.0] Deleted and replaced by LPR HELPTCPI.
LPRM HELPCMS
[4.4.0] Deleted and replaced by LPRM HELPTCPI.
LPRSET HELPCMS
[4.4.0] Deleted and replaced by LPRSET HELPTCPI.
MACLMIG HELPCMS
[5.1.0] Deleted (no longer supported).
NETSTAT HELPCMS
[4.4.0] Deleted and replaced by NETSTAT HELPTCPI.
PING HELPCMS
[4.4.0] Deleted and replaced by PING HELPTCPI.
REXEC HELPCMS
[4.4.0] Deleted and replaced by REXEC HELPTCPI.
TELNET HELPCMS
[4.4.0] Deleted and replaced by TELNET HELPTCPI.
TFTP HELPCMS
[4.4.0] Deleted and replaced by TFTP HELPTCPI.
USER HELPCP
[4.4.0] Deleted and replaced by MESSAGEU HELPCP.
fn HELPCPOT
[4.4.0] Deleted and replaced by fn HELPCP files.
CFLINK HELPCPQU
[4.4.0] Renamed to CFLINKS HELPCPQU.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
137
CMS Interfaces
Table 42. Deleted or Renamed HELP Files (Arranged by File Type) (continued)
HELP File
Change
IOASSIST HELPCPQU
[5.1.0] Deleted (no longer supported).
VR HELPCPQU
[5.1.0] Deleted (no longer supported).
VRFREE HELPCPQU
[5.1.0] Deleted (no longer supported).
CCWTRAN HELPCPSE
[5.1.0] Deleted (no longer supported).
IOASSIST HELPCPSE
[5.1.0] Deleted (no longer supported).
NOTRANS HELPCPSE
[5.1.0] Deleted (no longer supported).
ADDENTRY HELPMACR
[5.1.0] Deleted (function to be withdrawn in a future release).
CPRB HELPMACR
[5.1.0] Deleted (function to be withdrawn in a future release).
CSMRETCD HELPMACR
[5.1.0] Deleted (function to be withdrawn in a future release).
DELENTRY HELPMACR
[5.1.0] Deleted (function to be withdrawn in a future release).
SENDREQ HELPMACR
[5.1.0] Deleted (function to be withdrawn in a future release).
COMMAND HELPMENU
[4.4.0] Deleted (duplicate of COMMANDS HELPMENU).
CPOTHER HELPMENU
[4.4.0] Deleted (data merged into CP HELPMENU).
MACRO HELPMENU
[4.4.0] Deleted (duplicate of MACROS HELPMENU).
ROUTINE HELPMENU
[4.4.0] Deleted (duplicate of ROUTINES HELPMENU).
SOCKETS HELPMENU
[4.4.0] Deleted (functions now in C/C++ for z/VM).
SPTAPE HELPMENU
[5.1.0] Deleted (no longer supported).
SRPI HELPMENU
[5.1.0] Deleted (function to be withdrawn in a future release).
VMADMIN HELPMENU
[5.1.0] Deleted (function to be withdrawn in a future release).
HCQ031W HELPMSG
[4.4.0] Renamed to HCQ031E HELPMSG.
fn HELPSOCK
[4.4.0] Deleted (functions now in C/C++ for z/VM).
fn HELPSPTA
[5.1.0] Deleted (no longer supported).
fn HELPSRPI
[5.1.0] Deleted (function to be withdrawn in a future release).
AVS HELPTASK
[4.4.0] Deleted.
CMS HELPTASK
[4.4.0] Deleted.
CP HELPTASK
[4.4.0] Deleted.
DVF HELPTASK
[4.4.0] Deleted.
GCS HELPTASK
[4.4.0] Deleted.
MACRO HELPTASK
[4.4.0] Renamed to MACROS HELPTASK.
OPTIONS HELPTASK
[4.4.0] Renamed to QUERYSET HELPTASK.
PIPELINE HELPTASK
[4.4.0] Deleted.
ROUTINE HELPTASK
[4.4.0] Renamed to ROUTINES HELPTASK.
SOCKETS HELPTASK
[4.4.0] Deleted (functions now in C/C++ for z/VM).
SRPI HELPTASK
[5.1.0] Deleted (function to be withdrawn in a future release).
TSAF HELPTASK
[4.4.0] Deleted.
VMDT HELPTASK
[4.4.0] Deleted.
VMRM HELPTASK
[4.4.0] Deleted.
VMSESE HELPTASK
[4.4.0] Deleted.
VMSESEI HELPTASK
[4.4.0] Deleted.
XSPOOL HELPTASK
[4.4.0] Deleted.
138
z/VM: Migration Guide
CMS Interfaces
Table 42. Deleted or Renamed HELP Files (Arranged by File Type) (continued)
HELP File
Change
IFCONFIG HELPTCP
[4.4.0] Deleted and replaced by IFCONFIG HELPTCPI.
OBEYFILE HELPTCP
[4.4.0] Deleted and replaced by OBEYFILE HELPTCPI.
fn HELPVMAD
[5.1.0] Deleted (function to be withdrawn in a future release).
Note: For each system message deleted from VM, the corresponding HELP file
has also been deleted. For lists of the deleted messages, see the
appropriate section (if any) under each component.
CMS Messages
[2.3.0]
All CMS Pipelines messages have been renamed and renumbered from a
DMS prefix to an FPL prefix. All of the FPL message numbers are consistent
with those from CMS/TSO Pipelines. For a cross-reference between DMS and
FPL messages, see Appendix A, “CMS Pipelines Message Cross-Reference
[2.3.0],” on page 183.
In the DMSMES system repository, the message texts for message numbers
2571 through 2999 have been replaced with pointers to the corresponding
FPL equivalent message numbers in the FPLMES system repository. This may
or may not be maintained in any future releases of VM.
Note: Changed CMS Pipelines messages are not listed here. See “CMS Pipelines
Messages” on page 126.
The following CMS messages do not exist in z/VM V5R1:
DMS683E
DMS716E
DMS718E
DMS719E
DMS720E
DMS812E
DMS912I
DMS1126S
DMS1250E
DMS2048W
The following CMS messages have changed text. For additional information, see
z/VM: System Messages and Codes - CMS and REXX/VM.
Note: If a message has changed in more than one release, only the latest release
is indicated.
[4.2.0]
[3.1.0]
[2.2.0]
[2.2.0]
[2.2.0]
[5.1.0]
DMS050E
DMS149E
DMS516E
DMS622E
DMS639E
DMS988E
[2.2.0]
[2.3.0]
[2.3.0]
[2.4.0]
[5.1.0]
DMS1229E
DMS1433I
DMS1437I
DMS2010E
DMS2046E
[3.1.0]
[4.4.0]
[2.3.0]
[2.2.0]
[2.2.0]
DMS2119E
DMS2139I
DMS3009R
DMS3455I
DMS3470W
AVS Changes
There are no changes to AVS external interfaces.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
139
Dump Viewing Facility Interfaces
Dump Viewing Facility Changes
Table 43 lists the Dump Viewing Facility functions that have changed. For additional
information, see z/VM: Dump Viewing Facility.
Table 43. Changes to Dump Viewing Facility Functions
Function
Changes
DUMPSCAN
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [3.1.0] DUMPSCAN cannot be used for CP dumps. Use the VM Dump
Tool.
v [3.1.0] The following subcommands are no longer supported: CPEBK,
FINDCPE, FINDUSER, FRAMETBL, INSPECT, REAL, RIOBLOK, SELECT,
SNAPLIST, TRSAVE, VIOBLOK, VIRT, VMDBK, XTRACE.
v [3.1.0] Header record indicates new product name.
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] Header record indicates new release level.
GCS Changes
Table 44 lists the GCS external interfaces (commands and macros) that have
changed. For additional information, see z/VM: Group Control System.
Table 44. Changes to GCS Commands and Macros
Interface
Changes
GCSLEVEL macro
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] Contains new equates for new release levels.
GETMAIN macro
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.2.0] Previously, although LOC=RES was documented as the default, the
actual default was LOC=BELOW, and all the requested virtual storage was
allocated below 16 MB.
The actual default has been changed to LOC=RES. If the requester resides
above 16 MB, virtual storage may be allocated anywhere. If you have any
programs that invoke GETMAIN with the default, you must make sure they
can accommodate addresses above 16 MB, or you must recode them to
invoke GETMAIN with LOC=BELOW.
QUERY GCSLEVEL command
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] Response contains new values for the new release.
QUERY MODDATE command
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [2.2.0] Full 4-digit year is now returned in the date field of the response
instead of a 2-digit year.
TIME macro
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] Second half-byte of the date format is a century indicator, where 0
indicates the 1900’s, 1 indicates the 2000’s, and 2 indicates the 2100’s.
This corresponds to the MVS implementation of the TIME macro.
REXX/VM Changes
Table 45 lists the REXX/VM external interfaces (instructions, functions, and external
functions) that have changed. For additional information, see the z/VM: REXX/VM
Reference.
140
z/VM: Migration Guide
REXX/VM Interfaces
Table 45. Changes to REXX/VM External Interfaces
Interface
Changes
CMSFLAG
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New value for flag: YEAR2000.
DATE
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New parameters allow you to specify a date to be converted to a
different format.
v [2.4.0] New parameters: output_separator_char, input_separator_char.
DIAG / DIAGRC
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.2.0] New DIAGNOSE code is supported: X'270'.
PARSE
Upwardly compatible:
v [5.1.0] Information obtained by PARSE VERSION may contain new values.
TSAF Changes
There are no changes to TSAF external interfaces.
VMSES/E Changes
This section identifies the changes to VMSES/E external interfaces. It contains the
following subsections:
v $PPF File Names
v “VMSES/E Commands”
v “VMSES/E Messages” on page 143
$PPF File Names
See “Product Parameter File ($PPF) Names [5.1.0]” on page 16.
VMSES/E Commands
Table 46 lists the VMSES/E commands that have changed. For additional
information, see the z/VM: VMSES/E Introduction and Reference.
Table 46. Changes to VMSES/E Commands
Command
Changes
GENCPBLS
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Default has changed from DUAL to NODUAL.
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New options: ALTCNTRL, DUAL, NODUAL, LOADLIST,
ALTLOADLIST, PREEXIT.
ITNVTSTR
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] New operands: KEY, PROD.
PUT2PROD
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] New message: VMF1219E
v [4.4.0] Console messages placed into VMSES/E-formatted $VMFP2P
$MSGLOG file.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
141
VMSES/E Interfaces
Table 46. Changes to VMSES/E Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
SERVICE
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] New operands: BUILD, ENABLE, DISABLE.
v [4.3.0] New messages: VMF1220W, VMF2308W, VMF2310I, VMF2771E,
VMF2774I.
v [4.4.0] Console messages placed into VMSES/E-formatted $VMFSRV
$MSGLOG file.
v [5.1.0] New operands: BITMAP, STATUS.
VMFAPPLY
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New option: PREEXIT.
VMFASM
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New option: PREEXIT.
VMFBLD
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New options: PREEXIT, ULOG, WILD.
VMFEXUPD
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New options: PREEXIT.
VMFHASM
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New options: PREEXIT.
VMFHLASM
INCOMPATIBLE:
v [5.1.0] Default has changed from DUAL to NODUAL.
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New options: ALTCNTRL, DUAL, NODUAL, LOADLIST,
ALTLOADLIST, PREEXIT.
VMFINS (in general)
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] New operands: DISABLE, ENABLE.
v See VMFINS commands below.
VMFINS DELETE
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] New operand: DISABLE.
VMFINS INSTALL
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] New operands: DISABLE, ENABLE, NOSETUP, SETUP.
VMFINS MIGRATE
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] New operands: DISABLE, ENABLE.
VMFMRDSK
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New options: PREEXIT.
VMFNLS
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New options: PREEXIT.
VMFREC
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New options: PREEXIT.
VMFREM
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New option: PREEXIT.
v [4.4.0] New operand: MOD.
v [4.4.0] New option: PREFIX.
v [4.4.0] UNAPPLY and UNRECEIVE options can be used for local
modifications.
142
z/VM: Migration Guide
VMSES/E Interfaces
Table 46. Changes to VMSES/E Commands (continued)
Command
Changes
VMFREPL
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New options: LOG, LOGLVL, MOD, PREEXIT, PREFIX, PTF.
VMFSETUP
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.3.0] New operands: NOCONS, NOPROMPT, PROMPT.
VMFSIM (in general)
Upwardly compatible:
v See VMFSIM commands below.
VMFSIM GETLVL
Upwardly compatible:
v [3.1.0] New options: MOD, PTF.
VMFSUFIN
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] New operand: ALL.
v [2.4.0] New options: CORTAPE, RSUTAPE.
v [4.3.0] New option: BUILD.
v [4.3.0] New message: VMF2308W
VMFSUFTB
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] New operand: SUFFN fn.
VMFUPDAT
Upwardly compatible:
v [4.3.0] New messages: VMF2300E, VMF2301W, VMF2302E, VMF2303W,
VMF2304E, VMF2306W, VMF2307W, VMF2309W.
v [4.4.0] New operands: SRVBLDS and SYSREST.
v [4.4.0] Changes to VMFUPDAT Function Selection Panel.
v [4.4.0] New panels: SRVBLDS Update Panel and SYSREST Update Panel.
v [5.1.0] New operand: SYSMEMO.
v [5.1.0] New panel: SYSMEMO Update Panel.
v [5.1.0] Changed panel: SYSREST Update Panel — added PF key for
Browse.
v [5.1.0] Changed panel: VMFUPDAT Function Selection Panel — added
SYSMEMO.
VMFVIEW
Upwardly compatible:
v [2.4.0] New operands (all have the same function): REMOVE, VMFREM,
$VMFREM.
v [4.2.0] New operands (all have the same function): xxx, VMFxxx,
$VMFxxx.
Changed BLDDATA file
[4.4.0] CMSSEGS BLDDATA has been renamed to ZVMSEGS BLDDATA and the
Language Environment component segments have been added to it.
VMSES/E Messages
The following VMSES/E messages have changed text. For additional information,
see z/VM: System Messages and Codes - AVS, Dump Viewing Facility, GCS, TSAF,
and VMSES/E.
Note: If a message has changed in more than one release, only the latest release
is indicated.
Chapter 3. Changes to External Interfaces
143
VMSES/E Interfaces
[5.1.0]
[2.3.0]
[4.1.0]
[4.3.0]
[2.4.0]
[2.4.0]
[4.3.0]
[2.4.0]
[2.4.0]
[4.3.0]
[4.3.0]
144
z/VM: Migration Guide
VMF389E
VMF1078I
VMF1200E
VMF1201E
VMF1203E
VMF1205E
VMF1206I
VMF1207I
VMF1211I
VMF1211I
VMF1215E
[5.1.0]
[2.4.0]
[2.4.0]
[2.4.0]
[2.4.0]
[2.4.0]
[2.4.0]
[3.1.0]
[2.2.0]
[2.4.0]
VMF1821E
VMF2066E
VMF2114R
VMF2118I
VMF2119I
VMF2120W
VMF2152E
VMF2178I
VMF2206E
VMF2206W
[4.3.0]
[2.2.0]
[5.1.0]
[5.1.0]
[2.3.0]
[2.2.0]
[3.1.0]
[2.3.0]
[4.3.0]
[5.1.0]
VMF2215E
VMF2225E
VMF2240E
VMF2304E
VMF2507I
VMF2509I
VMF2733E
VMF2760I
VMF2760I
VMF2767I
Chapter 4. Migration Tasks
This chapter provides guidance for various tasks and procedures that may apply to
your migration. It contains the following major sections:
v “Converting from HCPRIO, HCPSYS, and HCPBOX to Configuration Files”
v “Migrating Spool Files and Saved Segments” on page 150
v “Sharing Data between Your Old System and Your New System” on page 155
v
v
v
v
v
v
“Sharing Data among CMS Users on Multiple Systems” on page 161
“Migrating Your User Directory” on page 162
“Migrating Your SFS File Pool Servers” on page 165
“Establishing Connectivity between Your New and Old Systems” on page 170
“How to Back Out of the Migration” on page 172
“Installing a Backlevel CMS” on page 173
Converting from HCPRIO, HCPSYS, and HCPBOX to Configuration
Files
If you are still using the HCPSYS, HCPRIO, and HCPBOX ASSEMBLE files to
define your current VM system, you should convert to using configuration files
before you migrate to the new z/VM system. Configuration files:
v Provide more flexibility.
When system definition information is moved out of the CP nucleus into
configuration files, much of that information can be changed dynamically using
CP commands without having to rebuild CP.
v Support the latest system functions and capabilities.
Since configuration files were established as the recommended method for
defining a VM system, only the configuration files have been enhanced to
support new system functions and capabilities. The ASSEMBLE files have not
been updated to support those functions.
The HCPSYS and HCPRIO definitions can be replaced by statements in the system
configuration file (usually called SYSTEM CONFIG). The HCPSYS ASSEMBLE file
included in the CP module on the new z/VM system contains only a SYSEND
macroinstruction. The HCPRIO ASSEMBLE file included in the CP module on the
new z/VM system contains only an RIOGEN CONS=DYNAMIC macroinstruction.
The system logo definitions in HCPBOX can be replaced by statements in the logo
configuration file (usually called LOGO CONFIG). See “Creating a Logo
Configuration File” on page 150.
z/VM: CP Planning and Administration describes how to set up and use the system
configuration file and logo configuration file, including how to define the parm disk
on which the configuration files reside.
There are three ways that you can migrate your HCPSYS and HCPRIO data to
system configuration statements:
v Create the SYSTEM CONFIG file and system configuration statements manually.
v Use the HCPTSYS and HCPTRIO sample utility programs to read your current
HCPSYS and HCPRIO files and create system configuration statements. See
“Using the HCPTRIO and HCPTSYS Utilities” on page 148.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1992, 2004
145
Converting to SYSTEM CONFIG
v Use the HCPDCON sample utility program to create system configuration
statements from your current running system. You can also use the HCPRDEVS
sample utility program to create real I/O device definitions from your running
system. See “Using the HCPDCON Utility” on page 149 and “Using the
HCPRDEV Utility” on page 150.
Note: The HCPTSYS, HCPTRIO, HCPDCON, and HCPRDEVS sample utility
programs were supplied with z/VM V4R4 and earlier releases. They are not
included with the new z/VM release.
No matter which method you choose, you will have to make some decisions and
adjustments. After you create the SYSTEM CONFIG file and make your changes,
re-IPL CP. Because the system configuration statements override the HCPSYS and
HCPRIO macros that were used in building the CP nucleus, there is no need to
rebuild CP. This allows you to migrate your definitions gradually. At any time you
can change back to using the HCPSYS and HCPRIO files by renaming the
SYSTEM CONFIG file on the parm disk.
“Configuration Statements that Replace HCPSYS Macroinstructions” identifies
system configuration statements that provide functions equivalent to
macroinstructions in HCPSYS. “Configuration Statements that Replace HCPRIO
Macroinstructions” on page 148 identifies system configuration statements that
provide functions equivalent to macroinstructions in HCPRIO. These are not
complete lists of the supported system configuration statements. Many additional
configuration statements exist that provide capabilities for which there are no
corresponding HCPSYS or HCPRIO macroinstructions.
For more information about what you can specify in the system configuration file,
rules for coding the system configuration file, and complete descriptions of all the
supported system configuration statements, see z/VM: CP Planning and
Administration.
Configuration Statements that Replace HCPSYS Macroinstructions
Table 47 shows the macroinstructions in the HCPSYS ASSEMBLE file that should
be migrated to system configuration statements. In some cases, information from
one macroinstruction must be migrated into more than one system configuration
statement.
Table 47. System Configuration Statements that Replace HCPSYS Macros
HCPSYS Macro
Corresponding System Configuration Statement
CSELDEV
XLINK_DEVICE_DEFAULTS
CSELVOL
XLINK_VOLUME_INCLUDE
XLINK_VOLUME_EXCLUDE
CSESYS
XLINK_SYSTEM_INCLUDE
XLINK_SYSTEM_EXCLUDE
XSPOOL_SYSTEM
Note: There is a difference between using the CSESYS macroinstruction and the
XSPOOL_SYSTEM statement. If you use cross system commands and spooling
operations, the CSESYS macroinstruction requires you to specify each system in the
list in exactly the same order on every system in the CSE complex. When you use the
XSPOOL_SYSTEM statement, you do not have to list the systems in the same order
as long as you use the SLOT operand to give the same slot number to each system.
CSETRACE
XSPOOL_TRACE
146
z/VM: Migration Guide
Converting to SYSTEM CONFIG
Table 47. System Configuration Statements that Replace HCPSYS Macros (continued)
HCPSYS Macro
Corresponding System Configuration Statement
CSEUSER
XSPOOL_XLIST_INPUT
XSPOOL_XLIST_OUTPUT
SYSACNT
SYSTEM_USERIDS
SYSADDIN
CP_ADDON_INITIALIZE_ROUTINES
SYSCPVOL
CP_OWNED
Notes:
1. The list of CP-owned volumes generated by CP_OWNED statements completely
supersedes the list of CP-owned volumes generated by the SYSCPVOL
macroinstruction.
2. There are two differences between using the SYSCPVOL macroinstruction and the
CP_OWNED statement:
a. If you use cross system spool file sharing, the SYSCPVOL macroinstruction
requires you to specify each volume in the CP-owned list in exactly the same
order on every system in the CSE complex. When you use the CP_OWNED
statement, you do not have to list the volumes in the same order as long as
you use the SLOT operand to give the same slot number to each shared
volume.
b. With the SYSCPVOL macroinstruction, if you need to add volumes to the
CP-owned volume list on a running system, you have two choices:
1) Update the SYSCPVOL macroinstruction and IPL your system again.
2) Plan ahead — code volumes you do not have into the SYSCPVOL
macroinstruction, and when you need to add a new volume, make sure the
1-character to 6-character volume identifier (volid) on the SYSCPVOL
macroinstruction matches the volume identifier of the new volume.
When you use the CP_OWNED statement, adding a new volume is easier:
1) Use the RESERVED operand to save one or more empty slots.
2) Use the CP DEFINE CPOWNED command to add the new volume.
3) If this is a permanent addition to the list, update your system configuration
file so the new volume is automatically included in the CP-owned list then
next time you IPL the system.
SYSDUMP
SYSTEM_USERIDS
SYSEREP
SYSTEM_USERIDS
SYSEXCL
USER_VOLUME_EXCLUDE
SYSFCN
PRIV_CLASSES
SYSFORM
USERFORM
FORM_DEFAULT
SYSID
SYSTEM_IDENTIFIER
SYSINCL
USER_VOLUME_INCLUDE
SYSJRL (PSUPRS)
FEATURES
SYSJRL (other)
JOURNALING
SYSMAXU
FEATURES
SYSOPR
SYSTEM_USERIDS
SYSPCLAS
PRINTER_TITLE
SYSRES (SYSCLR)
FEATURES
SYSRES (other)
SYSTEM_RESIDENCE
SYSSYMP
SYSTEM_USERIDS
Chapter 4. Migration Tasks
147
Converting to SYSTEM CONFIG
Table 47. System Configuration Statements that Replace HCPSYS Macros (continued)
HCPSYS Macro
Corresponding System Configuration Statement
SYSTIME
TIMEZONE_DEFINITION
Note: There is one difference between the SYSTIME macroinstruction and the
TIMEZONE_DEFINITION statement. Using the SYSTIME macroinstruction allows you
to define only one time zone, while the TIMEZONE_DEFINITION statement allows you
to define an unlimited number of time zones. However, only one time zone can be
active at any one time.
SYSTORE
STORAGE
Note: The SYSTORE macroinstruction has the RMSIZE parameter that lets you
define how much real storage CP should allocate for itself. However, CP now uses the
maximum amount of available storage, unless you specify a real storage amount on
the RMSIZE parameter of the SYSTORE macroinstruction or you specify the
STORE=nnnnM parameter of the Stand-Alone Program Loader (SAPL). (For more
information about SAPL and the IPL parameters, see z/VM: CP Planning and
Administration.) Because CP uses the maximum amount of available storage, there is
no need for an operand on the STORAGE statement that is equivalent to the RMSIZE
parameter of the SYSTORE macroinstruction.
SYSUVOL
USER_VOLUME_SET
Configuration Statements that Replace HCPRIO Macroinstructions
Table 48 shows the macroinstructions in the HCPRIO ASSEMBLE file that should
be migrated to system configuration statements.
Table 48. System Configuration Statements that Replace HCPRIO Macros
HCPRIO Macro
Corresponding System Configuration Statement
RDEVICE (ICA)
RDEVICE (ICA)
RDEVICE (SHARED)
DEVICES
RDEVICE (UIRATE)
HOT_IO_RATE
Note: There are two differences between the UIRATE parameter of the RDEVICE
macroinstruction and the HOT_IO_RATE statement:
1. Both the UIRATE parameter and the HOT_IO_RATE statement let you specify the
maximum unsolicited interrupt rate for a specific device, but the HOT_IO_RATE
statement also lets you set the rate for:
v All devices
v An entire class of devices
v A range of real device numbers.
2. You can use the CP QUERY HOTIO command to display hot I/O rates defined in
the system configuration file, but you cannot use this command to display hot I/O
rates that you defined using the UIRATE parameter of the RDEVICE
macroinstruction.
RDEVICE (other)
RDEVICE
Note: Only real I/O devices that are too old to be sensed or that require more
information must be defined with RDEVICE statements.
RIOGEN
OPERATOR_CONSOLES
Note: You can use the EMERGENCY_MESSAGE_CONSOLES statement to define a
list of console addresses that CP notifies when there is a system emergency.
SYSFCN
PRIV_CLASSES
Using the HCPTRIO and HCPTSYS Utilities
The HCPTRIO and HCPTSYS sample utility programs convert HCPRIO and
HCPSYS definitions to system configuration statements. HCPTRIO and HCPTSYS
148
z/VM: Migration Guide
Converting to SYSTEM CONFIG
are REXX programs and can run on any level of VM. The programs read your
HCPRIO and HCPSYS files and create files containing statements that you can use
in a SYSTEM CONFIG file.
Notes:
1. HCPTRIO and HCPTSYS do not process DMKRIO and DMKSYS files.
2. By default, HCPTRIO examines the HCPRIO ASSEMBLE file on the first
accessed CMS minidisk and generates a list of statements for those real
devices that do not answer sense ID requests or that do not return enough
information. By default, HCPTRIO creates a file called RDEV CONFIG on the
first CMS minidisk accessed in R/W mode.
3. By default, HCPTSYS examines the HCPSYS ASSEMBLE file on the first
accessed CMS minidisk and generates a list of statements for your system that
define its system characteristics (such as accounting, journaling, and time zone)
and CSE status. By default, HCPTSYS creates a file called SYSTEM CONFIG
on the first CMS minidisk accessed in R/W mode.
4. The statements created by HCPTRIO and HCPTSYS may not define a
complete SYSTEM CONFIG file. Because HCPTRIO and HCPTSYS create
statements from your existing HCPRIO and HCPSYS macroinstructions, they
may not create some new configuration statements that are necessary for IPL.
For example, HCPTRIO and HCPTSYS will not create a LOGO_CONFIG
statement. You must create that statement, and perhaps others, manually in the
SYSTEM CONFIG file. For detailed information about configuration file
statements and the minimum contents of the SYSTEM CONFIG file, see z/VM:
CP Planning and Administration.
In the following example, system configuration statements are created in the RIO
CONFIG A file from the macros contained in the file HCPRIO ASSEMBLE D:
hcptrio rio config a from hcprio assemble d
In this example, the HCPTSYS command creates SYS CONFIG A from HCPSYS
ASSEMBLE E:
hcptsys sys config a from hcpsys assemble e
For more information, see “HCPTRIO” on page 194 and “HCPTSYS” on page 196.
To use the statements created by HCPTRIO and HCPTSYS, add them to the
SYSTEM CONFIG file on the parm disk. Make any other changes you desire or
need and re-IPL CP.
Using the HCPDCON Utility
The HCPDCON sample utility program examines your running system and
generates a file of configuration statements. By default, HCPDCON creates a file
named SYSTEM CONFIG on the first CMS minidisk accessed in R/W mode. For
more information, see “HCPDCON” on page 190.
Before using the SYSTEM CONFIG file created by HCPDCON, make sure that the
file contain all the necessary statements and definitions. For detailed information
about configuration file statements and the minimum contents of the SYSTEM
CONFIG file, see z/VM: CP Planning and Administration. Then copy the SYSTEM
CONFIG file to the parm disk and re-IPL CP.
Chapter 4. Migration Tasks
149
Converting to SYSTEM CONFIG
Using the HCPRDEV Utility
The HCPRDEV sample utility program creates a system configuration-like file that
contains statements for all real devices on your system that do not answer a sense
ID request or do not return enough information. (These devices must be defined to
the system.) When you select this function of HCPRDEV, by default it creates a file
named RDEVS CONFIG on the first CMS minidisk accessed in R/W mode. For
more information, see “HCPRDEVS” on page 192.
Difference with Multiple Systems Using Shared Data
When using CP configurability support, you may see DASD attached to systems
other than your new system. For example, your installation can have a large set of
DASD that is shared by several systems. All the systems’ IOCPs could be set up
for all the DASD, but each system actually uses only some of the DASD.
Because CP configuration senses all the DASD you have defined in your IOCP, you
can see DASD not attached to your new system. To have your new system ignore
DASD not attached to it, identify each one on a USER_VOLUME_EXCLUDE
configuration statement.
Creating a Logo Configuration File
You can use the logo configuration file to override all information specified in
HCPBOX ASSEMBLE. You can define an alternate source for logo picture files
without changing HCPBOX. You can use statements in the logo configuration file to
choose logo pictures for logical devices, SNA terminals, and locally-attached
terminals. You can also use the logo configuration file to define the contents of the
following fields:
v Command area
v Input area at the bottom of the logo screen
v Online message at the top of each logo screen
v Status area
You can use the DRAWLOGO sample utility program to create logo screens for
your system. With this utility, you can edit the text of the logo file using XEDIT and
modify the 3270 screen attributes in a logo file. DRAWLOGO creates these logo
files on the first CMS minidisk accessed in R/W mode. By default, the file type is
LOGO.
For more information about creating a logo configuration file and using the
DRAWLOGO utility, see z/VM: CP Planning and Administration.
Migrating Spool Files and Saved Segments
This section provides you with some options for migrating your spool files, including
saved segments, from your old system to your new system.
Notes:
1. The IPL process handles migration of spool files during IPL, but as a precaution
you may want to consider doing your own spool file migration, especially for
important spool files.
2. Use the SPXTAPE command to dump files from your old system and load them
on the new system.
150
z/VM: Migration Guide
Migrating Spool Files
The VMFSGMAP command provides a saved segment mapping and planning
interface and allows you to define saved segments to VMSES/E. You can then use
the VMFBLD command to build saved segments on your system. The z/VM: Saved
Segments Planning and Administration book provides details on saved segments,
including how to use VMFSGMAP to map and manipulate saved segment layouts
and how to use VMFBLD to build saved segments on your system.
Depending on how you plan to migrate to the new system, you can use various
methods to migrate your old system’s spool files and saved segments, as shown in
Table 49.
Table 49. Methods for Migrating Spool Files
Method
When you can use this method
Using the same warm start and
checkpoint areas
v When you are ready to cut over completely from
your old system to your new system
v When you want to migrate all your spool files and
saved segments at once
Using SPXTAPE
v When you are ready to cut over completely from
your old system to your new system
v When you want to use your new system as a test
system before cutting over completely
v When you want to migrate all your spool files and
saved segments at once
v When you want to migrate selected spool files or
saved segments
Building saved segments
individually
v Anytime
Using the Same Warm Start and Checkpoint Areas to Migrate All Spool
Files at Once
If you are ready to cut over completely from your old system to a new production
system, you can set up your new system to use the same warm start and
checkpoint areas as your old system. When you IPL your new system with the
warm start option, all of the spool files, including your saved segments, are known
to your new system. Be sure that no other users are on the old system.
Note: If you cold start your system, saved segments are saved and known to your
system.
The steps below describe the situation where you are currently running the new
z/VM release on a test system.
┌────────────┐
│
│
│
Old
│
│ production │
│ system
│
│
│
└────────────┘
┌───────────┐
┌────────────┐
│
│
│
│
│
Test
│
│
New
│
│
│ ─────────── │ production │
│ system
│
│
system
│
│
│
│
│
└───────────┘
└────────────┘
1. Define your new production system using the same warm start area and spool
areas you defined in your old production system. Define these areas in the
CP_OWNED and SYSTEM_RESIDENCE statements in SYSTEM CONFIG. List
all DASD from your old system first, just as it is defined. Make sure that the
Chapter 4. Migration Tasks
151
Migrating Spool Files
2.
3.
4.
5.
DASD slot numbers for the spool file volumes are identical between the
old production system and the new production system. Then list any
additional volumes directly after.
Use SPXTAPE to dump all of your spool files to tape from your old production
system. This is for backup purposes.
On your old production system, purge any saved segments, saved systems, or
other spool files that you do not want on your new production system.
Use SPXTAPE to dump all of the spool files and system data files from your
test system to tape. You have to do this because in the next step you IPL your
new production system using the same warm start and checkpoint areas as
your old production system, which means that your new segments from the test
system will not be available.
IPL your new production system using the warm start option. Consider using the
NOAUTOLOG option in response to the START prompt to prevent any service
machines from coming up with the wrong level of CMS.
Note: The spool files of users not known to your new system but who had
spool files in your old system are now owned by the OPERATOR user
ID.
6. Use SPXTAPE to load the spool files and saved segments from your test
system (that you dumped to tape in step 4) on to your new production system.
7. To see what saved segments and saved systems your new system has, enter:
q nss
You may see some saved segments or saved systems with the same name or
some that you no longer want or need on your new system.
Using the spool ID, purge any saved segments or saved systems that are
duplicates or that you no longer want or need. Do not use the names of the
saved segments or saved systems to purge them. Using the name may cause
you to purge a saved segment you meant to keep.
8. Either shutdown and reIPL your new system, or enter the following command to
start up all of your system’s service machines:
xautolog autolog1
Attention: Do not IPL your old production system. Because it is defined with the
same checkpoint and warm start areas as your new system, it can corrupt your
new system’s spool files.
9. Consider using the VMFSGMAP command to further map your system’s saved
segment layout and set up VMSES/E to build saved segments. See “Building
Saved Segments Individually” on page 153 for a brief description of
VMFSGMAP. For further details on managing saved segments see the z/VM:
Saved Segments Planning and Administration book.
Using SPXTAPE to Migrate All or Some of Your Spool Files
Another method for migrating your spool files is to use SPXTAPE. You can use this
method if you want to migrate all of your spool files or selected spool files. For
example, if you want to test out particular saved segments on your new system
before bringing it into production, you can migrate only the spool files that contain
those segments.
1. If you need to, use QUERY commands on your old system to determine which
spool files (reader, printer, punch, saved segments) you want to migrate to your
new system.
2. On your old system, use SPXTAPE to dump to tape the spool files you want to
migrate to your new system, including saved segments and saved systems.
152
z/VM: Migration Guide
Migrating Spool Files
3. IPL your new system. Make sure you have enough spool space allocated to
contain the spool files you intend to load.
4. On your new system, use SPXTAPE to load the spool files you dumped in step
2 on page 152.
5. To see what saved segments and saved systems your new system has, enter:
q nss
You may see some saved segments or saved systems with the same name or
some that you no longer want or need on your new system.
Using the spool ID, purge any saved segments or saved systems that are
duplicates or that you no longer want or need. Do not use the names of the
saved segments or saved systems to purge them. Using the name may cause
you to purge a saved segment you meant to keep.
6. Consider using the VMFSGMAP command to further map your system’s saved
segment layout and to set up VMSES/E to build saved segments. See “Building
Saved Segments Individually” for a brief description of VMFSGMAP. For further
details on managing saved segments see the z/VM: Saved Segments Planning
and Administration book.
Building Saved Segments Individually
If you prefer, you can rebuild each individual saved segment you need on your new
system. In general, to plan and map your new system’s saved segment layout, you
need to:
v Gather information about the saved segments you need in your system
v Use VMFSGMAP, a segment mapping and planning tool, to help you map your
system’s saved segments
To plan and set up your saved segment layout in the new system:
1. Identify all of the products or applications in your new system that require saved
segments.
2. Collect all of the saved segment definitions (that is, default DEFSEG
commands) for each of the products or applications that will use saved
segments in your new system.
For products, this information will most likely be in the installation information for
each product. You need to gather this information for your system’s own
applications as well. The type of information you would need is shown in
Table 50.
Table 50. Example of Saved Segment Information
Type of information needed
Your segment information
Product
z/VM
Segment Name
CMSBAM
Segment Type
Physical
Space Name
DOSBAM
Default Location
B10-B3F
Size (Pages)
30 hex pages (48 decimal)
Run Above 16 MB?
No
Build Tool
VMFBLD
Depending on how you plan to migrate to your new system, you may gather this
information in two ways:
Chapter 4. Migration Tasks
153
Migrating Spool Files
v Gradually, as you install or move each product or application
v During your migration planning prior to installing any products
Although it may require more time to plan for your migration, you should
consider mapping your entire saved segment layout at once. Otherwise, as you
gradually install additional products, you may have to remap and rebuild saved
segments on your system.
As you gather saved segment information for your system’s products and
applications, you may need to take note of additional information about each
saved segment that you plan to use in your new system:
v Whether the saved segment is a CMS logical segment or a CP physical
segment
v Whether the saved segment can reside above the 16 MB line
v What execs or commands are used to build and save the segment
Note: There are two situations when you may not need to gather the additional
information:
v Depending on how your new system and associated products were
packaged, a number of saved segments may already be defined on
your system. If this is true, do not collect the information for these
segments manually. Later, when you use VMFSGMAP, you can pull
saved segment information for these saved segments directly into the
VMFSGMAP segment mapping tool using the SEGMERGE macro.
You can input any additional segment information later if necessary.
v Some products may be VMSES/E-installed. In this case, these
products may already have their default saved segment definitions
identified for VMFSGMAP; so you do not need to collect this
information manually. When you refer to each individual product’s
installation manual, the manual should clearly identify whether the
product’s saved segments are already defined for VMFSGMAP.
The information you gather will be useful to you later when you build your saved
segments using VMFBLD. You provide this information to VMSES/E using the
VMFSGMAP interface.
3. Use VMFSGMAP to add saved segment definitions or to plan for and out your
system’s saved segment layout.
With VMFSGMAP, you provide specific information about each saved segment
in your system:
v Where it should reside in storage (the DEFSEG statement)
v The name of the saved segment and segment space name if it applies
v Whether it can reside above the 16 MB line
v Whether CMS logical segments reside in the saved segment
v What disks must be accessed for the saved segment to be properly built
v Instructions for how to build and save the saved segment
Note: Some packaged systems and any products that are VMSES/E enabled
already have this information, as well as any other applicable
information, identified for you. In general, for these saved segments
you update only information about the placement of a saved segment
or of a segment space in which the saved segment resides.
Using VMFSGMAP, you can map and manipulate your system’s saved segment
layout without affecting your running system. How to invoke VMFSGMAP, use
154
z/VM: Migration Guide
Migrating Spool Files
its panel interface, and map out and manipulate saved segment layouts is fully
described in the z/VM: Saved Segments Planning and Administration book.
When manipulating your system’s saved segment layout:
v Remember that CMS uses storage locations from 15 MB to 20 MB. Be sure
not to place any saved segments in that area.
v Make sure that you adequately plan for saved segments that must be run
below the 16 MB line.
v Be careful not to overlay saved segments that require one another.
4. Build and save the saved segments you need on your system.
Saved segments that have been completely defined to VMSES/E with the
VMFSGMAP interface can be built using VMFBLD, regardless of whether the
saved segment belongs to a product that is completely serviced with VMSES/E.
And, for any products or applications that are serviced with VMSES/E, you will
be notified whenever service to that product or application requires that a saved
segment must be rebuilt. For products or applications that are not
VMSES/E-enabled, you can manually provide the necessary information and
use VMFBLD to build the saved segment.
For example, to build the CMSPIPES saved segment, you would enter:
vmfbld ppf segbld esasegs segblist cmspipes ( all
For examples of how to use VMFBLD to build saved segments on your system,
see the z/VM: Saved Segments Planning and Administration book.
Avoiding the Loss of Spool Files and System Data Files During
Migration
Changing how you allocate SPOOL space on your new system may cause you to
lose spool files, which can include system data files. For example, you may decide
to remove a cylinder or extent of SPOOL space during the migration of your system
and make it PERM space for a minidisk. When the minidisk owner formats that
space, any spool file that was chained through a page that was changed from
SPOOL space to PERM space will then be destroyed. To avoid this potential loss of
data:
1. Back up your spool files and system data files using SPXTAPE DUMP before
reallocating SPOOL space.
2. Reallocate the SPOOL space.
3. Purge your system data files from the old system.
4. Shutdown the old system. Do NOT use SHUTDOWN REIPL.
5. IPL the new system with a cold start.
6. Restore the backed up spool files and system data files using SPXTAPE LOAD.
Sharing Data between Your Old System and Your New System
If you plan to migrate users from your old system to the new system in a staged
fashion, your production will be split between several systems. One major concern
is how you will share data between these systems.
z/VM allows you to share information on a DASD volume in the following ways:
v Among multiple virtual machines using virtual reserve/release.
v Among one virtual machine and operating systems running on other processors
using real reserve/release.
Chapter 4. Migration Tasks
155
Sharing Data
v Among multiple virtual machines and operating systems running on other
processors using concurrent virtual and real reserve/release. The virtual
machines and operating systems must support reserve/release CCWs.
The following sections include examples of using virtual reserve/release and
concurrent virtual and real reserve/release. For a complete discussion, refer to the
information about DASD sharing in the z/VM: CP Planning and Administration book.
Reserve/Release Considerations for VSE
z/VM supports virtual reserve/release for minidisks that are not a full pack.
Therefore, the cross-system communication (also called the “lock file”) volume does
not have to be defined as a full pack.
MDISK statements for all DASD you want to mount to VSE as shared (in other
words, you want to use the S operand of the IPL ADD statement) must include the
V suffix on the link mode. That is, the link mode must be MWV. If this is not done,
VSE issues MSG0I23I for the minidisks that do not have link mode MWV on their
MDISK statements.
Specifying MWV does not result in any additional overhead because z/VM does not
do a reserve/release to any pack unless the guest asks it to. VSE only does a
reserve/release to the cross-system communication file (the “lock file”) after IPL.
Note that if the cross-system communication file (the “lock file”) is shared by more
than one CPU, SHARED must be YES on the RDEVICE statement in the system
configuration file. Also, for sharing a volume concurrently between real and virtual
machines, the volume must be defined as a full-pack minidisk.
Note: z/VM supports virtual reserve/release for the virtual disks in storage function.
Virtual disks in storage are temporary FBA minidisks simulated in system
storage rather than mapped to real DASD. Therefore, a virtual disk in
storage may be faster than other minidisks because it avoids the overhead
of I/O operations. VSE guests may benefit from this function by using a
virtual disk in storage instead of a permanent minidisk to store label
information areas and the cross-system communication file (the “lock file”).
The virtual disk in storage function may be used by a guest running any
supported version or release of VSE.
What to Do if Reserve/Release Cannot Be Used
In some instances, you will not benefit from or will not be able to share DASD
through reserve/release. For instance, if:
v You need to share data among multiple virtual machines on multiple systems and
the operating systems running in the virtual machines do not support
reserve/release CCWs. CMS is an example of a virtual machine that does not
support this type of sharing.
v Your system is constrained and you cannot afford the performance degradation
that results from shared DASD (particularly concurrent virtual and real
reserve/release).
v You need to share databases (such as SQL/DS™ or DB2® Server for VM)
between several groups of users and not all of the users can be moved to the
new system.
v There are incompatibilities that prevent your old system and new system from
accessing the same data.
156
z/VM: Migration Guide
Sharing Data
In these cases, you might:
v Replicate the data.
v Maintain the data on only one system and give two user IDs to users who need
to access the data.
v Physically attach the DASDs you want to share to the second system and allow
write access from only one system. If you have RACF, you can use it to find out
who has access and to limit the write access from one system. You should be
aware, however, that this method of sharing is not protected by z/VM; you must
set up the controls yourself.
v Use the cross system extensions (CSE) support in z/VM. See “Sharing Data
among CMS Users on Multiple Systems” on page 161 for details.
Sharing Data among Multilevel Virtual Machines
If you want to share data among virtual machines running on the new system that
support reserve/release CCWs, and you do not need to share this data with
operating systems running on other processors, use virtual reserve/release. “Using
Virtual Reserve/Release” explains how to do this. A virtual machine in which MVS is
running is an example of a virtual machine that supports reserve/release CCWs.
If you want to share data among virtual machines running on the new system, and
the virtual machines do not support reserve/release CCWs, you cannot use virtual
reserve/release. A virtual machine in which CMS is running is an example of a
virtual machine that does not support reserve/release CCWs. “Without Using Virtual
Reserve/Release” on page 159 shows you how to share data between virtual
machines that do not support virtual reserve/release.
Using Virtual Reserve/Release
If you want to share data among virtual machines running on the new system that
support reserve/release CCWs, and you do not need to share this data with
operating systems running on other processors, use virtual reserve/release.
Virtual reserve/release works the same way on the new system as it does on your
old system. Figure 1 on page 158 depicts virtual machines containing MVS that are
sharing DASD through virtual reserve/release.
Chapter 4. Migration Tasks
157
Sharing Data
┌────┐
│DASD│
┌─────│
│──────┐
│
└────┘
│
│
│ │
│
│
│ │
│
│
│ │
│
│
│ │
│
┌─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┐
│ CMS │ MVS │ MVS │
│
│
│
│
│ A │ B │
│
│
│
├─────┴─────┴─────┤ MVS │ MVS │ CMS │
│
│ X │ Y │
│
│
New VM
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
├─────────────────┴─────┴─────┴─────┤
│
│
│
Old VM
│
│
│
└───────────────────────────────────┘
Figure 1. Sharing DASD Using Virtual Reserve/Release
To set up virtual reserve/release, it has to look like concurrent virtual and real
reserve/release to the guest, which in the scenario depicted in Figure 1 is your new
system.
Do the following on the new (guest) system:
1. Define the DASD as a minidisk for one of the virtual machines, perhaps MVS A,
in the new system directory. Specify MWV as the access mode on the MDISK
statement. To the second level guest, which is your new z/VM system, this
minidisk must be viewed as a full-pack minidisk.
2. Use the SHARED YES operand on the RDEVICE statement in your SYSTEM
CONFIG file on the new system guest for this minidisk. For example:
Rdevice 0cc0 Type Dasd Shared yes
Or use the SET SHARED command on the new system guest for this minidisk.
For example:
set shared on for 0cc0
3. Code the LINK statement for the remaining virtual machine, MVS B, in the new
system directory. Specify MW as the access mode.
Do the following on the old (first-level) system:
1. Define the DASD where the minidisk resides.
2. Code the MDISK statement in your new system’s directory entry in the old
system’s directory. You must append a V to the primary access mode (read,
write, multiple write, and so on) indicating that this minidisk can be shared
between virtual machines. For example:
MDISK 197 3390 000 400 WORKPK MWV ORANGE
3. Code the LINK statement in the directory entries for MVS X and MVS Y. For
example:
LINK NEWESA 197 197 MW
4. Specify that the DASD will not be shared with another operating system. The
default setting of the SHARED option of the RDEVICE macro (SHARED=NO)
takes care of this for you.
158
z/VM: Migration Guide
Sharing Data
Now, virtual machines running on your new system (the second-level system) may
have write access to the same information as virtual machines running on your old
system (the first level system).
Without Using Virtual Reserve/Release
If you want to share data among virtual machines running on the new system, and
the virtual machines do not support reserve/release CCWs, such as CMS, you
cannot use virtual reserve/release. You define the DASD as a minidisk, giving
read/write access to only one of the CMS users running on the new system guest;
the others can have only read access. This is shown in Figure 2.
┌────┐
┌───────────│
│────────────┐
│
│DASD│
│
│
┌─────│
│──────┐
│
│
│
└────┘
│
│
│
│
│ │
│
│
│
│
│ │
│
│
│
│
│ │
│
│
│
│
│ │
│
│
┌─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┬─────┐
│ CMS │ CMS │ CMS │
│
│
│
│ A │ B │ C │
│
│
│
├─────┴─────┴─────┤ CMS │ CMS │ CMS │
│
│ X │ Y │ Z │
│
New VM
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
├─────────────────┴─────┴─────┴─────┤
│
│
│
Old VM
│
│
│
└───────────────────────────────────┘
Figure 2. Sharing DASD without Using Virtual Reserve/Release
Do the following on the new (guest) system:
1. Define the DASD as a minidisk for one of the virtual machines, perhaps CMS A,
in the new system directory. Specify MW as the access mode on the MDISK
statement.
2. Code the LINK statement for the remaining virtual machines, CMS B and CMS
C, in the new system directory. Specify RR as the access mode.
Do the following on the old (first-level) system:
1. Define the DASD where the minidisk resides.
2. Code the MDISK statement in your new system’s directory entry in the old
system’s directory. Do not append a V to the primary access mode. For
example:
MDISK 197 3390 000 400 WORKPK MW ORANGE
3. Code the LINK statement in the directory entries for CMS X, CMS Y, and CMS
Z. For example:
LINK NEWESA 197 197 MW
4. Specify that the DASD will not be shared with another operating system. The
default setting of the SHARED option of the RDEVICE macro (SHARED=NO)
takes care of this for you.
Now, virtual machines running in the new system may have read access to the
same information as virtual machines running on the old system.
Chapter 4. Migration Tasks
159
Sharing Data
Sharing Data among Virtual Machines and Other Systems
To share data among multiple virtual machines running on the new system and on
other (older) systems, use concurrent virtual and real reserve/release support. You
can do this, however, only if the virtual machines that are sharing the data support
reserve/release CCWs. In the example shown in Figure 3, the virtual machines
containing MVS on the new system can share DASD in this manner with the virtual
machine containing MVS on the old system. The virtual machines containing CMS
cannot share DASD because CMS does not support reserve/release CCWs. You
have to replicate the data for the CMS users or physically attach the DASD and
give write access to only one system.
Replicated
Shared
┌──────┐
┌──────┐
│
│
│
│────────┐
│ DASD │────┐
┌─│ DASD │
│
└──────┘
│
│ └──────┘
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
└───┐
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
┌─────┬─────┬─────┐
┌─────┬─────┬─────┐
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│ CMS │ CMS │ MVS │
│ MVS │ MVS │ CMS │
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
┌────┐
│
│
│
│
│
│
│
│────────────│
│
├─────┴─────┴─────┤
├─────┴─────┴─────┤
│DASD│
│
│
│
│
└────┘
│
Old VM
│
│
New VM
│
Replicated
│
│
│
│
└─────────────────┘
└─────────────────┘
Figure 3. Sharing DASD between Virtual Machines on Multiple Systems
Concurrent virtual and real reserve/release support can be invoked either during
system generation or at any time while the system is running.
Do the following to invoke concurrent virtual and real reserve/release while
generating the system:
1. Ensure that the operating system running as a guest on the new system and
the operating system with which you are sharing the DASD both support
reserve/release CCWs.
2. Define the DASD as a shareable full-pack minidisk. To do this, use the MDISK
statement in the user directory.
To define the DASD as a full-pack minidisk, the starting cylinder or block
number must be zero and the number of cylinders or blocks must equal or
exceed the number of cylinders or blocks on the real device. To define the
DASD as virtually shareable, include the V in the mode definition. For example:
MDISK 327 3380 000 885 MVS003 MWV
or
MDISK 328 9336 0000 END MVS003 MWV
3. Define the DASD as being shareable between multiple real and virtual systems
by specifying the SHARED YES option on an RDEVICE statement in SYSTEM
CONFIG. For example:
Rdevice 0327 Type Dasd Shared yes
160
z/VM: Migration Guide
Sharing Data
Note: Unless SHARED YES is specified, CP assumes that the device is not
shared.
Sharing Data among CMS Users on Multiple Systems
You can use cross system extensions (CSE) to share access to minidisks among
CMS users on different systems as if they were on the same system. Refer to
z/VM: CP Planning and Administration for detailed information about CSE.
Preparing for Cross-System Link
Activation of cross-system link requires that the volumes be defined in the
CP_OWNED or USER_VOLUME_LIST statements in the SYSTEM CONFIG file
and switched online to all systems. Also, several other system configuration
statements need to be added to the SYSTEM CONFIG file:
v XLINK_SYSTEM_EXCLUDE—to specify systems that CP is to exclude from the
cross-system link.
v XLINK_SYSTEM_INCLUDE—to specify systems that CP is to include in the
cross-system link.
v XLINK_VOLUME_EXCLUDE—to define DASD volumes that are to be excluded
from the cross-system link operation.
v XLINK_VOLUME_INCLUDE—to define the DASD volumes to be included in the
cross-system link operation.
The statements are described in z/VM: CP Planning and Administration.
Preparing for Cross-System Spool
Activation of cross-system spool requires that the spooling volumes be defined to
the control programs by the CP_OWNED statement in the SYSTEM CONFIG files
of all CSE systems in the complex. The spooling volumes must be switched online
to those systems. Additional configuration statements may be needed, as follows:
v XSPOOL_SYSTEM—to specify the systems that are to participate in
cross-system commands and spooling operations.
v XSPOOL_TRACE—to define the number of pages of storage that CP should
allocate for the cross-system spool (XSPOOL) trace tables.
v XSPOOL_XLIST_INPUT—to specify virtual machines whose input spool files will
not participate in cross-system spooling and cross-system message and query
commands.
v XSPOOL_XLIST_OUTPUT—to specify virtual machines whose output spool files
will not participate in cross-system spooling and cross-system message and
query commands.
Finally, all spooling volumes must be CP-formatted for the new system. Once these
conditions are met, cross-system spooling is activated by an explicit operator
command and can be started on one system at a time until the entire complex is
operating with shared spool.
Any system not starting cross-system spool will continue to operate in the normal
way without shared spool. However, once a complex has become operational,
systems cannot be removed and then added again without consideration for the
spool files that belong to different users and are now spread throughout the
complex. These files are now owned by different systems and must be collected
and redistributed if CSE operation is discontinued.
Chapter 4. Migration Tasks
161
Migrating the Directory
Migrating Your User Directory
This section helps you migrate your old user directory to the new system. Do not
migrate the directory until you finish installing the new system.
Object Directory Compatibility
Object directory compatibility is supported when the object directory created with
the DIRECTXA MODULE on the new system is used by other currently supported
releases of CP. This support lets you use a single source directory in a mixed
Cross System Extensions (CSE) environment, or when migrating to the new release
of CP.
A copy of the new DIRECTXA MODULE should exist on each system that will share
a single source directory and depend on object directory compatibility. A new copy
of the DIRECTXA MODULE should be distributed to each of the systems whenever
service is applied to the HCPDIR ASSEMBLE file on the new system, which is used
to create the DIRECTXA MODULE.
Getting Around Directory Differences
If you want to use the same source directory for your old and new systems:
v Migrating from an Unsupported Release: Avoid using any directory statements
or options that were introduced after your current release. MIXED directory
APARs do not exist for any subsequent releases. To include statements or
options that were introduced after your release, you must maintain two source
directories. The statements and options that are unsupported by your old system
should be included only in the source directory for the new system.
v Migrating from a Supported Release: You can do either of the following:
– Use the DIRECTXA MODULE on the new system to create the object
directory for both systems, as described above.
– Avoid using any directory statements or options that were introduced after
your release. MIXED directory APARs do not exist for any subsequent
releases.
User Directory Control Statement Changes
For a list of control statement changes, refer to the control statements compatibility
table (if any) for each of the releases since your old release.
Default Volume Label Changes
The default volume labels have changed from your old release to the new release.
The new prefix is 510. For example, the label for the system residence volume is
510RES.
Preparing to Migrate Your User Directory
If you have a problem IPLing the new system, it may be because of changes you
have made to the directory. If you suspect this, you can use the NODIRECT option
when you bring up the new system. This brings up the system without accessing
the user directory.
Before you can use NODIRECT, you need to know information about the source
directory’s minidisk, the CMS system disk, and the system residence volume. Enter
this information now in Table 51 on page 163 to help you remember it. It may be
too late to get this information if you wait until you have directory problems. The first
162
z/VM: Migration Guide
Migrating the Directory
three entries in Table 51 are examples. Refer to z/VM: CP Planning and
Administration for more information on loading z/VM V5R1. Refer to the z/VM:
Guide for Automated Installation and Service for information on the IBM default
location and sizes of minidisks.
Table 51. Information Needed To Use NODIRECT Option
Minidisk or
Volume Address
Volume Identifier Starting Cylinder Number of
or Block
Cylinders or
Blocks Allocated
Minidisk containing source directory
(example)
2CC
510RES
296
5
CMS system disk (example)
190
510RES
189
107
System residence volume (example) 123
510RES
0
END
Minidisk containing source directory
CMS system disk
System residence volume
Using Two Source Directories
During your migration, you may choose to maintain either two source directories or
one. If you use two directories, one on the old system and one on the new, you
need to be very careful that any changes are reflected in both directories, if needed.
Using two directories allows you to exploit the new functions of z/VM V5R1 without
worrying about backing out.
Considerations for Using a Directory Maintenance Program
If you have already installed a directory maintenance program on your z/VM V5R1
system, or if you are using only one directory, you may have to issue additional
commands while migrating the source directory.
Example Using the IBM Directory Maintence Facility (DirMaint)
For example, several additional steps are needed if DirMaint is used:
1. Before changing the source directory, enter DIRM DISABLE. This ensures that
DirMaint does not try to update the directory while you are converting it.
2. Enter DIRM USER BACKUP. This creates a CMS flat file of the current source
directory named USER BACKUP and found on DirMaint’s 1DB minidisk
(G-disk).
3. Update USER BACKUP with the new directory statements.
4. After updating, copy USER BACKUP to DirMaint’s 1DF minidisk (E-disk) and
rename it to USER INPUT.
5. Erase any USER DIRECT E file and start DirMaint by autologging it or by
running DVHBEGIN or DIRM RLDDATA.
6. Enter DIRM ENABLE to allow DirMaint to resume making updates.
For complete information on how to make manual changes to the source directory
when DirMaint is installed and running, see:
v z/VM: Directory Maintenance Facility Tailoring and Administration Guide
v z/VM: Directory Maintenance Facility Commands Reference
v IBM Directory Maintenance Facility Program Directory
Chapter 4. Migration Tasks
163
Migrating the Directory
Steps for Migrating Your Source User Directory
Whether you use two directories or one during migration, you can migrate your
source directory by merging information from the old directory into the new
directory. The old directory is left unchanged and can be either discarded or used
on the old system. To do this:
1. Make a copy of the source user directory on the old system with a different file
name. Move the copy to the new system.
2. Edit the z/VM V5R1 directory and merge pieces from the old directory into it as
the old directory entries are migrated. To migrate the old directory entries:
a. Migrate each system user ID.
IBM supplies a sample directory with the z/VM product. In this directory,
there are several system user IDs defined. For each system user ID that
you used in your old system, verify that your directory entries are applicable
in z/VM V5R1:
v If applicable, make the needed changes in the new directory’s entry.
v If not applicable, leave the new directory’s entry as is.
b. For all other user IDs:
Note: This step may be staged or done in groups as you move the users to
the new system.
1) Increase storage sizes as needed. The minimum storage size for a
shared copy of CMS is 256 KB. At least 20 MB is needed to IPL a
nonshared copy of CMS, for example to IPL the 190 minidisk.
2) Verify that AUTOONLY, NOLOG, NOPASS, or LBYONLY is not specified
in the password field of the USER statement unless the user is to take
advantage of the function the operand provides.
3) Specify the type of virtual machine you want your user IDs to have. You
can specify an XA, ESA, or XC virtual machine.
Note: 370 virtual machines are no longer supported.
4) Look for usage of incompatible directory control statements. See the
user directory control statement compatibility tables in this book for the
list of incompatible statements. Note any defaults that changed since
your old release.
5) Resolve any incompatibilities by:
v Removing directory control statements that are no longer supported.
v Changing directory control statements with changed parameters.
v Optionally, exploiting new directory control statements and
parameters.
6) Move all migrated user IDs to the new directory.
3. Check the syntax of your new directory using the DIRECTXA command with the
EDIT option. For example:
directxa user direct (edit
4. Fix any problems.
5. Put the new directory on-line using the DIRECTXA command, for example,
directxa user direct
If You Cannot IPL Because of a Problem with the User Directory
If you have a problem IPLing z/VM V5R1, you can try using the NODIRECT option.
Because z/VM V5R1 does not support a stand-alone directory function, you must
164
z/VM: Migration Guide
Migrating the Directory
use the following steps to recover when you cannot IPL because of a problem with
the user directory. The information recorded in Table 51 on page 163 is used in this
procedure.
1. IPL and bring up the system using the NODIRECT option. This logs on the
primary system operator.
2. Use the DEFINE MDISK command to obtain access to the minidisks containing
the directory source file, the CMS system disk, and the CP system residence
volume. You recorded the minidisks addresses, starting values, and sizes in
Table 51 on page 163.
For example, using the sample information in Table 51 on page 163:
define mdisk as 2cc 296 5 510RES
define mdisk as 190 189 107 510RES
define mdisk as 123 0 END 510RES
3. IPL 190
4. Enter the ACCESS command to access the minidisk that contains the source
directory.
5. Fix the problem with the directory.
6. Put the corrected directory on-line using the DIRECTXA command. For
example:
directxa user direct
7. Shutdown and re-IPL the system without using the NODIRECT option.
Refer to z/VM: System Operation for a complete step-by-step procedure for
recovering the user directory after a problem during IPL.
Migrating Your SFS File Pool Servers
You will probably want to have the z/VM: CMS File Pool Planning, Administration,
and Operation book available as you do this task.
Using Two System Images
For this type of migration, you have both the old system and the new system
running at the same time. The new system can be installed on a separate physical
processor, in a logical partition, or as a second level system on your old system.
You can do the migration in two ways:
v Move the entire user population for your SFS file pool servers all at once.
v Stage the move by grouping your users, for example, by department, by project,
or whatever is appropriate.
Staging the move may be time consuming. Also, if you are not careful, aliases and
authorizations may be lost in the move.
You can automate the move somewhat by using the SFSTRANS EXEC, which is
documented in the z/VM: CMS File Pool Planning, Administration, and Operation
book, as a model. Note that SFSTRANS assumes that you have access to both the
old and the new servers.
Procedure
1. Use FILEPOOL BACKUP for each storage group to back up all the data on the
old release.
Chapter 4. Migration Tasks
165
Migrating File Pool Servers
For assistance, refer to the section on backing up the user data in the z/VM:
CMS File Pool Planning, Administration, and Operation book. This backup can
be used on your new server. It can also be used if you need to back out to
your old release.
Notes:
a. [2.1.0] Control data backup files created on your new system are not
supported on the old system.
2. Shut down the SFS file pool servers on your old system.
Enter the STOP operator command. Do not use STOP IMMEDIATE. For
example, from the server machine console, enter:
stop
Or, from a secondary user console, such as MAINT, enter:
#cp send vmserv3 stop
#cp send vmserv4 stop
3. Install the new level of z/VM.
4. Set up a file pool server machine on the new system.
If you are moving everyone at once:
If you can, move the entire DASD pack that contains the SFS minidisks to the
new system. Use the same minidisk locations and addresses defined in the
directory entry for the server on the old system. If needed, update the directory
entry as described in “Directory Entry Considerations and Changes” on page
168.
If you cannot move the entire DASD pack to the new processor, configure your
directory entry for the new server so that it has identical minidisk addresses
and sizes as the server on the old system. If you are moving the minidisks to a
DASD of a different type, it may be impossible for the sizes to be exactly the
same. In that case, make them slightly larger. Then, use the DFSMS COPY
command or the DDR command to move the contents of the old server’s
minidisks onto the new server’s minidisks. See the z/VM: CMS File Pool
Planning, Administration, and Operation book for more information about how
to prepare for and use DFSMS COPY.
If you are staging the move by groups:
Make sure the new file pool server machine has enough physical DASD space
to hold the group of users that you want to move. See the section on
generating a file pool and server in the z/VM: CMS File Pool Planning,
Administration, and Operation book for details on how to do this.
5. If you are staging the move by groups:
Move the users in the group that you want to move to the new file pool.
Consider modifying the SFSTRANS EXEC, which is shown in the z/VM: CMS
File Pool Planning, Administration, and Operation book, to automate this
procedure for you. To move users to the new file pool, do the following:
a. Enroll the users in the new file pool. Make sure the users have enough file
blocks to contain their data.
b. Re-create each user’s directory structure in the new file pool.
c. Copy or move the users’ files from the old file pool to the new file pool.
d. Remove the users’ space from the old file pool.
If you can, use the DELETE USER command to delete a user from the old
file pool. However, if a user needs to write to others’ files in the old file
pool, you can:
166
z/VM: Migration Guide
Migrating File Pool Servers
v Delete the user from the old file pool, then immediately re-enroll the
user, or
v Erase the copied or moved files, and reduce the user’s space to 0 using
the MODIFY USER command.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Notes:
1) If you specify the KEEPAUTH option on the DELETE USER command,
authorizations that were granted to that user ID are not deleted.
2) Aliases that others have for the moved files are lost, and aliases that
the moved user has in the old file pool are lost. If the users still need to
share files, they have to access each others’ directories. Aliases cannot
refer to base files in other file pools.
Log on to the file pool server machine. Make sure it uses the new CMS code,
which is typically:
v CMS code: In the CMS segment or on the 190 minidisk, and
v SFS code: On the 193 minidisk or in the CMSFILES segment.
IPL the new CMS.
Check the USERS startup parameter in the DMSPARMS file for your server
and the MAXCONN value in the server’s directory entry against the suggested
values found in the z/VM: CMS File Pool Planning, Administration, and
Operation. This can help you avoid potential virtual storage problems.
If BACKUP is specified in the DMSPARMS file, issue FILESERV BACKUP to
back up control data. You must do this before issuing FILESERV START or
you will get message DMS3440E, and FILESERV START will not continue.
fileserv backup
10. Start the SFS file pool servers.
If FILESERV START is not included in the PROFILE EXEC of the file pool
server virtual machine, enter it from the operator’s console:
fileserv start
11. Immediately back up your server data. Use FILEPOOL BACKUP for each
storage group to back up all the data on the old release.
Note: Control data created on your old release cannot be used on the new
release Storage group (user data) backup files created on your old
release can be used on the new release.
12. If you encounter problems and need to back out to your old system, see
“Converting an SFS File Pool Server Back to Your Old Release” on page 169.
Using the 'Cut and Go' Strategy
The 'cut and go' strategy is to move immediately off the old system and right on to
the new one. This approach is recommended only if your system is a guest system
or is small or very straightforward.
Procedure
1. Use FILEPOOL BACKUP for each storage group to back up all the data on the
old release.
For assistance, refer to the section on backing up the user data in the z/VM:
CMS File Pool Planning, Administration, and Operation book. This backup can
be used on your new server. It can also be used if you need to back out to
your old release.
Chapter 4. Migration Tasks
167
Migrating File Pool Servers
Note: Control data created on your old release cannot be used on the new
release. Storage group (user data) backup files created on your old
release can be used on the new release. Neither control data nor
storage group backup files created on your new system are supported
on the old system.
2. Review and make note of the start-up parameters, which are in the
DMSPARMS file, for each server on your old system.
3. Shut down your old-system SFS file pool servers.
Enter the STOP operator command. Do not use STOP IMMEDIATE. For
example, from the server machine console, enter:
stop
Or, from a secondary user console, such as MAINT, enter:
#cp send vmserv3 stop
#cp send vmserv4 stop
4. Install the new level of z/VM.
5. Make sure the server virtual machine has access to the disks where the new
CMS code resides, which is typically:
v CMS code: In the CMS segment or on the 190 minidisk, and
v SFS code: On the 193 minidisk or the CMSFILES segment.
6. IPL the new CMS.
7. Check the USERS startup parameter in the DMSPARMS file for your server
and the MAXCONN value in the server’s directory entry against the suggested
values found in the z/VM: CMS File Pool Planning, Administration, and
Operation book. This can help you avoid potential virtual storage problems.
8. If BACKUP is specified in the DMSPARMS file, issue FILESERV BACKUP to
back up control data. You must do this before issuing FILESERV START or
you will get message DMS3440E, and FILESERV START will not continue.
fileserv backup
9. Start the SFS file pool servers.
If FILESERV START is not included in the PROFILE EXEC of the file pool
server virtual machine, enter it from the operator’s console:
fileserv start
10. If you encounter problems and need to back out to your old system, see
“Converting an SFS File Pool Server Back to Your Old Release” on page 169.
Directory Entry Considerations and Changes
You may have to modify some of the CP directory entries for your SFS file pool
servers. If you have not done so already, make the following changes:
v USER directory control statement:
– Make sure the minimum and maximum virtual storage are at least 32 MB.
v OPTION directory control statement:
– Add the NOMDCFS operand to allow the server to use minidisk caching at a
rate that is not limited by the Fair Share Limit.
Note: This is applicable only to SFS file pool servers, not CRR recovery
servers.
– Add the QUICKDSP operand to allow the server to be added to the dispatch
list immediately when it has work to do, without waiting in the eligible list.
168
z/VM: Migration Guide
Migrating File Pool Servers
– Add the SVMSTAT operand to specify that the virtual machine is a service
virtual machine. This causes the server’s monitor statistics to be reported
separately from end-user virtual machines.
– Check your MAXCONN value in the server’s directory entry against the
suggested values found in z/VM: CMS File Pool Planning, Administration, and
Operation. This can help you avoid potential virtual storage problems.
v SHARE directory control statement:
– Add SHARE REL 1500 to place the server in a more favorable position in the
dispatch queue.
v MACHINE directory control statement:
– If not already done, replace 370 with XA or XC.
SFS file pool servers should use XC to exploit data spaces. CRR recovery
servers do not exploit data spaces and therefore should be set to XA.
v XCONFIG directory control statement:
– If you designated XC in the MACHINE directory control statement, then add
the following XCONFIG directory control statements:
XCONFIG ADDRSPACE MAXNUMBER 100 TOTSIZE 8192G SHARE
XCONFIG ACCESSLIST ALSIZE 1022
These statements have appropriate data space values for an SFS file pool
server.
v MINIOPT directory control statement:
– Add MINIOPT NOMDC to inhibit expanded storage caching for the following
file pool minidisks:
- For SFS file pool servers:
v Control minidisk
v SFS log minidisks
- For CRR recovery servers:
v All file pool minidisks
Converting an SFS File Pool Server Back to Your Old Release
z/VM does not support the conversion of SFS file pools and servers back to a
previous release. However, IBM does recognize that special situations exist where
such a conversion may be desired. The following procedure is intended to provide
some guidance. Please read this entire section before beginning the conversion.
If you do the conversion incorrectly, some of the problems you may encounter
include:
v Not being able to start the file pool server in your old system
v Loss of data
Procedure
To avoid file pool server problems, you must perform the following steps, where
required, in the order indicated:
1. Shut down the new SFS file pool server.
Stop file pool server multiple user mode processing by entering the STOP
operator command. Do not use STOP IMMEDIATE. For example, from the
server machine console enter:
stop
Or, from a secondary user console, such as MAINT, enter:
Chapter 4. Migration Tasks
169
Migrating File Pool Servers
#cp send vmservu stop
If your SFS file pool server is also a CRR recovery server, this step ensures
that all CRR logging activity completes normally. There are no additional
migration considerations if the SFS file pool server is also a CRR recovery
server. (Your SFS file pool server is a CRR recovery server if the CRR start-up
parameter exists in its serverid DMSPARMS file.)
Also, if possible, do not change the LU name value on the LUNAME start-up
parameter. See z/VM: CMS File Pool Planning, Administration, and Operation
for LUNAME start-up parameter considerations.
2. Convert your system back to the old release.
3. On the old system:
a. If you are using SFS control backup, which means you used the BACKUP
start-up parameter, execute the FILESERV BACKUP command to create a
new control backup file. For example:
fileserv backup
Note: Control backup files created by one VM release cannot be processed
by a different (earlier or later) release.
b. Start the old-system SFS file pool server for multiple user mode processing.
If FILESERV START is not included in the PROFILE EXEC of the file pool
server virtual machine, enter it:
fileserv start
Your SFS file pool conversion back to the old release is now complete.
Establishing Connectivity between Your New and Old Systems
Establishing connectivity between your new system and your old system allows you
to move data files from the old system to the new system. If you have installed the
new system on a separate processor or in another logical partition on the same
processor as the old system, you can use real channels to establish connectivity
between the two systems. If you have installed the new system as a guest of the
old system, you can use virtual channels to establish connectivity between the two
systems.
For example, you can set up a virtual channel between the RSCS licensed program
installed on the old system and RSCS installed on the new system. A virtual
channel for using PVM, VTAM®, TSAF, or AVS could be set up in a similar manner.
To set up RSCS, you make a virtual channel and add the proper definitions in the
configuration and control files. RSCS relies on GCS for supervising services. The
RSCS virtual machine must be defined as part of the GCS group so that it can
share a common storage area for information exchange, multitasking services, and
general I/O services.
Figure 4 on page 171 shows the relationship between the old (first-level) and new
(second-level) RSCS machines.
170
z/VM: Migration Guide
Establishing Connectivity
┌─────────┐
│
│
│
│
│ RSCS
│
│
│ attach
│
│ add link
│
| │
┌─────────┐
┌───────┴───────┼─┤
│
│
│
│ │
│
│
│
│ │
define ctca│ RSCS
│
│VM second-level│ │
couple
│
│
│
│ │
add link
│
│
│
│ │ define ctca
│
│ │
│
(NEWVM)
│ │
├───────┼─┴───────────┴───────────────┼─┤
│
└─────────────────────────────┘ │
│ Old VM
│
│ (OLDVM)
VM first level │
└───────────────────────────────────────┘
Figure 4. Connectivity between First- and Second-Level RSCS Machines
Procedures
On the First-level System
1. Define a link between the first-level RSCS virtual machine and the user ID that
will be running the second-level system.
In this example, the user ID that will be running the second-level system is
NEWVM.
The virtual address of the channel that is used for the link is 312.
a. From both the first-level RSCS virtual machine and the NEWVM user ID,
define the channel using the CP DEFINE command or the SPECIAL user
directory control statement.
For example, using the CP DEFINE command, you can enter:
define ctca 312
Or, in the user directory entries for NEWVM and the RSCS virtual machine,
add the following statement:
SPECIAL CTCA 312
b. Ensure that the channel you specified using DEFINE CTCA is defined in the
second-level system’s SYSTEM CONFIG file.
In our example, we are using 312 as the address of the channel that is used
for the link.
2. From either the RSCS machine or the NEWVM user ID, couple the addressed
links to enable communications over the virtual channel. For example, from the
first-level RSCS virtual machine, you can enter:
couple 312 newvmesa 312
3. Bring up the second-level system, including the second-level RSCS machine.
On the Second-level System
1. From the second-level RSCS virtual machine, attach the channel address
defined by NEWVM. For example, enter:
attach 312 rscs 312
Chapter 4. Migration Tasks
171
Backing Out
How to Back Out of the Migration
You may have to back out of the migration because of either system problems or
problems with application programs.
Note: To back out spool files, use the SPXTAPE command.
Backing Out Because of System Problems
How you back out depends on whether you are using separate residence volumes
for the old system and the new system or the same residence volume for both.
Using Separate Residence Volumes
If you run into a problem with z/VM V5R1 that forces you to back out, and you have
not yet exploited functions specific to z/VM V5R1 or migrated any CMS users, the
backout will not affect your end users. However, if you have to back out after
migrating some CMS users, you will greatly affect those users. Once users convert
their applications to run on the z/VM V5R1 CMS, they may not be able to run these
applications on the old CMS. Therefore, you should not migrate users to z/VM
V5R1 until you are satisfied with its stability.
Throughout the migration, you should maintain your old system residence volume
and CP-owned packs. Then, if you need to back out, you can easily do so.
If you must back out from z/VM V5R1 and IPL an old system, do the following:
1. Dump the spool files with the SPXTAPE DUMP command.
2. Shut down the z/VM V5R1 system.
3. Re-IML the processor to the appropriate mode, if needed.
4. IPL the old system.
5. Load the spool files with the SPXTAPE LOAD command.
6. Enable the terminals.
Using the Same Residence Volume
In preparation for a possible backout:
1. Before going to the new system, use stand-alone DDR to dump the nucleus:
ddr dump nuc
2. When you go to the new system, use the same CP-owned volumes, warmstart
area, and checkpoint area. Also, do not overwrite where the old system’s
nucleus was; keep that space available.
Then, if you have to back out, do the following:
1. Use the SPXTAPE DUMP command to save the spool files, if you want to.
2. IPL the stand-alone DDR program.
3. Use DDR to restore the nucleus to the system residence pack.
4. IPL the system residence pack.
5. Use the SPXTAPE LOAD command to restore any saved spool files.
Backing Out Individual Users Because of Problems with Application
Programs
When the system is stable, you can begin to migrate CMS users. To prepare for a
possible backout, either dual-path the code or keep copies of the old (pre-migration)
versions of your applications.
172
z/VM: Migration Guide
Backing Out
User Directory Concerns
If a user or group of users has problems running applications on z/VM V5R1 CMS,
you will need to backout these users to the old release. To plan for this, keep a
user directory entry in an old-level system for each z/VM V5R1 user until you are
satisfied that the users are running smoothly. You can use either an old-level guest
or a separate old-level system as the backout system. This will be extra work for
you but will have the least impact on the end users if they run into problems.
If you are using two source user directories, you must remember to reflect changes
made in one user directory to the other user directory.
Installing a Backlevel CMS
Note: If z/VM is installed on an IFL engine, you cannot run a level of CMS prior to
CMS Level 17.
IBM provides limited support for multiple levels of CMS on z/VM V5R1. You can
continue to use your production CMS with the CP component of z/VM V5R1, and
then gradually migrate users and applications to the new CMS. Previous releases of
the CMS component will be supported for a limited time following the general
availability of z/VM V5R1.
There is no intent to retrofit new function onto old releases of CMS. Attempts to use
new function on backlevel releases of CMS are unsupported and the results are
undefined. New function is defined as any device support, new CMS, or new CP
functions introduced in later releases of the operating system and not retrofitted to
the old CMS through the APAR service stream.
IBM will help with problem determination in these mixed environments and will take
APARs for problems in older releases of CMS. However, when IBM discontinues
service of an old VM release, support for the corresponding CMS under this offering
also ends.
Notes:
1. Throughout this discussion, backlevel CMS refers to an older level of CMS, still
in service, running on z/VM V5R1 CP.
2. z/VM V5R1 CMS does not support back levels of CP.
Before You Install a Backlevel CMS
While you are still running on your old system, there is certain information you
should record that will help when you install your backlevel CMS. Record this
information in Table 52 on page 175.
v Record the MDISK statement that defines the 190 minidisk on your old system.
This can be used as a reference when defining the minidisk to hold the backlevel
CMS on z/VM V5R1.
v Record the number of cylinders needed for your old 190 disk. You can get this
information from the MDISK statement that defines your old 190 disk, or you can
enter:
q virtual 190
v Determine the type of DASD your old CMS will reside on when you install it on
your z/VM V5R1 system. While installing a backlevel CMS, you will have to copy
the contents of your 190 minidisk from the old system to your z/VM V5R1
system.
Chapter 4. Migration Tasks
173
Installing a Backlevel CMS
– If you use the same type of DASD to hold the backlevel CMS on your z/VM
V5R1 system as you used on your old system, you can use DDR to copy the
files over. This is the preferred method.
– If the DASD type is not the same, you can use the VMFPLC2 command. This
method is not as easy as using DDR because you have to rebuild the CMS
nucleus.
Record the type of DASD you will use and how you will copy files over to z/VM
V5R1.
v If you are using the VMFPLC2 command to copy files, you have to format the
z/VM V5R1 minidisk that holds the backlevel CMS using the FORMAT command
with the RECOMP option. The RECOMP option changes the number of cylinders
on a disk that are available to you. By using the RECOMP option on the
FORMAT command you can leave a number of cylinders on the minidisk
available for the CMS nucleus. If you do not FORMAT the minidisk with
RECOMP, you cannot build the CMS nucleus.
To figure out how many cylinders to recomp, from your old system enter:
query virtual 190
An example of what this command returns is:
DASD 0190 3380 SYGEMC R/O
135 CYL
ON DASD
Now enter:
query disk s
An example of what this command returns is:
LABEL VDEV M
CMSOLD 190 S
Ready;
STAT
R/O
CYL TYPE BLKSIZE
120 3390 4096
FILES
843
BLKS USED-(%) BLKS LEFT
17905-83
3695
BLK TOTAL
21600
The difference in the number of cylinders displayed by these two commands is
the amount of space needed to hold the CMS nucleus. The number of cylinders
shown in the QUERY DISK response is the number of cylinders needed to hold
the contents for the 190 disk and is also the number of cylinders to recomp. In
this example, 120 cylinders are required on a 3390 DASD. By recomping 120
cylinders, fifteen cylinders are available for the CMS nucleus.
If you are using the VMFPLC2 method because your DASD types are not the
same, the number of cylinders you have to recomp may not be exactly the
number calculated above. This is because the number of pages per cylinder
varies from DASD type to DASD type. To make sure you are recomping a
sufficient number of cylinders:
1. Figure out how many pages per cylinder there are for each DASD type you
are using. You can find this information in the DASD storage capacity tables
in the z/VM: CP Planning and Administration book. For example, a 3380-E
has 150 pages per cylinder and a 3390-1 has 180 pages per cylinder.
2. Multiply the number of cylinders needed to hold the contents of your old 190
disk (120 in this example) by the pages per cylinder for each DASD.
For 3380 model E:
120 * 150 = 18000 pages
For 3390-1:
120 * 180 = 21600 pages
This shows you that you need 18000 pages of storage for the contents of the
old 190 disk. If you recomp 120 cylinders of 3390-1 DASD, this gives you
21600 pages of storage. Therefore, 120 cylinders is a sufficient number of
cylinders to recomp.
174
z/VM: Migration Guide
Installing a Backlevel CMS
3. Multiply the number of cylinders needed to hold the CMS nucleus (fifteen in
the previous example) by the pages per cylinder for each DASD. For
example,
For 3380 model E:
15 * 150 = 2250 pages
For 3390-1:
15 * 180 = 2700 pages
If you reserve fifteen cylinders on a 3390-1 DASD, it is plenty of space to
hold the CMS nucleus that you stored in fifteen cylinders on a 3380 model E.
If you calculated the number of cylinders to recomp on a 3390-1 DASD to be 120
cylinders, you would have to recomp 144 cylinders on a 3380-E DASD to store
the same amount of data. This is because there are fewer pages per cylinders
on a 3380-E.
Record the number of cylinders you need to recomp in Table 52.
Table 52. Information Needed Before Installing a Backlevel CMS
What
Example Information
MDISK statement for old VM system
190 disk
MDISK 190 3380 125 135 CMSRES
RR ALL
Number of cylinders for old VM
system 190 disk
135
DASD type for old VM system CMS
3380
DASD type for backlevel CMS on
new system
3390
Method you will use to copy files
(DDR or VMFPLC2)
VMFPLC2
If using VMFPLC2, number of
cylinders to recomp
120
Your Information
Steps for Installing a Backlevel CMS
When you are done installing the old CMS, the environment will look like this:
┌───────────┐
│
Old
│
│
CMS
│
│
│
┌────┴───────────┴──────────────────────┐
│
New VM CP
│
└───────────────────────────────────────┘
Figure 5. Backlevel CMS Running on a z/VM V5R1 CP
The steps for installing the old CMS on the z/VM V5R1 CP are as follows:
1. Log on to your z/VM V5R1 MAINT user ID.
2. Create a minidisk where the backlevel CMS will reside. You can use the
MDISK directory control statement from your old system as a reference. You
recorded this in Table 52.
The MDISK directory control statement in your z/VM V5R1 user directory for
the backlevel CMS may look like this:
MDISK 590 3380 125 135 510RES MR ALL WRITE MULTIPLE
v The 590 minidisk eventually becomes the 190 disk for the backlevel CMS.
The 590 minidisk can reside on any DASD volume.
Chapter 4. Migration Tasks
175
Installing a Backlevel CMS
v In this example, 135 cylinders are reserved for the 590 disk starting at
cylinder 125. You recorded the number of cylinders needed by your old 190
disk in Table 52 on page 175.
– If you are using the DDR method later in the procedure, you must make
your backlevel CMS minidisk on z/VM V5R1 exactly the same size as
your old CMS 190 minidisk.
– If you are using the VMFPLC2 method, the backlevel CMS minidisk can
be the same size or bigger than your old CMS 190 minidisk.
v Once you know how many cylinders you need for the 590 disk, you have to
figure out where to put the minidisk in your z/VM V5R1 configuration. Use
the DISKMAP command to find out where to put the backlevel CMS
minidisk. In the previous MDISK statement, the starting cylinder is 125. This
was obtained by entering:
diskmap user direct
For more information on DISKMAP, see the z/VM: CP Commands and
Utilities Reference.
The output file from this command is USER DISKMAP. This file shows you
the space you have available. If you cannot find enough contiguous space,
you may have to shift other minidisk locations and data around to make
room for the backlevel CMS.
Note: If you move a minidisk location, make sure you also move the data
on that minidisk. If you decide to shift locations of minidisks used for
the Shared File System, there may be additional considerations. See
the z/VM: CMS File Pool Planning, Administration, and Operation
book for details on replacing the SFS and CRR file pool minidisks.
3. Put the directory with the new statement online by issuing:
directxa user direct
4. Make sure your MAINT user ID is running an XA virtual machine. To check the
virtual machine mode, you can use the QUERY SET command. You can use
the SET MACHINE XA command or the MACHINE directory control statement
to set MAINT’s virtual machine to XA.
5. Link the minidisk where the backlevel CMS will reside by entering:
link maint 590 590 MR
6. Format the 590 disk and access it using an unused file mode by entering:
format 590 k
DMSFOR603R Format will erase all files on disk k(590).
Do you wish to continue? Enter 1 (YES) or 0 (NO).
1
DMSFOR605R Enter disk label:
CMSOLD
Note to VMFPLC2 Users
If you plan to use the VMFPLC2 method to copy files to z/VM V5R1, skip
to step 10 on page 177.
If you are using the DDR method, continue with step 7.
7. Copy the contents of your old 190 minidisk to the backlevel CMS minidisk on
z/VM V5R1 590. The following steps show how to DDR the old 190 contents to
the z/VM V5R1 590 minidisk.
a. Log on to your old-system MAINT user ID.
176
z/VM: Migration Guide
Installing a Backlevel CMS
b. Determine the location and size of the old 190 minidisk:
query mdisk 190 location
The response from this command would be something like this:
TargetID
MAINT
Tdev
0190
OwnerID
MAINT
Odev Dtype Vol-ID Rdev
0190 3390 410SYS E202
StartLoc
1937
Size
130
c. Log on to your z/VM V5R1 MAINT user ID.
d. Define the 190 location as a minidisk on the new system. For example:
define mdisk f190 1937 130 410sys
e. Dump the old-system files:
ddr
sysprint cons
input f190 3390
output 590 3390
copy all
Now you have the old VM system 190 CMS files on your z/VM V5R1 590
minidisk.
8. Define the 190 minidisk that contains z/VM V5R1 CMS with another address;
for example:
define 190 as 90
9. Define the 590 minidisk with the old-system CMS on it as your 190; for
example:
def 590 190
Note to DDR Users
DDR users can now skip to step 17 on page 179.
If you are using the VMFPLC2 method, continue with step 10.
10. While you are still on your z/VM V5R1 MAINT user ID, use the FORMAT
command with the RECOMP option to change the available cylinders on 590
for disk-resident files. In the previous example, 120 cylinders needed to be
recomped. (See Table 52 on page 175.) Remember, this leaves fifteen
cylinders for the backlevel CMS nucleus. Use the following FORMAT
command:
format 590 k 120 (recomp
The response from this command would be:
LABEL VDEV M
CMSOLD 590 K
Ready;
STAT
R/W
CYL TYPE BLKSIZE
120 3390 4096
FILES
843
BLKS USED-(%) BLKS LEFT
17905-83
3695
BLK TOTAL
21600
11. Copy the contents of the old-system CMS on your 190 minidisk to the
backlevel CMS minidisk on your z/VM V5R1 590. The following steps show
how to move the old-system 190 contents to the z/VM V5R1 590 minidisk
using VMFPLC2.
a. Log on to your old-system MAINT user ID.
b. Create a copy of the CMS nucleus and put it in MAINT’s reader by
entering:
spool punch *
spool printer *
vmfload cmsload dmsvm
These commands put the load deck in MAINT’s reader.
Chapter 4. Migration Tasks
177
Installing a Backlevel CMS
c. Receive the load deck as a CMS file on your 191 disk. Make sure you
record the file name and file type. The example described here uses the file
name CMSNUC FILE A.
d. Attach a tape to the MAINT user ID on your old system:
attach rdev to maint as 181
e. Access the old-system 190 disk as something other than S. If you access it
as S, only files with a file mode of S2 are accessible.
access 190 v
f. Dump the old-system 190 files and the new copy of the CMS nucleus on
the A-disk to tape and write two tape marks:
vmfplc2 dump * * v
vmfplc2 wtm
vmfplc2 dump cmsnuc file a
vmfplc2 wtm 2
detach 181
g. Log on to your z/VM V5R1 MAINT user ID.
h. Attach the tape to the MAINT user ID on your z/VM V5R1 system:
attach rdev to maint as 181
i. Access the z/VM V5R1 590 disk and load the old-system 190 files off the
tape and onto the 590 minidisk:
access 590 v
vmfplc2 load * * v
Now you have the old-system CMS files on your 590 minidisk.
j. Load the CMSNUC FILE on to your 191 A disk:
vmfplc2 load cmsnuc file a
k. Detach the tape:
detach 181
12. Build your backlevel CMS nucleus on your z/VM V5R1 system.
a. Enter the following commands:
spool punch *
spool printer *
spool reader hold
b. Punch the file containing the CMS load deck, CMSNUC FILE, to the
MAINT user ID. Make sure you use the NOHEADER option so a header is
not included in the file.
punch cmsnuc file a (noh
An example of a response from the previous PUNCH command is:
RDR FILE 0002 SENT FROM MAINT
PUN WAS 0002 RECS 025K CPY
001 A NOHOLD NOKEEP
You need the file number of the CMS nucleus for the next step. The file
number in this example is 0002.
c. If the CMS nucleus is not the first file in your reader, order your reader so
that the CMS nucleus is the first file processed; for example:
order rdr 0002
13. Define the 190 minidisk that contains z/VM V5R1 CMS with another address;
for example:
define 190 as 90
14. Define the 590 minidisk with the old-system CMS on it as your 190. For
example:
def 590 190
178
z/VM: Migration Guide
Installing a Backlevel CMS
15. IPL the load deck from MAINT’s reader:
ipl 00c cl
16. When you are sure you are done with the CMSNUC FILE, you may want to
erase it; it can be rather big. Keep the tape with the old-system 190 files and
the CMSNUC FILE for backup.
Note to Both DDR and VMFPLC2 Users
Use the following steps to put CMS into a named saved system.
17. Determine the DEFSYS command to use to define CMSOLD as a named
saved system. You can probably just use your old system’s DEFSYS
command. You may want to add this DEFSYS command to an exec where you
define all the other saved segments and saved systems. The sample DEFNSS
EXEC shown in the following section defines various CMS named saved
systems.
18. Issue the DEFSYS command or use the sample DEFNSS EXEC to define the
CMSOLD named saved system; for example:
defnss cmsold
19. Use the QUERY NSS MAP command to check that CMSOLD exists.
20. IPL the 190 minidisk with CMSOLD on it:
ipl 190 parm savesys cmsold
Defining Various Levels of CMS
Use the following sample DEFNSS EXEC to define different levels of CMS in a
named saved system.
/********************************************************************/
/*
*/
/* An EXEC that will define the various levels of CMS
*/
/* NSSs for our new system.
*/
/*
*/
/* You can pass in the following arguments:
*/
/* o CMSNEW - for the new CMS
*/
/* o CMSOLD - for the old CMS
*/
/* o ALL - for both the old CMS and the new CMS
*/
/*
*/
/********************************************************************/
Arg parms .
/* Create a list of all NSSs to be defined */
nssname.1 = ’CMSNEW’
nssname.2 = ’CMSOLD’
nssname.0 = 2
allnss = ’’
Do i = 1 To nssname.0
allnss = allnss nssname.i
End
skip_processing = ’NO’
Select
/* Define only the new CMS */
When parms = nssname.1 Then Do
start = 1
stop = 1
End
/* Define only the backlevel CMS */
When parms = nssname.2 Then Do
start = 2
stop = 2
End
Chapter 4. Migration Tasks
179
Installing a Backlevel CMS
/* If DEFNSS is called with ’ALL’ or blank then */
/* define both the new CMS and the backlevel CMS */
When parms = ’ALL’ | parms = ’’ Then Do
start = 1
stop = 2
End
/* Set up error message information */
Otherwise Do
skip_processing = ’YES’
badnss = allnss
errors = ’YES’
End
End
If skip_processing = ’NO’ Then Do
/* DEFSYS command to define the new CMS */
nss.1 = ’CP DEFSYS CMSNEW 0-D EW 20-23 EW F00-13FF SR MINSIZE=256K’,
’MACHMODE XA,XC,ESA PARMREGS=0-15’
/* DEFSYS command to define the backlevel CMS */
nss.2 = ’CP DEFSYS CMSOLD 0-D EW 20-23 EW F00-12FF SR MINSIZE=256K’,
’MACHMODE XA,XC’
/* Default for no errors detected */
errors = ’NO’
badnss = ’’
/* Define the NSSs */
Do i = start To stop
Address COMMAND nss.i
If rc <> 0 Then Do
errors = ’YES’
badnss = badnss nssname.i
End
End
End
/* If any errors were found, show
If errors = ’YES’ Then Do
Say ’The following NSSs were
Say ’not been set up for the
Say
Say ’A list of all valid NSS
Say ’
’ allnss
End
Exit
error messages */
not defined because a definition has’
NSS:’ badnss
follows:’
Swapping Between the Backlevel CMS and z/VM V5R1 CMS
If you want to be able to switch between the z/VM V5R1 CMS and the backlevel
CMS, consider using the following execs that link to the different system disks. You
can make these execs available to your users. The users then need to do a SET
MACH XA and IPL the corresponding CMS segment (IPL CMSNEW or IPL
CMSOLD).
/* This exec swaps a backlevel CMS with a */
/* new CMS.
*/
Address Command
’EXECIO 0 CP (STRING DETACH 190’
’CP LINK MAINT 190 190 RR’
Figure 6. SWAP2NEW EXEC
180
z/VM: Migration Guide
Installing a Backlevel CMS
The user should then do a SET MACH XA and IPL CMSNEW.
/* This exec swaps a new CMS with a
/* backlevel CMS.
*/
*/
Address Command
’EXECIO 0 CP (STRING DETACH 190’
’CP LINK MAINT 590 190 RR’
Figure 7. SWAP2OLD EXEC
The user should then issue:
set mach xa
ipl cmsold
Chapter 4. Migration Tasks
181
Installing a Backlevel CMS
182
z/VM: Migration Guide
Appendix A. CMS Pipelines Message Cross-Reference [2.3.0]
All CMS Pipelines messages have been renamed and renumbered from a DMS
prefix to an FPL prefix. All of the FPL message numbers are consistent with those
from CMS/TSO Pipelines.
This appendix contains two message cross-references: one from DMS prefix to FPL
prefix, the other from FPL prefix to DMS prefix. Many messages also have different
text, but those changes are not identified here. See the descriptions of individual
FPL messages in z/VM: System Messages and Codes - CMS and REXX/VM.
Note: FPL messages not included in these cross-references have no DMS prefix
equivalent.
DMS to FPL Message Cross-Reference
The following is a cross-reference from the old DMS message numbers to the
corresponding new FPL message numbers:
DMS2571E-FPL337E
DMS2572E-FPL338E
DMS2573E-FPL339E
DMS2574I-FPL340I
DMS2575I-FPL341I
DMS2576I-FPL342I
DMS2577E-FPL343E
DMS2578I-FPL344I
DMS2579E-FPL345E
DMS2580E-FPL346E
DMS2581E-FPL347E
DMS2582I-FPL348I
DMS2583E-FPL1015E
DMS2584E-FPL573E
DMS2585E-FPL575E
DMS2586I-FPL369I
DMS2587E-FPL576E
DMS2588E-FPL611E
DMS2589I-FPL612I
DMS2590E-FPL613E
DMS2591E-FPL614E
DMS2592E-FPL615E
DMS2593E-FPL616E
DMS2594E-FPL617E
DMS2595W-FPL620W
DMS2596E-FPL627E
DMS2597E-FPL635E
DMS2598E-FPL1019E
DMS2599E-FPL371E
DMS2600W-FPL564W
DMS2601E-FPL685E
DMS2602E-FPL639E
DMS2603E-FPL642E
DMS2604E-FPL307E
DMS2605E-FPL651E
DMS2606E-FPL652E
DMS2607E-FPL653E
DMS2608E-FPL654E
DMS2609E-FPL655E
DMS2610E-FPL656E
DMS2611E-FPL657E
DMS2612E-FPL660E
DMS2613E-FPL662E
DMS2614E-FPL664E
DMS2615E-FPL1032E
DMS2616E-FPL1033E
DMS2618E-FPL1036E
DMS2619E-FPL686E
DMS2620E-FPL1038E
DMS2621E-FPL1039E
DMS2622E-FPL1040E
DMS2623E-FPL1041E
DMS2624E-FPL1049E
DMS2625E-FPL680E
DMS2626E-FPL663E
DMS2627E-FPL694E
DMS2628E-FPL1124E
DMS2629E-FPL700E
DMS2630E-FPL701E
DMS2631I-FPL702I
DMS2632I-FPL703I
DMS2633E-FPL704E
DMS2634E-FPL705E
DMS2635E-FPL706E
DMS2636E-FPL707E
DMS2637E-FPL708E
DMS2638E-FPL709E
DMS2639E-FPL710E
DMS2640E-FPL711E
DMS2641E-FPL712E
DMS2642E-FPL713E
DMS2643E-FPL714E
DMS2644E-FPL715E
DMS2645E-FPL716E
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1992, 2004
DMS2646I-FPL717I
DMS2647I-FPL718I
DMS2648I-FPL719I
DMS2649I-FPL720I
DMS2650E-FPL000E
DMS2651I-FPL001I
DMS2652I-FPL002I
DMS2653I-FPL003I
DMS2654I-FPL004I
DMS2655E-FPL010E
DMS2656E-FPL011E
DMS2657E-FPL012E
DMS2658I-FPL721I
DMS2659E-FPL014E
DMS2660E-FPL015E
DMS2661E-FPL016E
DMS2662E-FPL017E
DMS2663E-FPL018E
DMS2664W-FPL019W
DMS2665I-FPL020I
DMS2666E-FPL021E
DMS2668E-FPL023E
DMS2669W-FPL024W
DMS2670E-FPL1100E
DMS2672E-FPL027E
DMS2673I-FPL028I
DMS2674E-FPL029E
DMS2675I-FPL030I
DMS2676I-FPL031I
DMS2677I-FPL1110I
DMS2678I-FPL033I
DMS2679I-FPL034I
DMS2680I-FPL035I
DMS2681I-FPL036I
DMS2682I-FPL037I
DMS2683I-FPL038I
DMS2684I-FPL039I
DMS2685E-FPL040E
DMS2686E-FPL041E
DMS2687E-FPL042E
DMS2688E-FPL043E
DMS2689E-FPL044E
DMS2690W-FPL045W
DMS2691E-FPL046E
DMS2692E-FPL047E
DMS2693E-FPL048E
DMS2694E-FPL049E
DMS2695E-FPL050E
DMS2696E-FPL051E
DMS2697E-FPL052E
DMS2698E-FPL053E
DMS2699E-FPL054E
DMS2700I-FPL1111I
DMS2701E-FPL056E
DMS2702I-FPL725I
DMS2703E-FPL058E
DMS2704E-FPL059E
DMS2705E-FPL060E
DMS2706E-FPL061E
DMS2707E-FPL062E
DMS2708E-FPL063E
DMS2709E-FPL064E
DMS2710E-FPL065E
DMS2711E-FPL066E
DMS2712E-FPL067E
DMS2713E-FPL068E
DMS2714E-FPL069E
DMS2715E-FPL070E
DMS2716E-FPL071E
DMS2717E-FPL072E
DMS2718E-FPL073E
DMS2719E-FPL074E
DMS2720E-FPL075E
DMS2721I-FPL076I
183
Pipelines Messages
DMS2722I-FPL077I
DMS2723E-FPL078E
DMS2724E-FPL079E
DMS2725E-FPL080E
DMS2726E-FPL081E
DMS2727E-FPL082E
DMS2728E-FPL083E
DMS2729E-FPL084E
DMS2730E-FPL085E
DMS2731I-FPL086I
DMS2732E-FPL087E
DMS2733E-FPL088E
DMS2734E-FPL089E
DMS2735E-FPL090E
DMS2736E-FPL091E
DMS2737E-FPL092E
DMS2738E-FPL093E
DMS2739E-FPL094E
DMS2740E-FPL095E
DMS2741E-FPL096E
DMS2742E-FPL097E
DMS2743E-FPL098E
DMS2744E-FPL099E
DMS2745E-FPL100E
DMS2746E-FPL101E
DMS2747E-FPL102E
DMS2748E-FPL103E
DMS2749E-FPL104E
DMS2750E-FPL105E
DMS2751E-FPL107E
DMS2752E-FPL108E
DMS2753E-FPL109E
DMS2754E-FPL110E
DMS2755E-FPL111E
DMS2756E-FPL112E
DMS2757E-FPL113E
DMS2758E-FPL114E
DMS2759E-FPL115E
DMS2760E-FPL116E
DMS2761E-FPL117E
DMS2762E-FPL118E
DMS2763E-FPL119E
DMS2764E-FPL120E
DMS2765I-FPL726I
DMS2766E-FPL122E
DMS2767I-FPL727I
DMS2768E-FPL124E
DMS2769E-FPL125E
DMS2770E-FPL126E
DMS2771E-FPL127E
DMS2772E-FPL128E
DMS2773E-FPL129E
DMS2774E-FPL131E
DMS2775E-FPL132E
DMS2776E-FPL133E
DMS2777E-FPL134E
DMS2778I-FPL728I
DMS2779I-FPL729I
DMS2780E-FPL137E
DMS2781E-FPL138E
184
z/VM: Migration Guide
DMS2782E-FPL139E
DMS2783E-FPL140E
DMS2784E-FPL141E
DMS2785E-FPL142E
DMS2786E-FPL143E
DMS2787E-FPL144E
DMS2788I-FPL145I
DMS2789E-FPL146E
DMS2790E-FPL147E
DMS2791E-FPL148E
DMS2792E-FPL150E
DMS2793E-FPL151E
DMS2794E-FPL152E
DMS2795E-FPL154E
DMS2795E-FPL732E
DMS2796E-FPL155E
DMS2797E-FPL156E
DMS2798E-FPL157E
DMS2799E-FPL159E
DMS2800E-FPL161E
DMS2801E-FPL162E
DMS2802E-FPL163E
DMS2803E-FPL164E
DMS2804E-FPL165E
DMS2805E-FPL166E
DMS2806E-FPL733E
DMS2807E-FPL169E
DMS2808E-FPL170E
DMS2809E-FPL172E
DMS2810E-FPL173E
DMS2811E-FPL174E
DMS2812E-FPL734E
DMS2813E-FPL735E
DMS2814I-FPL177I
DMS2815E-FPL178E
DMS2816E-FPL179E
DMS2817E-FPL180E
DMS2818E-FPL181E
DMS2819W-FPL182W
DMS2820E-FPL183E
DMS2821E-FPL184E
DMS2822E-FPL185E
DMS2823I-FPL186I
DMS2824E-FPL187E
DMS2825I-FPL189I
DMS2826E-FPL190E
DMS2827E-FPL191E
DMS2828I-FPL192I
DMS2829E-FPL193E
DMS2830E-FPL194E
DMS2831E-FPL195E
DMS2832E-FPL196E
DMS2833E-FPL197E
DMS2834E-FPL198E
DMS2835E-FPL209E
DMS2836E-FPL211E
DMS2837E-FPL212E
DMS2838E-FPL214E
DMS2839E-FPL215E
DMS2840E-FPL736E
DMS2841E-FPL219E
DMS2842E-FPL220E
DMS2843E-FPL222E
DMS2844E-FPL223E
DMS2845E-FPL224E
DMS2846E-FPL225E
DMS2847E-FPL226E
DMS2848E-FPL227E
DMS2849E-FPL229E
DMS2850E-FPL230E
DMS2851E-FPL231E
DMS2852E-FPL232E
DMS2853E-FPL233E
DMS2854E-FPL234E
DMS2855E-FPL235E
DMS2856E-FPL236E
DMS2857E-FPL237E
DMS2858E-FPL238E
DMS2859E-FPL241E
DMS2860W-FPL245W
DMS2861E-FPL253E
DMS2862I-FPL256I
DMS2863E-FPL257E
DMS2864E-FPL261E
DMS2865E-FPL264E
DMS2866E-FPL279E
DMS2867E-FPL280E
DMS2868W-FPL281W
DMS2869E-FPL282E
DMS2870W-FPL283W
DMS2871E-FPL284E
DMS2871E-FPL737E
DMS2872E-FPL287E
DMS2873E-FPL738E
DMS2874E-FPL289E
DMS2875E-FPL290E
DMS2876E-FPL291E
DMS2877E-FPL292E
DMS2878I-FPL293I
DMS2879E-FPL297E
DMS2880I-FPL298I
DMS2881E-FPL740E
DMS2882E-FPL301E
DMS2883E-FPL302E
DMS2884E-FPL303E
DMS2885E-FPL304E
DMS2886E-FPL305E
DMS2887E-FPL308E
DMS2888E-FPL309E
DMS2889E-FPL310E
DMS2890E-FPL311E
DMS2891E-FPL313E
DMS2892E-FPL314E
DMS2893E-FPL315E
DMS2894E-FPL317E
DMS2895E-FPL318E
DMS2896E-FPL319E
DMS2898E-FPL333E
DMS2899E-FPL334E
DMS2900E-FPL350E
DMS2901E-FPL352E
DMS2902E-FPL354E
DMS2903I-FPL355I
DMS2904I-FPL356I
DMS2905E-FPL357E
DMS2906E-FPL358E
DMS2907E-FPL359E
DMS2908E-FPL360E
DMS2909I-FPL361I
DMS2910E-FPL362E
DMS2911E-FPL363E
DMS2912E-FPL364E
DMS2913E-FPL365E
DMS2914E-FPL366E
DMS2915E-FPL741E
DMS2916E-FPL368E
DMS2917E-FPL742E
DMS2918E-FPL370E
DMS2919I-FPL743I
DMS2920I-FPL744I
DMS2921E-FPL373E
DMS2922E-FPL380E
DMS2925E-FPL391E
DMS2926E-FPL392E
DMS2927E-FPL393E
DMS2928E-FPL745E
DMS2929E-FPL400E
DMS2930E-FPL401E
DMS2931I-FPL402I
DMS2932E-FPL746E
DMS2933E-FPL747E
DMS2934E-FPL405E
DMS2934E-FPL748E
DMS2935E-FPL406E
DMS2936E-FPL407E
DMS2937I-FPL412I
DMS2938E-FPL409E
DMS2939E-FPL410E
DMS2940I-FPL411I
DMS2941E-FPL420E
DMS2942I-FPL413I
DMS2943E-FPL749E
DMS2944E-FPL750E
DMS2946E-FPL752E
DMS2947E-FPL753E
DMS2948E-FPL780E
DMS2949E-FPL509E
DMS2950E-FPL510E
DMS2951E-FPL511E
DMS2952E-FPL512E
DMS2953E-FPL513E
DMS2954E-FPL514E
DMS2955E-FPL515E
DMS2956E-FPL516E
DMS2957E-FPL517E
DMS2958E-FPL518E
DMS2959E-FPL530E
DMS2960E-FPL531E
DMS2961E-FPL532E
DMS2962E-FPL533E
Pipelines Messages
DMS2963E-FPL534E
DMS2964E-FPL535E
DMS2965E-FPL536E
DMS2966I-FPL537I
DMS2967I-FPL538I
DMS2968E-FPL539E
DMS2969E-FPL540E
DMS2970E-FPL541E
DMS2971E-FPL542E
DMS2972E-FPL543E
DMS2973I-FPL544I
DMS2974E-FPL545E
DMS2975E-FPL546E
DMS2976E-FPL547E
DMS2977I-FPL548I
DMS2979I-FPL1112I
DMS2980I-FPL552I
DMS2981I-FPL1113I
DMS2982E-FPL554E
DMS2983I-FPL555I
DMS2984E-FPL556E
DMS2986I-FPL1114I
DMS2987I-FPL1115I
DMS2988I-FPL560I
DMS2989E-FPL561E
DMS2990E-FPL562E
DMS2991E-FPL306E
DMS2992E-FPL650E
DMS2993E-FPL569E
DMS2994E-FPL571E
DMS2998E-FPL335E
DMS2999E-FPL336E
FPL to DMS Message Cross-Reference
The following is a cross-reference from the new FPL message numbers to the
corresponding old DMS message numbers:
FPL000E-DMS2650E
FPL001I-DMS2651I
FPL002I-DMS2652I
FPL003I-DMS2653I
FPL004I-DMS2654I
FPL010E-DMS2655E
FPL011E-DMS2656E
FPL012E-DMS2657E
FPL014E-DMS2659E
FPL015E-DMS2660E
FPL016E-DMS2661E
FPL017E-DMS2662E
FPL018E-DMS2663E
FPL019W-DMS2664W
FPL020I-DMS2665I
FPL021E-DMS2666E
FPL023E-DMS2668E
FPL024W-DMS2669W
FPL027E-DMS2672E
FPL028I-DMS2673I
FPL029E-DMS2674E
FPL030I-DMS2675I
FPL031I-DMS2676I
FPL033I-DMS2678I
FPL034I-DMS2679I
FPL035I-DMS2680I
FPL036I-DMS2681I
FPL037I-DMS2682I
FPL038I-DMS2683I
FPL039I-DMS2684I
FPL040E-DMS2685E
FPL041E-DMS2686E
FPL042E-DMS2687E
FPL043E-DMS2688E
FPL044E-DMS2689E
FPL045W-DMS2690W
FPL046E-DMS2691E
FPL047E-DMS2692E
FPL048E-DMS2693E
FPL049E-DMS2694E
FPL050E-DMS2695E
FPL051E-DMS2696E
FPL052E-DMS2697E
FPL053E-DMS2698E
FPL054E-DMS2699E
FPL056E-DMS2701E
FPL058E-DMS2703E
FPL059E-DMS2704E
FPL060E-DMS2705E
FPL061E-DMS2706E
FPL062E-DMS2707E
FPL063E-DMS2708E
FPL064E-DMS2709E
FPL065E-DMS2710E
FPL066E-DMS2711E
FPL067E-DMS2712E
FPL068E-DMS2713E
FPL069E-DMS2714E
FPL070E-DMS2715E
FPL071E-DMS2716E
FPL072E-DMS2717E
FPL073E-DMS2718E
FPL074E-DMS2719E
FPL075E-DMS2720E
FPL076I-DMS2721I
FPL077I-DMS2722I
FPL078E-DMS2723E
FPL079E-DMS2724E
FPL080E-DMS2725E
FPL081E-DMS2726E
FPL082E-DMS2727E
FPL083E-DMS2728E
FPL084E-DMS2729E
FPL085E-DMS2730E
FPL086I-DMS2731I
FPL087E-DMS2732E
FPL088E-DMS2733E
FPL089E-DMS2734E
FPL090E-DMS2735E
FPL091E-DMS2736E
FPL092E-DMS2737E
FPL093E-DMS2738E
FPL094E-DMS2739E
FPL095E-DMS2740E
FPL096E-DMS2741E
FPL097E-DMS2742E
FPL098E-DMS2743E
FPL099E-DMS2744E
FPL100E-DMS2745E
FPL101E-DMS2746E
FPL102E-DMS2747E
FPL103E-DMS2748E
FPL104E-DMS2749E
FPL105E-DMS2750E
FPL107E-DMS2751E
FPL108E-DMS2752E
FPL109E-DMS2753E
FPL110E-DMS2754E
FPL111E-DMS2755E
FPL112E-DMS2756E
FPL113E-DMS2757E
FPL114E-DMS2758E
FPL115E-DMS2759E
FPL116E-DMS2760E
FPL117E-DMS2761E
FPL118E-DMS2762E
FPL119E-DMS2763E
FPL120E-DMS2764E
FPL122E-DMS2766E
FPL124E-DMS2768E
FPL125E-DMS2769E
FPL126E-DMS2770E
FPL127E-DMS2771E
FPL128E-DMS2772E
FPL129E-DMS2773E
FPL131E-DMS2774E
FPL132E-DMS2775E
FPL133E-DMS2776E
FPL134E-DMS2777E
FPL137E-DMS2780E
FPL138E-DMS2781E
FPL139E-DMS2782E
FPL140E-DMS2783E
FPL141E-DMS2784E
FPL142E-DMS2785E
FPL143E-DMS2786E
FPL144E-DMS2787E
FPL145I-DMS2788I
FPL146E-DMS2789E
FPL147E-DMS2790E
FPL148E-DMS2791E
FPL150E-DMS2792E
FPL151E-DMS2793E
FPL152E-DMS2794E
FPL154E-DMS2795E
FPL155E-DMS2796E
FPL156E-DMS2797E
FPL157E-DMS2798E
FPL159E-DMS2799E
FPL161E-DMS2800E
FPL162E-DMS2801E
FPL163E-DMS2802E
FPL164E-DMS2803E
FPL165E-DMS2804E
FPL166E-DMS2805E
FPL169E-DMS2807E
FPL170E-DMS2808E
FPL172E-DMS2809E
FPL173E-DMS2810E
FPL174E-DMS2811E
FPL177I-DMS2814I
FPL178E-DMS2815E
FPL179E-DMS2816E
FPL180E-DMS2817E
FPL181E-DMS2818E
FPL182W-DMS2819W
FPL183E-DMS2820E
FPL184E-DMS2821E
FPL185E-DMS2822E
FPL186I-DMS2823I
FPL187E-DMS2824E
FPL189I-DMS2825I
FPL190E-DMS2826E
FPL191E-DMS2827E
FPL192I-DMS2828I
FPL193E-DMS2829E
FPL194E-DMS2830E
FPL195E-DMS2831E
Appendix A. CMS Pipelines Message Cross-Reference [2.3.0]
185
Pipelines Messages
FPL196E-DMS2832E
FPL197E-DMS2833E
FPL198E-DMS2834E
FPL209E-DMS2835E
FPL211E-DMS2836E
FPL212E-DMS2837E
FPL214E-DMS2838E
FPL215E-DMS2839E
FPL219E-DMS2841E
FPL220E-DMS2842E
FPL222E-DMS2843E
FPL223E-DMS2844E
FPL224E-DMS2845E
FPL225E-DMS2846E
FPL226E-DMS2847E
FPL227E-DMS2848E
FPL229E-DMS2849E
FPL230E-DMS2850E
FPL231E-DMS2851E
FPL232E-DMS2852E
FPL233E-DMS2853E
FPL234E-DMS2854E
FPL235E-DMS2855E
FPL236E-DMS2856E
FPL237E-DMS2857E
FPL238E-DMS2858E
FPL241E-DMS2859E
FPL245W-DMS2860W
FPL253E-DMS2861E
FPL256I-DMS2862I
FPL257E-DMS2863E
FPL261E-DMS2864E
FPL264E-DMS2865E
FPL279E-DMS2866E
FPL280E-DMS2867E
FPL281W-DMS2868W
FPL282E-DMS2869E
FPL283W-DMS2870W
FPL284E-DMS2871E
FPL287E-DMS2872E
FPL289E-DMS2874E
FPL290E-DMS2875E
FPL291E-DMS2876E
FPL292E-DMS2877E
FPL293I-DMS2878I
FPL297E-DMS2879E
FPL298I-DMS2880I
FPL301E-DMS2882E
FPL302E-DMS2883E
FPL303E-DMS2884E
FPL304E-DMS2885E
FPL305E-DMS2886E
FPL306E-DMS2991E
FPL307E-DMS2604E
FPL308E-DMS2887E
FPL309E-DMS2888E
FPL310E-DMS2889E
FPL311E-DMS2890E
FPL313E-DMS2891E
FPL314E-DMS2892E
186
z/VM: Migration Guide
FPL315E-DMS2893E
FPL317E-DMS2894E
FPL318E-DMS2895E
FPL319E-DMS2896E
FPL333E-DMS2898E
FPL334E-DMS2899E
FPL335E-DMS2998E
FPL336E-DMS2999E
FPL337E-DMS2571E
FPL338E-DMS2572E
FPL339E-DMS2573E
FPL340I-DMS2574I
FPL341I-DMS2575I
FPL342I-DMS2576I
FPL343E-DMS2577E
FPL344I-DMS2578I
FPL345E-DMS2579E
FPL346E-DMS2580E
FPL347E-DMS2581E
FPL348I-DMS2582I
FPL350E-DMS2900E
FPL352E-DMS2901E
FPL354E-DMS2902E
FPL355I-DMS2903I
FPL356I-DMS2904I
FPL357E-DMS2905E
FPL358E-DMS2906E
FPL359E-DMS2907E
FPL360E-DMS2908E
FPL361I-DMS2909I
FPL362E-DMS2910E
FPL363E-DMS2911E
FPL364E-DMS2912E
FPL365E-DMS2913E
FPL366E-DMS2914E
FPL368E-DMS2916E
FPL369I-DMS2586I
FPL370E-DMS2918E
FPL371E-DMS2599E
FPL373E-DMS2921E
FPL380E-DMS2922E
FPL391E-DMS2925E
FPL392E-DMS2926E
FPL393E-DMS2927E
FPL400E-DMS2929E
FPL401E-DMS2930E
FPL402I-DMS2931I
FPL405E-DMS2934E
FPL406E-DMS2935E
FPL407E-DMS2936E
FPL409E-DMS2938E
FPL410E-DMS2939E
FPL411I-DMS2940I
FPL412I-DMS2937I
FPL413I-DMS2942I
FPL420E-DMS2941E
FPL509E-DMS2949E
FPL510E-DMS2950E
FPL511E-DMS2951E
FPL512E-DMS2952E
FPL513E-DMS2953E
FPL514E-DMS2954E
FPL515E-DMS2955E
FPL516E-DMS2956E
FPL517E-DMS2957E
FPL518E-DMS2958E
FPL530E-DMS2959E
FPL531E-DMS2960E
FPL532E-DMS2961E
FPL533E-DMS2962E
FPL534E-DMS2963E
FPL535E-DMS2964E
FPL536E-DMS2965E
FPL537I-DMS2966I
FPL538I-DMS2967I
FPL539E-DMS2968E
FPL540E-DMS2969E
FPL541E-DMS2970E
FPL542E-DMS2971E
FPL543E-DMS2972E
FPL544I-DMS2973I
FPL545E-DMS2974E
FPL546E-DMS2975E
FPL547E-DMS2976E
FPL548I-DMS2977I
FPL552I-DMS2980I
FPL554E-DMS2982E
FPL555I-DMS2983I
FPL556E-DMS2984E
FPL560I-DMS2988I
FPL561E-DMS2989E
FPL562E-DMS2990E
FPL564W-DMS2600W
FPL569E-DMS2993E
FPL571E-DMS2994E
FPL573E-DMS2584E
FPL575E-DMS2585E
FPL576E-DMS2587E
FPL611E-DMS2588E
FPL612I-DMS2589I
FPL613E-DMS2590E
FPL614E-DMS2591E
FPL615E-DMS2592E
FPL616E-DMS2593E
FPL617E-DMS2594E
FPL620W-DMS2595W
FPL627E-DMS2596E
FPL635E-DMS2597E
FPL639E-DMS2602E
FPL642E-DMS2603E
FPL650E-DMS2992E
FPL651E-DMS2605E
FPL652E-DMS2606E
FPL653E-DMS2607E
FPL654E-DMS2608E
FPL655E-DMS2609E
FPL656E-DMS2610E
FPL657E-DMS2611E
FPL660E-DMS2612E
FPL662E-DMS2613E
FPL663E-DMS2626E
FPL664E-DMS2614E
FPL680E-DMS2625E
FPL685E-DMS2601E
FPL686E-DMS2619E
FPL694E-DMS2627E
FPL700E-DMS2629E
FPL701E-DMS2630E
FPL702I-DMS2631I
FPL703I-DMS2632I
FPL704E-DMS2633E
FPL705E-DMS2634E
FPL706E-DMS2635E
FPL707E-DMS2636E
FPL708E-DMS2637E
FPL709E-DMS2638E
FPL710E-DMS2639E
FPL711E-DMS2640E
FPL712E-DMS2641E
FPL713E-DMS2642E
FPL714E-DMS2643E
FPL715E-DMS2644E
FPL716E-DMS2645E
FPL717I-DMS2646I
FPL718I-DMS2647I
FPL719I-DMS2648I
FPL720I-DMS2649I
FPL721I-DMS2658I
FPL725I-DMS2702I
FPL726I-DMS2765I
FPL727I-DMS2767I
FPL728I-DMS2778I
FPL729I-DMS2779I
FPL732E-DMS2795E
FPL733E-DMS2806E
FPL734E-DMS2812E
FPL735E-DMS2813E
FPL736E-DMS2840E
FPL737E-DMS2871E
FPL738E-DMS2873E
FPL740E-DMS2881E
FPL741E-DMS2915E
FPL742E-DMS2917E
FPL743I-DMS2919I
FPL744I-DMS2920I
FPL745E-DMS2928E
FPL746E-DMS2932E
FPL747E-DMS2933E
FPL748E-DMS2934E
FPL749E-DMS2943E
FPL750E-DMS2944E
FPL752E-DMS2946E
FPL753E-DMS2947E
FPL780E-DMS2948E
FPL1015E-DMS2583E
FPL1019E-DMS2598E
FPL1032E-DMS2615E
FPL1033E-DMS2616E
FPL1036E-DMS2618E
FPL1038E-DMS2620E
Pipelines Messages
FPL1039E-DMS2621E
FPL1040E-DMS2622E
FPL1041E-DMS2623E
FPL1049E-DMS2624E
FPL1100E-DMS2670E
FPL1110I-DMS2677I
FPL1111I-DMS2700I
FPL1112I-DMS2979I
FPL1113I-DMS2981I
FPL1114I-DMS2986I
FPL1115I-DMS2987I
FPL1124E-DMS2628E
Appendix A. CMS Pipelines Message Cross-Reference [2.3.0]
187
Pipelines Messages
188
z/VM: Migration Guide
Appendix B. Sample Utilities for Converting to Configuration
Files
This appendix provides reference information for the following sample utility
programs:
v HCPDCON
v HCPRDEV
v HCPTRIO
v HCPTSYS
Note: These sample utility programs were provided with z/VM V4R4 and earlier
releases. They are not included with the new z/VM release. You must
locate and use them on your current VM system. The sample utilities were
shipped with a file type of SAMPEXEC; to use them, you must change the
file type to EXEC.
Another utility that you might find useful when converting to configuration files is
CPSYNTAX, which verifies the syntax of a SYSTEM CONFIG file. CPSYNTAX is
described in the z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1992, 2004
189
HCPDCON
HCPDCON
SYSTEM CONFIG *
HCPDCON
CONFIG *
( REPLace
fn
*
ft
fm
Authorization
Privilege Class: G
Purpose
Use HCPDCON to examine a running system and generate a file of configuration
statements.
Operands
fn is the name of the CMS minidisk file that CP should generate. The default is
SYSTEM.
ft
is the type of file to be generated. The default is CONFIG.
fm is the CMS minidisk on which the file is to reside. This disk must be accessed
in write mode. An asterisk (*), the default, causes HCPDCON to use the first
CMS minidisk accessed in write mode.
REPLace
replaces the existing file with the new one just generated, if a file with the same
name already exists.
HCPDCON sets up a work file with a file type of '$' plus the first seven
characters of the file type of the input file. If such a file already exists,
HCPDCON erases the file. After the work file is written to the CMS minidisk,
HCPDCON erases the original configuration file and renames the work file.
For example, if you have a file called SYSTEM CONFIG A and you enter
HCPDCON, HCPDCON generates a work file named SYSTEM $CONFIG A.
HCPDCON then erases SYSTEM CONFIG A and renames SYSTEM $CONFIG
A to SYSTEM CONFIG A.
Examples
1. To examine the running system and generate a configuration file called
SYSTEM3 CONFIG A, enter the following:
HCPDCON SYSTEM3 CONFIG A
2. To examine the running system, generate a configuration file called SYSTEM
CONFIG, and put this file on the first CMS minidisk accessed in write mode,
enter the following:
HCPDCON
3. To examine the running system, generate a configuration file called SYSTEM4
NEWSTMTS, and put this file on the first CMS minidisk accessed in write mode,
enter the following:
190
z/VM: Migration Guide
HCPDCON
HCPDCON SYSTEM4 NEWSTMTS *
Messages
Code
Meaning
4
No minidisk accessed in R/W mode
8
User does not have necessary authority
12
Output file already exists and the REPLACE option was not specified
16
PIPE CMS RENAME error
20
I/O error writing to output file
24
Invalid option or too many options
9998
PIPE command not found
9999
Signal on NOVALUE routine exit
Appendix B. Sample Utilities for Converting to Configuration Files
191
HCPRDEVS
HCPRDEVS
RDEVS LIST *
(LIST
HCPRDEVS
LIST *
fn
(2)
(1)
*
(
LIST
ft
fm
CONFIG
RIO
ALL
REPLace
Notes:
1
Default file type is based on the option chosen.
2
You can use the options in any combination, but they can only be used once.
Authorization
Privilege Class: G
Purpose
Use HCPRDEVS to do any or all of the following:
v Generate a list of all the real devices known to a system.
v Generate a system configuration-like file of those real devices that do not answer
a sense ID request or do not return enough information. These devices must be
defined to the system.
v Generate a file in an HCPRIO format.
Operands
fn is the name of the CMS minidisk file to be generated. The default is RDEVS.
ft
is the type of file to be generated. The default depends upon the type of file
requested. The option you choose (with the exception of ALL) denotes the
default file type. For example, if the option is CONFIG, the default file type is
CONFIG. The use of the option ALL results in the use of each default file type:
LIST, RIO, and CONFIG.
fm is the CMS minidisk on which the file is to reside. This disk must be accessed
in write mode. An asterisk (*), the default, causes the exec to use the first CMS
minidisk accessed in write mode.
LIST
generates a list of real devices.
CONFIG
generates a system configuration-like file that contains statements only for
those real devices that cannot be sensed completely.
RIO
generates a list of HCPRIO-like macroinstructions for all real devices on your
system.
192
z/VM: Migration Guide
HCPRDEVS
ALL
generates the information from the LIST, CONFIG, and RIO options. If you use
ALL and a specific file type, the following files are generated:
v List of real devices with file type that you specified
v Information generated by the CONFIG option with file type of CONFIG
v Information generated by the RIO option with file type of RIO.
REPLace
replaces the existing file with the new one just generated, if a file with the same
name already exists.
HCPRDEVS sets up a work file with a file type of '$' plus the first seven
characters of the file type of the input file. If such a file already exists,
HCPRDEVS erases the file. After the work file is written to the CMS minidisk,
HCPRDEVS erases the original configuration file and renames the work file.
For example, HCPRDEVS SYSTEM3 RIOLIST A (LIST REPL generates a work file
named SYSTEM3 $RIOLIST A. HCPRDEVS then erases SYSTEM3 RIOLIST A
and renames SYSTEM3 $RIOLIST A to SYSTEM3 RIOLIST A.
Examples
1. To generate a file called MYRDEVS CONFIG, composed of configuration file
statements for the real devices that do not return enough information to a sense
ID request, and to place this file on your A-disk, enter the following:
HCPRDEVS MYRDEVS CONFIG A (CONFIG
2. To create files called RDEVS LIST, RDEVS CONFIG, and RDEVS RIO, and to
put them on the first CMS minidisk accessed in write mode, enter the following:
HCPRDEVS (ALL
RDEVS LIST contains a list of all the real devices known to the running system.
RDEVS CONFIG contains a list of configuration file statements only for those
real devices that cannot be sensed completely. RDEVS RIO contains a list of
HCPRIO-like macroinstructions for real devices.
3. To generate two files, RDEVS LIST and RDEVS RIO, and to put them on the
first CMS minidisk that CP has accessed in write mode, enter the following:
HCPRDEVS RDEVS (LIST RIO
RDEVS LIST contains a list of all the real devices known to the running system.
RDEVS RIO contains a list of HCPRIO-like macroinstructions for real devices.
Messages
Code
Meaning
4
No minidisk accessed in R/W mode
8
User does not have necessary authority
12
Output file already exists and the REPLACE option was not specified
16
I/O error in creating output file
9998
PIPE command not found
9999
Signal on NOVALUE routine exit
Appendix B. Sample Utilities for Converting to Configuration Files
193
HCPTRIO
HCPTRIO
HCPTRIO
Output File Group
Input File Group
Options
Output File Group
RDEV CONFIG *
CONFIG *
out_fn
*
out_ft
out_fm
Input File Group
FROM HCPRIO ASSEMBLE *
ASSEMBLE *
FROM in_fn
*
in_ft
in_fm
Options
( REPLace
Authorization
Privilege Class: G
Purpose
Use HCPTRIO to generate a system configuration file (SYSTEM CONFIG) from an
HCPRIO ASSEMBLE file. The generated file will contain statements for those real
devices that do not answer sense ID requests or that do not return enough
information.
Operands
out_fn
is the name of the CMS file to be generated. The default is RDEV.
out_ft
is the type of the file to be generated. The default is CONFIG.
out_fm
is the CMS file mode on which the file is to reside. The file mode must be
accessed in write mode. An asterisk (*), the default, causes the HCPTRIO to
use the first file mode accessed R/W.
194
z/VM: Migration Guide
HCPTRIO
FROM
tells HCPTRIO that there is a specific source file it should use.
in_fn
is the name of the CMS file that contains the input. The default is HCPRIO.
in_ft
is the type of the CMS file that contains the input. The default is ASSEMBLE.
in_fm
is the file mode on which the file resides. An asterisk (*), the default, causes
HCPTRIO to use the first file mode on which the file resides.
REPLace
indicates that if the output file already exists, it should be replaced.
Usage Notes
1. HCPTRIO uses a work file having a file type of "$" followed by the first seven
characters of the file type of the input file. If such a file already exists, HCPTRIO
erases it. After writing the work file, HCPTRIO erases the original configuration
file and renames the work file.
Example:
hcptrio rdev config a from hcprio assemble b (repl
In this case, HCPTRIO writes a work file named RDEV $CONFIG A, erases the
old RDEV CONFIG A, and renames RDEV $CONFIG A to RDEV CONFIG A.
Return Codes
0
Successful execution
4
Disk not accessed or not accessed R/W
12
Output file already exists and the REPLACE option was not specified
16
Input file to translate was not found
20
I/O error in creating output file or in reading input file
24
Invalid option or too many options
Examples
Example 1
hcptrio cambvm3 config a from hcprio assemble d
In this example, HCPTRIO uses the file HCPRIO ASSEMBLE D to generate a
configuration file named CAMBVM3 CONFIG A.
Example 2
hcptrio
In this example, HCPTRIO reads the first file it finds in the CMS search order that is
named HCPRIO ASSEMBLE. It creates a configuration file named RDEV CONFIG
on the first file mode letter in the CMS search order that is accessed R/W.
Appendix B. Sample Utilities for Converting to Configuration Files
195
HCPTSYS
HCPTSYS
HCPTSYS
Output File Group
Input File Group
Options
Output File Group
SYSTEM CONFIG *
CONFIG *
out_fn
*
out_ft
out_fm
Input File Group
FROM HCPSYS ASSEMBLE *
ASSEMBLE *
FROM in_fn
*
in_ft
in_fm
Options
( REPLace
Authorization
Privilege Class: G
Purpose
Use HCPTSYS to generate a system configuration file (SYSTEM CONFIG) from an
HCPSYS ASSEMBLE file.
Operands
out_fn
is the name of the CMS file to be generated. The default is SYSTEM.
out_ft
is the type of the file to be generated. The default is CONFIG.
out_fm
is the CMS file mode on which the file is to reside. The file mode must be
accessed in write mode. An asterisk (*), the default, causes the HCPTSYS to
use the first file mode accessed R/W.
FROM
tells HCPTSYS that there is a specific source file it should use.
196
z/VM: Migration Guide
HCPTSYS
in_fn
is the name of the CMS file that contains the input. The default is HCPSYS.
in_ft
is the type of the CMS file that contains the input. The default is ASSEMBLE.
in_fm
is the file mode on which the file resides. An asterisk (*), the default, causes
HCPTSYS to use the first file mode on which the file resides.
REPLace
indicates that if the output file already exists, it should be replaced.
Usage Notes
1. HCPTSYS uses a work file having a file type of "$" followed by the first seven
characters of the file type of the input file. If such a file already exists,
HCPTSYS erases it. After writing the work file, HCPTSYS erases the original
configuration file and renames the work file.
Example:
hcptsys system config a from hcpsys assemble b (repl
In this case, HCPTRIO writes a work file named SYSTEM $CONFIG A, erases
the old SYSTEM CONFIG A, and renames SYSTEM $CONFIG A to SYSTEM
CONFIG A.
Return Codes
0
Successful execution
4
Disk not accessed or not accessed R/W
12
Output file already exists and the REPLACE option was not specified
16
Input file to translate was not found
20
I/O error in creating output file or in reading input file
24
Invalid option or too many options
Examples
Example 1
hcptsys cambvm3 config a from hcpsys assemble d
In this example, HCPTRIO uses the file HCPSYS ASSEMBLE D to generate a
configuration file named CAMBVM3 CONFIG A.
Example 2
hcptsys
In this example, HCPTSYS reads the first file it finds in the CMS search order that
is named HCPSYS ASSEMBLE. It creates a configuration file named SYSTEM
CONFIG on the first file mode letter in the CMS search order that is accessed R/W.
Appendix B. Sample Utilities for Converting to Configuration Files
197
HCPTSYS
198
z/VM: Migration Guide
Notices
IBM may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in
all countries. Consult your local IBM representative for information on the products
and services currently available in your area. Any reference to an IBM product,
program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM product,
program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or
service that does not infringe any IBM intellectual property right may be used
instead. However, it is the user’s responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation
of any non-IBM product, program, or service.
IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter
described in this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you any
license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to:
IBM Director of Licensing
IBM Corporation
North Castle Drive
Armonk, New York 10594-1785
U.S.A.
For license inquiries regarding double-byte (DBCS) information, contact the IBM
Intellectual Property Department in your country or send inquiries, in writing, to:
IBM World Trade Asia Corporation
Licensing
2-31 Roppongi 3-chome, Minato-ku
Tokyo 106, Japan
The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any other
country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law:
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS
PUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or
implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to
you.
This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors.
Changes are periodically made to the information herein; these changes will be
incorporated in new editions of the publication. IBM may make improvements and/or
changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this publication at any
time without notice.
Any references in this information to non-IBM Web sites are provided for
convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those
Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this
IBM product and use of those Web sites is at your own risk.
IBM may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes
appropriate without incurring any obligation to you.
Licensees of this program who wish to have information about it for the purpose of
enabling: (i) the exchange of information between independently created programs
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1992, 2004
199
and other programs (including this one) and (ii) the mutual use of the information
which has been exchanged, should contact:
IBM Corporation
Mail Station P300
2455 South Road
Poughkeepsie, New York 12601-5400
U.S.A.
Attention: Information Request
Such information may be available, subject to appropriate terms and conditions,
including in some cases, payment of a fee.
The licensed program described in this information and all licensed material
available for it are provided by IBM under terms of the IBM Customer Agreement,
IBM International Program License Agreement, or any equivalent agreement
between us.
Any performance data contained herein was determined in a controlled
environment. Therefore, the results obtained in other operating environments may
vary significantly. Some measurements may have been made on development-level
systems and there is no guarantee that these measurements will be the same on
generally available systems. Furthermore, some measurement may have been
estimated through extrapolation. Actual results may vary. Users of this document
should verify the applicable data for their specific environment.
Information concerning non-IBM products was obtained from the suppliers of those
products, their published announcements, or other publicly available sources. IBM
has not tested those products and cannot confirm the accuracy of performance,
compatibility, or any other claims related to non-IBM products. Questions on the
capabilities of non-IBM products should be addressed to the suppliers of those
products.
All statements regarding IBM’s future direction or intent are subject to change or
withdrawal without notice, and represent goals and objectives only.
This information may contain examples of data and reports used in daily business
operations. To illustrate them as completely as possible, the examples include the
names of individuals, companies, brands, and products. All of these names are
fictitious and any similarity to the names and addresses used by an actual business
enterprise is entirely coincidental.
COPYRIGHT LICENSE:
This information may contain sample application programs in source language,
which illustrates programming techniques on various operating platforms. You may
copy, modify, and distribute these sample programs in any form without payment to
IBM, for the purposes of developing, using, marketing, or distributing application
programs conforming to IBM’s application programming interfaces. These examples
have not been thoroughly tested under all conditions. IBM, therefore, cannot
guarantee or imply reliability, serviceability, or function of these programs.
200
z/VM: Migration Guide
Trademarks
The following terms are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation
in the United States, or other countries, or both:
BookManager
C/VM
DB2
DFSMS/VM
DirMaint
ECKD
Enterprise Storage Server
ESCON
Eserver
eServer
FICON
FlashCopy
GDPS
Geographically Dispersed Parallel Sysplex
HiperSockets
HyperSwap
IBM
IBMLink
Language Environment
MQSeries
Multiprise
MVS
NetRexx
OpenEdition
OpenExtensions
OS/2
OS/390
Parallel Sysplex
Performance Toolkit for VM
PR/SM
Processor Resource/Systems Manager
RACF
RAMAC
Resource Link
RMF
S/390
S/390 Parallel Enterprise Server
SQL/DS
Tivoli
TotalStorage
VM/ESA
VTAM
WebSphere
z/Architecture
z/OS
z/VM
zSeries
Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, other countries, or both.
Microsoft, Windows, Windows NT, and the Windows logo are trademarks of
Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries.
Java and all Java-based trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States and other countries.
Other company, product, and service names may be trademarks or service marks
of others.
Notices
201
202
z/VM: Migration Guide
Glossary
For a list of z/VM terms and their definitions, see
the z/VM: Glossary book.
The glossary is also available through the online
HELP Facility. For example, to display the
definition of “cms”, enter:
help glossary cms
You will enter the glossary HELP file and the
definition of “cms” will be displayed as the current
line. While you are in the glossary HELP file, you
can also search for other terms.
If you are unfamiliar with the HELP Facility, you
can enter:
help
to display the main HELP menu, or enter:
help cms help
for information about the HELP command.
For more information about the HELP Facility, see
the z/VM: CMS User’s Guide.
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1992, 2004
203
204
z/VM: Migration Guide
Bibliography
This bibliography lists the books in the z/VM
product library. For abstracts of these books and
information about current editions and available
media, see z/VM: General Information.
Where to Get z/VM Books
z/VM books are available from the following
sources:
v IBM Publications Center at
www.ibm.com/shop/publications/order/
v z/VM Internet Library at
www.ibm.com/eserver/zseries/zvm/library/
v IBM eServer zSeries Online Library: z/VM
Collection CD-ROM, SK2T-2067
z/VM Base Library
The following books describe the facilities included
in the z/VM base product.
System Overview
z/VM:
z/VM:
z/VM:
z/VM:
General Information, GC24-6095
Glossary, GC24-6097
License Information, GC24-6102
Migration Guide, GC24-6103
z/VM: Running Guest Operating Systems,
SC24-6115
z/VM: Saved Segments Planning and
Administration, SC24-6116
z/VM: Secure Configuration Guide, SC24-6138
z/VM: TCP/IP Planning and Customization,
SC24-6125
eServer zSeries 900: Planning for the Open
Systems Adapter-2 Feature, GA22-7477
eServer zSeries: Open Systems
Adapter-Express Customer’s Guide and
Reference, SA22-7935
eServer zSeries: Open Systems
Adapter-Express Integrated Console Controller
User’s Guide, SA22-7990
z/OS and z/VM: Hardware Configuration
Manager User’s Guide, SC33-7989
Customization
z/VM: CP Exit Customization, SC24-6082
Operation
z/VM: System Operation, SC24-6121
z/VM: Virtual Machine Operation, SC24-6128
Application Programming
Installation and Service
z/VM: Guide for Automated Installation and
Service, GC24-6099
z/VM: Service Guide, GC24-6117
z/VM: VMSES/E Introduction and Reference,
GC24-6130
Planning and Administration
z/VM: CMS File Pool Planning, Administration,
and Operation, SC24-6074
z/VM: CMS Planning and Administration,
SC24-6078
z/VM: Connectivity, SC24-6080
z/VM: CP Planning and Administration,
SC24-6083
z/VM: Getting Started with Linux on zSeries,
SC24-6096
z/VM: Group Control System, SC24-6098
z/VM: I/O Configuration, SC24-6100
z/VM: Performance, SC24-6109
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1992, 2004
z/VM: CMS Application Development Guide,
SC24-6069
z/VM: CMS Application Development Guide for
Assembler, SC24-6070
z/VM: CMS Application Multitasking,
SC24-6071
z/VM: CMS Callable Services Reference,
SC24-6072
z/VM: CMS Macros and Functions Reference,
SC24-6075
z/VM: CP Programming Services, SC24-6084
z/VM: CPI Communications User’s Guide,
SC24-6085
z/VM: Enterprise Systems
Architecture/Extended Configuration Principles
of Operation, SC24-6094
z/VM: Language Environment User’s Guide,
SC24-6101
z/VM: OpenExtensions Advanced Application
Programming Tools, SC24-6104
205
z/VM: OpenExtensions Callable Services
Reference, SC24-6105
z/VM: OpenExtensions Commands Reference,
SC24-6106
z/VM: OpenExtensions POSIX Conformance
Document, GC24-6107
z/VM: OpenExtensions User’s Guide,
SC24-6108
z/VM: Program Management Binder for CMS,
SC24-6110
z/VM: Reusable Server Kernel Programmer’s
Guide and Reference, SC24-6112
z/VM: REXX/VM Reference, SC24-6113
z/VM: REXX/VM User’s Guide, SC24-6114
z/VM: Systems Management Application
Programming, SC24-6122
z/VM: TCP/IP Programmer’s Reference,
SC24-6126
Common Programming Interface
Communications Reference, SC26-4399
Common Programming Interface Resource
Recovery Reference, SC31-6821
OS/390: DFSMS Program Management,
SC27-0806
z/OS: Language Environment Concepts Guide,
SA22-7567
z/OS: Language Environment Debugging
Guide, GA22-7560
z/OS: Language Environment Programming
Guide, SA22-7561
z/OS: Language Environment Programming
Reference, SA22-7562
z/OS: Language Environment Run-Time
Messages, SA22-7566
z/OS: Language Environment Writing ILC
Applications, SA22-7563
End Use
z/VM: CMS Commands and Utilities
Reference, SC24-6073
z/VM: CMS Pipelines Reference, SC24-6076
z/VM: CMS Pipelines User’s Guide,
SC24-6077
z/VM: CMS Primer, SC24-6137
z/VM: CMS User’s Guide, SC24-6079
z/VM: CP Commands and Utilities Reference,
SC24-6081
z/VM: Quick Reference, SC24-6111
z/VM: TCP/IP User’s Guide, SC24-6127
206
z/VM: Migration Guide
z/VM: XEDIT Commands and Macros
Reference, SC24-6131
z/VM: XEDIT User’s Guide, SC24-6132
CMS/TSO Pipelines Author’s Edition,
SL26-0018
Diagnosis
z/VM: Diagnosis Guide, GC24-6092
z/VM: Dump Viewing Facility, GC24-6093
z/VM: System Messages and Codes - AVS,
Dump Viewing Facility, GCS, TSAF, and
VMSES/E, GC24-6120
z/VM: System Messages and Codes - CMS
and REXX/VM, GC24-6118
z/VM: System Messages and Codes - CP,
GC24-6119
z/VM: TCP/IP Diagnosis Guide, GC24-6123
z/VM: TCP/IP Messages and Codes,
GC24-6124
z/VM: VM Dump Tool, GC24-6129
z/OS and z/VM: Hardware Configuration
Definition Messages, SC33-7986
Books for z/VM Optional Features
The following books describe the optional features
of z/VM.
Data Facility Storage
Management Subsystem for VM
z/VM: DFSMS/VM
z/VM: DFSMS/VM
GC24-6087
z/VM: DFSMS/VM
GC24-6088
z/VM: DFSMS/VM
z/VM: DFSMS/VM
SC24-6090
z/VM: DFSMS/VM
SC24-6091
Customization, SC24-6086
Diagnosis Guide,
Messages and Codes,
Planning Guide, SC24-6089
Removable Media Services,
Storage Administration,
Directory Maintenance Facility
z/VM: Directory Maintenance Facility
Commands Reference, SC24-6133
z/VM: Directory Maintenance Facility
Messages, GC24-6134
z/VM: Directory Maintenance Facility Tailoring
and Administration Guide, SC24-6135
Performance Toolkit for VM™
z/VM: Performance Toolkit, SC24-6136
Resource Access Control Facility
External Security Interface (RACROUTE)
Macro Reference for MVS and VM,
GC28-1366
Resource Access Control Facility: Auditor’s
Guide, SC28-1342
Resource Access Control Facility: Command
Language Reference, SC28-0733
Resource Access Control Facility: Diagnosis
Guide, GY28-1016
Resource Access Control Facility: General
Information, GC28-0722
Resource Access Control Facility: General
User’s Guide, SC28-1341
Resource Access Control Facility: Macros and
Interfaces, SC28-1345
Resource Access Control Facility: Messages
and Codes, SC38-1014
Resource Access Control Facility: Migration
and Planning, GC23-3054
Resource Access Control Facility: Security
Administrator’s Guide, SC28-1340
Resource Access Control Facility: System
Programmer’s Guide, SC28-1343
Bibliography
207
208
z/VM: Migration Guide
Index
Special characters
B
$PPF file changes (4.4.0) 15
$PPF file names (5.1.0) 16
$PPF override file name 12
*LOGREC system service 112
*RPI system service 112
backing out the new system 172
backlevel CMS, installing 173
BEGIN command 85
BFS root no longer case sensitive 67
BFSQUERY stage 125
binder/loader support, CMS 67
BLOCK macro, VM Dump Tool 113
BookManager Library Feature deleted 7
books deleted (4.1.0) 76
books deleted (4.4.0) 78
books deleted (5.1.0) 79
books retitled (4.4.0) 77
books retitled (5.1.0) 78
BPXYERNO macro 134
BPXYOPNF macro 134
BPXYVM5 macro 135
broadcast support for HiperSockets 35
BROWSE command 117
Numerics
30 LPARs, support for 26
31-bit CP image removed 55
32-bit CP image 45
3270 PC File Transfer product 9
3494 VTS 20
3590 A60 FICON support 20
3590 Model H 27
3592 30
370 functions removed 55
370-mode virtual machines 47
3990 Model 6 Multi-Path Lock Facility 17
64-bit addressing support for DIAGNOSE codes
(4.3.0) 68
64-bit CP 15
64-bit CP image 45
64-Bit Page Fault Handshaking support 47
64-bit support 46
A
Access Verification System Service 112
accounting improvements 49
ACNT command 84
Active Disk Table (ADT) 73
administration, changes related to 40
ADRSPACE ISOLATE macro 111
ADRSPACE macro 111
ADRSPACE PERMIT macro 111
ADRSPACE QUERY macro 111
allocation of real storage for segment tables 42
ALSERV ADD macro 111
ALSERV macro 111
ALSERV REMOVE macro 111
APPCVM macro functions 111
application development and deployment, changes
related to 61
ASN-and-LX-Reuse Facility support 27
ATTACH command 85
AUDIT command 124
AUDIT enhancement 42
authorization for Guest LANs and Virtual Switches,
enhanced 55
AUTOLOG command 85
automated SFS file pool server shutdown 50
automated shutdown support 48
AVS external interfaces 139
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1992, 2004
C
C socket API 68
C/C++ compiler support 69
callable services, CMS, general 126
CALLERS macro, VM Dump Tool 113
Capacity Backup Upgrade (CBU) 29
cascaded FICON directors 24
Cascading PPRC (PPRC V2) 25
CCW translation support 47
CHARACTER_DEFAULTS system configuration
statement 82
close (BPX1CLO) routine 132
CLOSE macro (OS Simulation) 135
cluster bus channel 18
CMOS Cryptographic Coprocessor 19
CMS callable services, general 126
CMS commands 117
CMS compatibility-interface macros 135
CMS compatibility-interface routines 133
CMS control blocks, viewing and printing 73
CMS external interfaces 117
CMS file pool administration and operator
commands 123
CMS IPL heading 42
CMS level, querying 61
CMS macro subcommands 133
CMS macros 133
CMS macros, general 133
CMS messages 139
CMS Migration Utility Feature no longer available
CMS minidisk size limitation 60
CMS multitasking routines 132
CMS OS Simulation macros 135
CMS OS Simulation supervisor calls 136
CMS Pipelines messages 126
63
209
CMS Pipelines stages, subcommands, and
macros 125
CMS productivity aids 41
CMS routines 126
CMS utilities 123
CMS Utilities integrated into CMS 5
CMS, support for multiple levels of 173
CMSDESK command 118
CMSFLAG function 141
CMSLEVEL macro 134
commands, CMS file pool administration and
operator 123
commands, Dump Viewing Facility 140
commands, GCS 140
commands, general CMS 117
commands, OPENVM 124
commands, VM Dump Tool 113
commands, VMSES/E 141
COMMIT command 85
connectivity, establishing between old and new
systems 170
connectivity, virtual 31
CONSOLE directory control statement 83
CONV2WD command 118
COPYFILE command 118
COUPLE command 85
CP command response suppression 51
CP commands 84
CP control blocks, viewing and printing 73
CP exit modifications 45
CP exits, dynamic 45
CP external interfaces 81
CP functions removed (5.1.0) 55
CP images 45
CP is 64-bit only 15
CP macros 110
CP messages 116
CP nucleus 45
CP scheduler improvements 54
CP system services 112
CP utilities 105
CPEBK subcommand, VM Dump Tool 113
CPFMTXA utility 105
CPLISTFILE command 85
CPXLOAD command 85
CPXLOAD directives 113
CPXLOAD system configuration statement 82
CREATE DIRECTORY command 118
CRYPTO directory control statement 83
Crypto Express2, support for 30
Cryptographic Coprocessor 19
CSE, using to share data 161
CSL routines that have dates as output, calling 61
CSLLIST command 118
CSLMAP command 118
CTCA, FICON 21
D
DACBGEN EXEC 73
data compression, shell commands for
210
z/VM: Migration Guide
66
data space macros 111
DATE function 141
DATECONVERT stage 125
DateTimeSubtract routine 132
DCB macro (OS Simulation) 135
DCE feature deleted 6
DDR Compression support 48
DDR utility 106
DEDICATE command 85
DEDICATE directory control statement 83
DEFAULTS command 118
DEFINE CHPID / PATH command 86
DEFINE command 86
DEFINE COMMAND / CMD command 86
DEFINE COMMAND / CMD system configuration
statement 82
DEFINE CPOWNED command 86
DEFINE CRYPTO command 86
DEFINE CTCA command 86
DEFINE CU / CNTLUNIT command 87
DEFINE DEVICE / IODEVICE command 87
DEFINE LAN command 87
DEFINE LAN system configuration statement 82
DEFINE MSGPROC command 87
DEFINE NIC command 87
DEFINE STORAGE command 87
DEFINE temporary disk command 87
DEFINE VSWITCH command 87
DEFINE VSWITCH system configuration statement
DEFNSS EXEC, sample 179
DEFNUC macro 135
DEFSYS command 87
DELETE CHPID / PATH command 87
DELETE command 87
DELETE CU / CNTLUNIT command 88
DELETE DEVICE / IODEVICE command 88
DELETE RDEVICE command 88
DELETE USER command 124
deleted books (4.1.0) 76
deleted books (4.4.0) 78
deleted books (5.1.0) 79
denial of service (DoS) attacks 32
denial of service (DoS) attacks, prevention of 34
deploying Linux servers, book for 57
DESTAGE command 88
DETACH (Real Device) command 88
DETACH command 88
DFSMS/VM not automatically shipped 9
DIAG / DIAGRC function 141
DIAGNOSE code X'00' 108
DIAGNOSE code X'04' 108
DIAGNOSE code X'08' 108
DIAGNOSE code X'14' 108
DIAGNOSE code X'210' 110
DIAGNOSE code X'254' 110
DIAGNOSE code X'258' 110
DIAGNOSE code X'270' 110
DIAGNOSE code X'44' 109
DIAGNOSE code X'4C' 109
DIAGNOSE code X'64' 109
DIAGNOSE code X'7C' 109
82
DIAGNOSE code X'84' 109
DIAGNOSE code X'90' 109
DIAGNOSE code X'98' 109
DIAGNOSE code X'BC' 110
DIAGNOSE code X'D8' 110
DIAGNOSE code X'DC' 110
DIAGNOSE codes 108
DIAGNOSE codes, 64-bit addressing support for
(4.3.0) 68
diagnosis, changes related to 71
DIAL command 88
DIRBUFF macro 134
directory control statements 83
DIRECTORY directory control statement 84
directory, migrating 162
DIRECTXA utility 106
DIRLIST command 118
DirMaint feature added 6
DIRMAP utility 123
DISCARD PINNED command 88
DISCONNECT command 88
DISPLAY command 89
DISPLAY ESA/XC Storage command 89
DISPLAY Guest Storage (ESA/390) command 89
DISPLAY Guest Storage (ESA/XC) command 89
DISPLAY Host Storage command 89
DISPLAY Linkage Stack command 89
DISPLAY PSW command 89
DISPLAY Registers command 89
DISPLAY subcommand, VM Dump Tool 113
DMSCLBLK routine 127
DMSCLDBK routine 127
DMSCLOSE routine 127
DMSCRDIR routine 127
DMSCRFIL routine 127
DMSCROB routine 127
DMSDEUSR routine 127
DMSENUSR routine 127
DMSERP routine 128
DMSEXIDI routine 128
DMSEXIFI routine 128
DMSEXIST routine 129
DMSGETDA routine 129
DMSGETDF routine 130
DMSGETDI routine 130
DMSGETDS routine 131
DMSGETDX routine 131
DMSOPBLK routine 131
DMSOPDBK routine 131
DMSOPEN routine 131
DMSQEFL macro 134
DMSQEFL routine 131
DMSQSFSL routine 131
DMSRDCAT routine 132
DMSTRUNC routine 132
DMSTVS routine 133
documentation changes 75
DRAWLOGO sample utility 150
DUMP command 89
DUMP ESA/XC Storage command 89
DUMP Guest Storage (ESA/390) command 90
DUMP Guest Storage (ESA/XC) command 89
DUMP Host Storage command 90
DUMP Linkage Stack command 90
DUMP Registers command 90
Dump Tool functions 113
Dump Tool messages 115
Dump Viewing Facility external interfaces 140
DUMPLOAD command 90
DUMPSCAN command 140
DUPLEX command 90
DVD, installation from 15
dynamic CP exits 45
dynamic I/O return codes 107
dynamic link library (DLL) support 63
dynamic stack configuration 34
Dynamic System Default Language support 47
dynamic virtual machine timeout 71
E
ECMDS 25
electronic delivery of service 9
enhanced timer management 48
ERASE command 118
Error Logging System Service 112
ESAMIGR deleted 6
ESS Cascading PPRC (PPRC V2) 25
ESS FlashCopy 20
ESS FlashCopy V2 25
ESS large volumes 21
ESS Model 750 28
ESS Parallel Access Volumes 20
ESS PPRC over FCP 28
ESS PPRC-XD 25
euro support 75
Exit Entry Definition macro 112
EXSBUFF macro 134
extended channel measurement data support
(ECMDS) 25
Extended-TOD-clock 19
EXTRACT subcommand, VM Dump Tool 113
F
fast CCW translation support 47
fcntl (BPX1FCT) routine 132
FCP guest support 23
FCP LUN Access Control 60
FEATURES system configuration statement 82
fibre connection (FICON) channels 18
fibre connection (FICON) CTCA 21
FICON channels 18
FICON directors, cascaded 24
file pool administration and operator commands 123
file pool server shutdown, automated 50
file pool server, converting back to old release 169
file pool servers, migrating 165
File Status Table (FST) 72
FILE subcommand (XEDIT) 125
FILEDEF command 118
FILELIST command 119
Index
211
FILEPOOL RELOAD command 124
FILEPOOL UNLOAD command 124
FlashCopy 20
FLASHCOPY command 90
FlashCopy V2 25
FLIST command 119
FORCE command 90
fork (BPX1FRK) processing 66
frame management (5.1.0) 55
FRAMES subcommand, VM Dump Tool
FSSTATE macro 134
FSTD macro 134
114
G
GCS commands and macros 140
GCS pathlength reduced 62
GCSLEVEL macro 140
GENCPBLS EXEC 141
GENMOD command 119
GET macro (OS Simulation) 135
GET subcommand (XEDIT) 125
GETMAIN macro 140
GIVE command 90
GLOBAL command 119
glossary information 203
GREGS subcommand, VM Dump Tool 114
guest coupling enhancement (4.4.0) 26
guest coupling facility, z/Architecture 22
guest coupling simulation 17
guest IPL from SCSI 51
Guest LAN 32
Guest LAN enhancements (4.3.0) 33
Guest LAN support of IPv6 35
GUI Facility changes 46
H
HALT command 90
hardware architecture and facilities, changes related
to 16
HCD and HCM for z/VM 52
HCPBOX, replacing with logo configuration file 145,
150
HCPCALL macro 112
HCPDCON sample utility 145, 149
HCPDCON utility program 190
HCPLDR utility 106
HCPPROLG macro 112
HCPRDEV sample utility 145, 150
HCPRDEVS utility program 192
HCPRIO definitions, migrating to system configuration
file 145
HCPRIO macroinstructions replaced by system
configuration statements 148
HCPSYS definitions, migrating to system configuration
file 145
HCPSYS macroinstructions replaced by system
configuration statements 146
HCPTKDEF macro 112
HCPTRIO sample utility 145, 148
212
z/VM: Migration Guide
HCPTRIO utility program 194
HCPTSYS sample utility 145, 148
HCPTSYS utility program 196
HELP command 119
HELP components added or deleted 136, 137
HELP Facility components 136
HELP Facility enhancements 52
HELP files deleted or renamed 137, 138, 139
HELPINST saved segment 41
High Level Assembler 45
HiperSockets 22
HiperSockets support in TCP/IP, extended (4.4.0)
HiperSockets, virtual 32
HyperSwap 57
35
I
I/O devices not supported 28
IDENTIFY command 119
IEEE Floating Point 19
IEEE VLAN support 35
IMAP user authentication exit 35
incompatible change, definition of 2
INDICATE command 90
INDICATE PAGING command 90
INDICATE QUEUES command 90
INDICATE SPACES command 90
INDICATE USER command 91
INDQ subcommand, VM Dump Tool 114
installation and service enhancements (5.1.0)
installation changes (4.1.0) 12
installation changes (4.3.0) 12
installation enhancements (4.4.0) 13
installation from DVD 15
installation, changes related to 9
INSTVM utility 106
integrated 3270 console 13
integrated cluster bus channel 18
Integrated Facility for Linux (IFL) 20
IPL command 91
IPLing with the NODIRECT option 44
IPv6 support in Guest LAN 35
IPv6 support, enhanced 38
ITNVTSTR EXEC 9, 141
IUCV functions 111
15, 16
J
Java support removed
70
L
Language Environment included with VM 63
Language Environment integrated as component 7
Language Environment upgrade (4.4.0) 69
Language Environment, removing old level of 7
LANRES/VM feature deleted 6
large real storage, improved utilization of 49
Layer 2 support in Virtual Switch 39
LCSS 26
LCSS support, enhanced 27
Linux guest capacity improvements 54
Linux servers, deploying 57
LISTDS command 120
LISTFILE command 120
LKED command 120
LOAD command 120
LOAD subcommand (XEDIT) 125
LOADMOD command 120
local modification of replacement-maintained parts
LOCATE (Storage) command 91
LOCATE CMDBK command 91
LOCATE command 91
LOCATE DGNDBK command 91
LOCATE FILID command 91
LOCATE FRAMETBL command 91
LOCATE LDEV command 91
LOCATE subcommand, VM Dump Tool 114
LOCATE SYMBOL command 91
LOCATE VDEV command 91
LOCATE VSMBK command 91
LOCATEVM command 92
LOCK command 92
logical channel subsystems (LCSS) 26
logical device limit 42
logo configuration file, converting from HCPBOX
to 150
LOGON / LOGIN command 92
MOVEFILE command 120
MPLF 17
MQSeries Client for VM/ESA 31
Multi-Path Lock Facility (MPLF) 17
multiple levels of CMS 173
multitasking routines, CMS 132
10
NETDATA command 121
NetRexx support removed 70
network interface card (NIC) 32
networking, changes related to 31
NODIRECT option 44
non-relocatable modules loaded between 16-20 MB
NOTE command 121
NUCXLOAD command 121
63
O
object directory compatibility 162
On/Off Capacity on Demand (On/OddCoD) 29
OPEN macro (OS Simulation) 135
OpenEdition DCE feature deleted 6
OpenEdition enhancements (2.3.0) 65
OpenEdition enhancements (2.4.0) 67
OpenEdition renamed to OpenExtensions 67
OpenExtensions callable services 132
OpenExtensions macros 134
OpenExtensions open files limit 67
OPENVM commands 124
OPENVM DEBUG command 124
OPENVM MOUNT command 124
OPENVM OWNER command 124
OPENVM QUERY MOUNT command 124
OPENVM RUN command 124
openvmf (BPX1VM5) routine 132
operation, changes related to 40
OPERATOR_CONSOLES system configuration
statement 82
OPTION directory control statement 84
OPTIONS directive (for CPXLOAD) 113
OS Simulation enhancements (2.4.0) 66
OS simulation enhancements (3.1.0) 68
OS Simulation macros 135
OS Simulation supervisor calls 136
OS Simulation support for Tape Library Dataserver
OSA Express Gigabit Ethernet 18
OSA-Express Integrated Console Controller
(OSA-ICC) 29
OSA-Express token ring 22
OSA-Express2, support for 31
OSA/SF 17
M
MACHINE directory control statement 84
MACLIST command 120
MACLMIG command 120
macros, CMS 133
macros, CP 110
macros, GCS 140
MAP subcommand, VM Dump Tool 114
MAPMDISK macro 111
MDISK directory control statement 84
MDLATENT macro 112
messages, CMS 139
messages, CMS Pipelines 126
messages, CP 116
messages, VM Dump Tool 115
messages, VMSES/E 143
minidisk size limitation 60
MODIFY CHPID / PATH command 92
MODIFY command 92
MODIFY COMMAND / CMD command 92
MODIFY COMMAND / CMD system configuration
statement 82
MODIFY CU / CNTLUNIT command 93
MODIFY DEVICE / IODEVICE command 93
MODIFY VSWITCH system configuration statement
MONITOR command 93
monitor records 76
mount (BPX1MNT) routine 132
moved information (4.1.0) 75
moved information (4.2.0) 76
moved information (4.3.0) 77
moved information (4.4.0) 77, 79
N
62
82
P
packaging, changes related to 5
pageable CP nucleus not supported 55
Parallel Access Volumes 20
PARSE instruction 141
Parser Token Definition macro 112
Index
213
PCI Cryptographic Accelerator (PCICA) 21
PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (PCICC) 21
PCIX Cryptographic Coprocessor 29
PEEK command 121
performance monitor enhancement 24
Performance Toolkit 54
Performance Toolkit enhancements 58, 61
Performance Toolkit feature 8
PFAULT support 47
PIPE command 121
Pipelines code bases merged 64
Pipelines messages 126
Pipelines stages, subcommands, and macros 125
PIPEPVR macro 126
PL/X source 9
PPF file changes (4.4.0) 15
PPF file names (5.1.0) 16
PPF override file name 12
PPRC V2 25
PPRC-XD 25
PRF feature no longer available 9
processor engines per z/VM image 30
product enablement support 44
pseudo timer extended 61
PTF, removing 11
PUT macro (OS Simulation) 135
PUT subcommand (XEDIT) 125
PUT2PROD EXEC 141
PUTD subcommand (XEDIT) 125
Q
QDIO (Queued Direct I/O) 18
QDIO enhancements (4.4.0) 24
QSYSOWN utility 123
QUERY (Real Device) command 97
QUERY (Virtual Device) command 99
QUERY ALL command 93
QUERY ALLOC command 93
QUERY CACHE command 93
QUERY CACHEFW command 93
QUERY CHPID command 94
QUERY CMSLEVEL command 121
QUERY CMSREL command 121
QUERY command (CMS) 121
QUERY command (CP) 93
QUERY CONTROLLER command 94
QUERY CPLANGLIST command 94
QUERY CPLEVEL command 94
QUERY CPLOAD command 94
QUERY CRYPTO command 94
QUERY DASD command 94
QUERY DASDFW command 95
QUERY DUPLEX command 95
QUERY EXITS command 95
QUERY FCP command 95
QUERY FENCES command 95
QUERY FILEDEF command 122
QUERY FRAMES command 95
QUERY GCSLEVEL command 140
QUERY GRAF command 95
214
z/VM: Migration Guide
QUERY IMG command 95
QUERY IOASSIST command 95
QUERY LAN command 95
QUERY LDEVS command 96
QUERY LPARS command 96
QUERY MODDATE command 140
QUERY NAMES command 96
QUERY NLS command 96
QUERY NSS command 96
QUERY NVS command 96
QUERY PINNED command 96
QUERY PROMPT command 96
QUERY READER / PRINTER / PUNCH command
QUERY RSAW command 97
QUERY SET command 97
QUERY SPACES command 97
QUERY stage 126
QUERY STORAGE command 97
QUERY subcommand, VM Dump Tool 114
QUERY TAPES command 97
QUERY TIME command 98
QUERY TOKEN command 98
QUERY TRACE command 98
QUERY TRFILES command 98
QUERY UCR command 98
QUERY USERID command 98
QUERY USERS command 98
QUERY V=R command 100
QUERY VIRTUAL ALL command 98
QUERY VIRTUAL CONSOLE command 98
QUERY VIRTUAL CRYPTO command 99
QUERY VIRTUAL CTCA command 99
QUERY VIRTUAL DASD command 99
QUERY VIRTUAL DUPLEX command 99
QUERY VIRTUAL FCP command 99
QUERY VIRTUAL GRAF command 99
QUERY VIRTUAL LINES command 99
QUERY VIRTUAL OSA command 99
QUERY VIRTUAL PRINTER command 100
QUERY VIRTUAL PUNCH command 100
QUERY VIRTUAL READER command 100
QUERY VIRTUAL STORAGE command 100
QUERY VIRTUAL TAPES command 100
QUERY VMLAN command 100
QUERY VRFREE command 100
QUERY VSWITCH command 100
Queued Direct I/O (QDIO) 18
R
RACF feature added 7
RDEVBK subcommand, VM Dump Tool
RDRLIST command 122
read (BPX1RED) routine 133
READER stage 126
RECEIVE command 122
REDEFINE command 100
REFPAGE macro 111
relocated information (4.1.0) 75
relocated information (4.2.0) 76
relocated information (4.3.0) 77
114
97
relocated information (4.4.0) 77, 79
Removable Media Services (RMS) free drive
support 42
replacement-maintained parts, local modification of 10
reserve/release considerations for VSE 156
RESET command 100
response suppression, CP command 51
restricted source 9
retitled books (4.4.0) 77
retitled books (5.1.0) 78
REXX Sockets API 61
REXX work area relocated 71
REXX/EXEC Migration Tool for VM/ESA deleted 6
REXX/VM instructions and functions 140
RIO370 46
RSCH subcommand, VM Dump Tool 114
RTM feature no longer available 9
S
S/390 CMOS Cryptographic Coprocessor 19
S/390 Service Update Facility 10
SADT command 122
SALIPL utility 107
SAVE subcommand (XEDIT) 125
saved segments, migrating 150
SAVESEG command 100
SAVESYS command 100
scheduler improvements 54
SCSI FCP disk support 58, 60
segment tables, allocation of real storage for 42
SEND command 100
SENDFILE command 122
server capacity upgrade on demand 29
Server-Requester Programming Interface (SRPI) 71
service enhancement (4.3.0) 13
service enhancements (4.4.0) 14
SERVICE EXEC 142
Service Update Facility (SUF) 10
service, changes related to 9
service, electronic delivery of 9
SET CACHE command 101
SET CACHEFW command 101
SET CCWTRAN command 101
SET command (CMS) 122
SET command (CP) 101
SET CPLANGUAGE command 101
SET CPTRACE command 101
SET CRYPTO command 101
SET DASDFW command 101
SET DUMP command 101
SET IOASSIST command 101
SET IPLPARMS command 102
SET LAN command 102
SET LOADDEV command 102
SET MACHINE command 102
SET MDCACHE command 102
SET NOTRANS command 102
SET NVS command 102
SET OBSERVER support 48
SET PROMPT command 102
SET RDEVICE command 102
SET RDEVICE Integrated Communication Adapters
command 102
SET RDEVICE Tape Units command 102
SET SECUSER command 102
SET subcommand, VM Dump Tool 114
SET VSWITCH command 102
SETVAR subcommand, VM Dump Tool 114
SFS file pool server, converting back to old
release 169
SFS file pool servers, migrating 165
SFS shutdown, automated 50
shared tape support 49
sharing data among CMS users on multiple
systems 161
sharing data between your old system and new
system 155
SHUTDOWN command 103
spanned channels 30
SPECIAL directory control statement 84
spool files, migrating 150
SPTAPE command 103
SPTAPE command removed 59
SPXTAPE command 103
SSL server upgrade 36
STORAGE system configuration statement 83
STORE (Registers) command 104
STORE command 103
STORE ESA/XC Storage command 103
STORE Guest Storage (ESA/390) command 103
STORE Guest Storage (ESA/XC) command 103
STORE Host Storage command 103
STORE PSW command 103
STORE STATUS command 104
STSI (Store System Information) instruction 24
SVC 19 (OPEN) (OS Simulation) 136
SVC 20 (CLOSE) (OS Simulation) 136
SYNCMDRS command 104
SYSRES macro 111
SYSSTORE macro 111
System Administration Facility 60
SYSTEM command 104
system configuration file, converting from HCPSYS and
HCPRIO to 145
system configuration statements 81
System Default Language support 47
system definition macros 110
system diagnosis, changes related to 71
SYSTEM_RESIDENCE system configuration
statement 83
systems management APIs 69
systems management APIs enhanced (5.1.0) 70
systems management routines 133
T
TAPE command 122
tape FICON and RAS support 68
Tape Library Dataserver, OS Simulation support for
tape support enhancements 20
TAPECTL macro 134
Index
62
215
TCP/IP awareness in CP 43
TCP/IP broadcast support for HiperSockets 35
TCP/IP configuration wizard 13
TCP/IP dynamic stack configuration 34
TCP/IP HiperSockets support, extended (4.4.0) 35
TCP/IP IMAP user authentication exit 35
TCP/IP included in base 6
TCP/IP performance improvements (4.3.0) 33
TCP/IP SSL server upgrade 36
TCP/IP stack performance improvements (4.4.0) 36
TCP/IP stack security improvements 36
TCP/IP stack vulnerability reduction (4.2.0) 32
TCP/IP stack vulnerability reduction (4.3.0) 34
TCP/IP stack, additional connections for 40
TELL command 122
TERMINAL command (CP) 104
TIME macro (GCS) 140
TIME macro (OS Simulation) 135
TotalStorage DS8000, support for 31
TRACE command 104
TRACE mnemonic1 command 104
TRACE subcommand, VM Dump Tool 114
TRACE TABLE command 104
TRSAVE command 104
TRSOURCE ID command 104
TSAF external interfaces 141
TSM removed from z/VM product package 9
U
UNCOUPLE command 105
UNDEDICATE command 105
UNLOCK command 105
upwardly compatible change, definition of 2
USER directory control statement 84
user directory control statements 83
user directory, migrating 162
USER_DEFAULTS system configuration statement
utilities, CMS 123
utilities, CP 105
V
V=R and V=F virtual machines not supported 55
VARY (Real Device) command 105
VDEVBK subcommand, VM Dump Tool 114
Vector Facility 47
virtual FICON CTCAs 37
virtual HiperSockets 32
virtual machine accounting improvements 49
virtual machine timeout, dynamic 71
VIRTUAL macro, VM Dump Tool 114
Virtual Switch 37
Virtual Switch support, enhanced, failover 39
Virtual Switch support, enhanced, Layer 2 39
Virtual Switch support, enhanced, VLAN 39
Virtual Tape Server (VTS) 20
Virtual_Network_Vswitch_Set routine (CSL) 133
VIRTUAL_NETWORK_VSWITCH_SET routine
(RPC) 133
VM data space macros 111
216
z/VM: Migration Guide
83
VM Dump Tool 73
VM Dump Tool enhancement (4.3.0) 73
VM Dump Tool enhancements (4.4.0) 73
VM Dump Tool enhancements (5.1.0) 74
VM Dump Tool functions 113
VM Dump Tool messages 115
VMCF, full MP capability for 62
VMDBK subcommand, VM Dump Tool 114
VMDSCAN macro, VM Dump Tool 114
VMDUMP command 105
VMDUMPTL command 113
VMFAPPLY EXEC 142
VMFASM EXEC 142
VMFBLD EXEC 142
VMFENRPT EXEC 10
VMFEXUPD EXEC 142
VMFHASM EXEC 142
VMFHLASM EXEC 142
VMFINS DELETE command 142
VMFINS EXEC 142
VMFINS INSTALL command 142
VMFINS MIGRATE command 142
VMFMRDSK EXEC 142
VMFNLS EXEC 142
VMFPLC2 command 123
VMFREC EXEC 142
VMFREM EXEC 11, 142
VMFREPL EXEC 143
VMFSETUP EXEC 143
VMFSIM EXEC 143
VMFSIM GETLVL command 143
VMFSUFIN EXEC 10, 143
VMFSUFTB EXEC 10, 143
VMFUPDAT EXEC 143
VMFVIEW EXEC 143
VMLAN system configuration statement 83
VMLINK command 123
VMLINK improvements 46
VMRM 50
VMRM enhancements (4.4.0) 54
VMSES/E commands 141
VMSES/E enhancements (2.3.0) 10
VMSES/E enhancements (4.1.0) 12
VMSES/E external interfaces 141
VMSES/E messages 143
VMUDQ macro 112
VSCH subcommand, VM Dump Tool 115
VTS 20
W
write (BPX1WRT) routine 133
Write Once Read Many (WORM) support
30
X
XAUTOLOG command 105
XEDIT subcommand (XEDIT) 125
XEDIT subcommands 124
XLINK_DEVICE_DEFAULTS system configuration
statement 83
XLINK_VOLUME _INCLUDE system configuration
statement 83
Y
Year 2000 support (2.2.0)
Year 2000 support (2.3.0)
40
42
Z
z/Architecture guest coupling facility
z/Architecture support 20
z890 27
22
Index
217
218
z/VM: Migration Guide
Readers’ Comments — We’d Like to Hear from You
z/VM
Migration Guide
Version 5 Release 1
Publication No. GC24-6103-01
Overall, how satisfied are you with the information in this book?
Overall satisfaction
Very Satisfied
h
Satisfied
h
Neutral
h
Dissatisfied
h
Very Dissatisfied
h
Neutral
h
h
h
h
h
h
Dissatisfied
h
h
h
h
h
h
Very Dissatisfied
h
h
h
h
h
h
How satisfied are you that the information in this book is:
Accurate
Complete
Easy to find
Easy to understand
Well organized
Applicable to your tasks
Very Satisfied
h
h
h
h
h
h
Satisfied
h
h
h
h
h
h
Please tell us how we can improve this book:
Thank you for your responses. May we contact you?
h Yes
h No
When you send comments to IBM, you grant IBM a nonexclusive right to use or distribute your comments in any
way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you.
Name
Company or Organization
Phone No.
Address
GC24-6103-01
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
Readers’ Comments — We’d Like to Hear from You
Cut or Fold
Along Line
_ _ _ _ _ _ _Fold
_ _ _and
_ _ _Tape
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _Please
_ _ _ _ _do
_ _not
_ _ staple
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _Fold
_ _ _and
_ _ Tape
______
NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY
IF MAILED IN THE
UNITED STATES
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
FIRST-CLASS MAIL
PERMIT NO. 40
ARMONK, NEW YORK
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
IBM Corporation
Department 55JA, Mail Station P384
2455 South Road
Poughkeepsie, New York 12601-5400
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Please do not staple
Fold and Tape
Fold and Tape
GC24-6103-01
Cut or Fold
Along Line
Program Number: 5741-A05
Printed in USA
GC24-6103-01
Spine information:
z/VM
Migration Guide
Version 5 Release 1